Skip to main content

Full text of "Medical inquiries and observations"

See other formats


fr 


c 


N  TME  CUSTODY  OP  ThE 

BOSTON     PUBLIC   LIBRARY. 


SHELF    N° 

Adams 
30 At  v.l 


FN909   5.12,37  :    150 


MEDICAL  INQUIRIES 


AND 


OBSERVATIONS. 


BY  BENJAMIN  RUSH,  M.  D. 

PROFESSOR   OF    THE    INSTITUTES   AND    PRACTICE    OF    MEDICINE, 

AND   OF    CLINICAL    PRACTICE,    IN    THE    UNIVERSITY 

OF    PENNSYLVANIA. 


IN  FOUR  VOLUMES. 
VOL.  I. 


THE  SECOND  EDITION, 

REVISED  AND  ENLARGED  BY  THE  AUTHOR. 


PHILADELPHIA, 

PUBLISHED  BY  J.  CONRAD  &,  CO.  CHESNUT-STREET,  PHILADELPHIA  ; 
M.  &  J.  CONRAD  &  CO.  MARKET-STREET,  BALTIMORE;  RAPIN, 
CONRAD,  &  CO.  WASHINGTON;  SOMERVELL  &  CONRAD,  PETERS- 
BURG;   AND  BONSAL,  CoNRAD,  &  CO.   NORFOLK. 

PRINTED  BY  T.  fc?  G.  PALMER,  116,  HIGH-STREET. 

1805. 


PREFACE. 


IN  this  second  edition  of  the  follow- 
ing Medical  Inquiries  and  Observations,  the 
reader  will  perceive  many  additions,  some 
omissions,  and  a  few  alterations. 

A  number  of  facts  have  been  added  to  the 
Inquiry  into  the  Effects  of  Ardent  Spirits 
upon  the  Body  and  Mind,  and  to  the  Obser- 
vations upon  the  Tetanus,  Cynanche  Tra- 
chealis,  and  Old  Age,  in  the  first  volume ; 
also  to  the  Observations  upon  Dropsies, 
Pulmonary  Consumption,  and  Hydrophobia, 
contained  in  the  second  volume. 

The  Lectures  upon  Animal  Life,  which 
were  published,  a  few  years  ago,  in  a  pam- 

a 


IV 

phlet,  have  received  no  other  additions  than 
a  few  notes. 

The  phenomena  of  fever  have  not  only- 
received  a  new  title,  but  several  new  terms 
have  been  adopted  in  detailing  them,  chiefly 
to  remove  the  mistake  into  which  the  use  of 
Dr.  Brown's  terms  had  led  some  of  the  au- 
thor's readers,  respecting  his  principles.  A 
new  order  has  likewise  been  given,  and 
some  new  facts  added,  to  the  inquiry  upon 
this  subject. 

In  the  Account  of  the  Yellow  Fever  of 
1793,  many  documents,  interesting  to  the 
public  at  the  time  of  their  first  publication, 
are  omitted  \  and  many  of  the  facts  and  ob- 
servations, which  related  to  the  origin  of  the 
fevers  of  1794  and  1797,  now  form  a  part 
of  a  separate  inquiry  upon  that  subject,  in 
the  fourth  volume. 

The  histories  of  the  yellow  fever  as  epi- 
demics, and  of  its  sporadic  cases,  have  been 
published  in  the  order  in  which  they  have  ap- 


peared  in  Philadelphia,  to  show  the  influence 
of  the  weather  upon  it,  and  the  impropriety 
and  danger  of  applying  the  same  remedies 
for  the  same  epidemic,  in  different  and  even 
successive  seasons.  The  records  of  the 
first  cases  of  yellow  fever,  which  have  ap-  * 
peared  in  each  of  the  twelve  years  that  have 
been  noticed,  are  intended  further  to  show 
the  inefficacy  of  all  the  means,  at  present 
employed,  to  prevent  its  future  recurrence? 

In  the  fourth  volume,  the  reader  will  find 
a  retraction  of  the  author's  former  opinion 
of  the  yellow  fever's  spreading  by  contagion. 
He  be^s  forgiveness  of  the  friends  of  science 
aruLhumanity,  if  the  publication  of  that  opi- 
nion has  had  any  influence  in  increasing 
the  misery  and  mortality  attendant  upon  that 
disease.  Indeed,  such  is  the  pain  he  feels, 
in  recollecting  that  he  ever  entertained  or 
propagated  it,  that  it  will  long,  and  perhaps 
always,  deprive  him  of  the  pleasure  he  might 
otherwise  have  derived  from  a  review  of  his 
attempts  to  fulfil  the  public  duties  of  his  pro- 
fession. 


VI 

Considerable  additions  are  made  to  the' 
facts  and  arguments  in  favour  of  the  domes- 
tic origin  of  the  yellow  fever,  and  to  the 
Defence  of  Blood-letting. 

The  Account  of  the  Means  of  Preventing 
the  Usual  Forms  of  Summer  and  Autumnal 
Disease,  appears  for  the  first  time  in  this 
edition  of  the  author's  Inquiries.  Part  of 
the  facts  intended  to  prove  the  yellow  fever 
not  to  be  contagious,  were  published  in  the 
sixth  volume  of  the  New-York  Medical  Re- 
pository. The  reader  will  perceive,  among 
many  additions  to  them,  answers  to  all  the 
arguments  usually  employed  to  defend  the 
contrary  opinion. 

The  Inquiry  into  the  Comparative  State 
of  Medicine,  in  Philadelphia,  between  the 
years  1760  and  1766,  and  1805,  was  deli- 
vered, in  the  form  of  an  oration,  before  the 
Medical  Society  of  Philadelphia,  on  the  18th 
of  February,  1804.  Some  things  have  been 
omitted,  and  a  few  added,  in  the  form  in 
which  it  is  now  offered  to  the  public. 


vu 

If  this  edition  of  Medical  Inquiries  and 
Observations  should  be  less  imperfect  than 
the  former,  the  reader  is  requested  to  ascribe 
it  to  the  author  having  profited  by  the  ob- 
jections he  encouraged  his  pupils  to  make 
to  his  principles,  in  their  inaugural  disserta- 
tions, and  in  conversation ;  and  to  the  many 
useful  facts  which  have  been  communicated 
to  him  by  his  medical  brethren,  whose  names 
have  been  mentioned  in  the  course  of  the 
work. 

For  the  departure,  in  the  modes  of  prac- 
tice adopted  or  recommended  in  these  In- 
quiries, from  those  which  time  and  experience 
have  sanctioned,  in  European  and  in  East 
and  West-Indian  countries,  the  author  makes 
the  same  defence  of  himself,  that  Dr.  Bag- 
livi  made,  near  a  century  ago,  of  his  modes 
of  practice  in  Rome.  "  Vivo  et  so'ibo  in  aere 
Romano"  said  that  illustrious  physician. 
The  author  has  lived  and  written  in  the  cli- 
mate of  Pennsylvania,  and  in  the  city  of 
Philadelphia. 

November  18^/z,  1805. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOLUME  I. 


page 
AN  inquiry  into  the  natural  history  of  medicine 

among  the  Indians  of  North- America,  and  a  com- 
parative view  of  their  diseases  and  remedies  with 
those  of  civilized  nations  1 

An  account  of  the  climate  of  Pennsylvania,  and  its 
influence  upon  the  human  body  69 

An  account  of  the  bilious  remitting  fever,  as  it  ap- 
peared in  Philadelphia  in  the  summer  and  autumn 
of  'the  year  1780  115 

An  account  of  the  scarlatina  anginosa,  as  it  appeared 
in  Philadelphia  in  the  years  1783  and  1784  135 

An  inquiry  into  the  cause  and  cure  of  the  cholera  in- 
fantum 153 

Observations  on  the  cynanche  trachealis  167 

An  account  of  the  efficacy  of  blisters  and  bleeding,  in 
the  cure  of  obstinate  intermitting  fevers  177 

An  account  of  the  disease  occasioned  by  drinking  cold 
water  in  warm  weather,  and  the  method  of  curing 
it  181 

An  account  of  the  efficacy  of  common  salt  in  the  cure 
of  hemoptysis  1 89 


X 

page 
Thoughts  on  the  cause  and  cure  of  pulmonary  con- 
sumption 197 
Observations  upon  worms  in  the  alimentary  canal, 

and  upon  anthelmintic  medicines  215* 

An  account  of  the  external  use  of  arsenic  in  the  cure 

of  cancers  235 

Observations  on  the  tetanus  245 

The  result  of  observations  made  upon  the  diseases 
which  occurred  in  the  military  hospitals  of  the 
United  States,  during  the  revolutionary  war  267 

An  account  of  the  influence  of  the  military  and  politi- 
cal events  of  the  American  revolution  upon  the  hu- 
man body  277 
An  inquiry  into  the  relation  of  tastes  and  aliments  to 
each  other,  and  into  the  influence  of  this  relation 
upon  health  and  pleasure  295 
The  new  method  of  inoculating  for  the  small-pox         309 
An  inquiry  into  the  effects  of  ardent  spirits  upon  the 
human  body  and  mind,  with  an  account  of  the 
means  of  preventing,  and  the  remedies  for  curing 
them                                                                                 335 
Observations  on  the  duties  of  a  physician,  and  the 
methods  of  improving  medicine;  accommodated  to 
the  present  state  of  society  and  manners  in  the 
United  States                                                                  385 
An  inquiry  into  the  causes  and  cure  of  sore  legs           401 
An  account  of  the  state  of  the  body  and  mind  in  old 
age,  with  observations  on  its  diseases,  and  their 
remedies                                                                        425 


AN  INQUIRY 

INTO    THE 

NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  MEDICINE 

AMONG    THE 

INDIANS  OF  NORTH- AMERICA; 

AND    A 

COMPARATIVE  VIEW 

OF    THEIR 

DISEASES  AND  REMEDIES  WITH  THOSE  OF 
CIVILIZED  NATIONS. 


Read  before  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  held  at 
Philadelphia,  on  the  4th  of  February,  1774, 


VOL.  I. 


AN  INQUIRY,  &c. 


Gentlemen*-, 

I  RISE  with  peculiar  diffidence  to  address  you 
upon  this  occasion,  when  I  reflect  upon  the  enter- 
tainment you  proposed  to  yourselves  from  the  elo- 
quence of  that  learned  member,  Mr.  Charles 
Thompson,  whom  your  suffrages  appointed  to  this 
honour  after  the  delivery  of  the  last  anniversary 
oration.    Unhappily  for  the  interests  of  science,  his 
want  of  health  has  not  permitted  him  to  comply 
with  your  appointment.       I  beg,  therefore,  that 
you  would  forget,  for  a  while,  the  abilities  ne- 
cessary to  execute  this  task  with  propriety,  and 
listen  with  candour  to  the  efforts  of  a  member, 
whose  attachment  to  the  society  was  the  only  qua- 

*  This  Inquiry  was  the  subject  of  an  Anniversary  Ora- 
tion. The  style  of  an  oration  is  therefore  preserved  in  many- 
parts  of  it. 


4  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

lification  that  entitled  him  to  the  honour  of  your 
choice. 

The  subject  I  have  chosen  for  this  evening's 
entertainment,   is  "  An  inquiry  into  the  natural 
"  history  of  medicine  among  the  Indians  in  North- 
"  America,  and  a  comparative  view  of  their  "dis- 
"  eases  and  remedies,  with  those  of  civilized  na- 
"  tions."      You  will  readily  anticipate  the  diffi- 
culty of  doing  justice  to  this  subject.     How  shall 
we  distinguish  between  the  original  diseases  of  the 
Indians  and  those    contracted    from  their  inter- 
course with  the  Europeans?     By  what  arts  shall 
we  persuade  them  to  discover  their  remedies? 
And  lastly,  how  shall  we  come  at  the  knowledge 
of  facts  in  that  cloud  of  errors,  in  which  the  cre- 
dulity of  the  Europeans,  and  the  superstition  of  the 
Indians,  have  involved  both  their  diseases  and  re- 
medies?    These  difficulties  serve  to  increase  the 
importance  of  our  subject.      If  I  should  not  be 
able  to  solve  them,  perhaps  I  may  lead  the  way  to 
more  successful  endeavours  for  that  purpose. 

I  shall  first  limit  the  tribes  of  Indians  who  are 
to  be  the  objects  of  this  inquiry,  to  those  who  in- 
habit that  part  of  North- America  which  extends 
from  the  30th  to  the  60th  degree  of  latitude. 
When  we  exclude  the  Esquimaux,  who  inhabit 


AMONG    THE    INDIANS.  5 

the  shores  of  Hudson's  bay,  we  shall  find  a  general 
resemblance  in  the  colour,  manners,  and  state  of 
society,  among  all  the  tribes  of  Indians  who  inha- 
bit the  extensive  tract  of  country  above-mentioned. 

Civilians  have  divided  nations  into  savage,  bar- 
barous, and  civilized.  The  savage  live  by  fishing 
and  hunting;  the  barbarous,  by  pasturage  or  cattle; 
and  the  civilized,  by  agriculture.  Each  of  these 
is  connected  together  in  such  a  manner,  that  the 
whole  appear  to  form  different  parts  of  a  circle. 
Even  the  manners  of  the  most  civilized  nations 
partake  of  those  of  the  savage.  It  would  seem  as 
if  liberty  and  indolence  were  the  highest  pursuits 
of  man;  and  these  are  enjoyed  in  their  greatest 
perfection  by  savages,  or  in  the  practice  of  cus- 
toms which  resemble  those  of  savages. 

The  Indians  of  North- America  partake  chiefly 
of  the  manner  of  savages.  In  the  earliest  accounts 
we  have  of  them,  we  find  them  cultivating  a  spot 
of  ground.  The  maize  is  an  original  grain  among 
them.  The  different  dishes  of  it  which  are  in  use 
among  the  white  people  still  retain  Indian  names. 

It  will  be  unnecessary  to  show  that  the  Indians 
live  in  a  state  of  society  adapted  to  all  the  exigen- 
cies of  their  mode  of  life.      Those  who  look  for 


6  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

the  simplicity  and  perfection  of  the  state  of  nature, 
must  seek  it  in  systems,  as  absurd  in  philosophy, 
as  they  are  delightful  in  poetry. 

Before  we  attempt  to  ascertain  the  number  or 
history  of  the  diseases  of  the  Indians,  it  will  be  ne- 
cessary to  inquire  into  those  customs  among  them 
which  we  know  influence  diseases.  For  this  pur- 
pose I  shall, 

First,  Mention  a  few  facts  which  relate  to  the 
birth  and  treatment  of  their  children. 

Secondly,  I  shall  speak  of  their  diet. 

Thirdly,  Of  the  customs  which  are  peculiar  to 
the  sexes,  and, 

Fourthly,  Of  those  customs  which  are  common 
to  them  both*. 

*  Many  of  the  facts  contained  in  the  Natural  History  of 
Medicine  among  the  Indians  in  this  Inquiry,  are  taken  from 
La  Hontan  and  Charlevoix's  histories  of  Canada;  but  the 
most  material  of  them  are  taken  from  persons  who  had 
lived  or  travelled  among  the  Indians.  The  author  acknow- 
ledges himself  indebted  in  a  particular  manner  to  Mr.  Ed- 
ward Hand,  surgeon  in  the  18th  regiment,  afterwards 
brigadier-general  in  the  army  of  the  United  States,  who* 


AMONG     THE    INDIANS,  7 

I.   Of  the  birth  and  treatment  of  their  children. 

Much  of  the  future  health  of  the  body  depends 
upon  its  original  stamina.  A  child  born  of  healthy- 
parents  always  brings  into  the  world  a  system 
formed  by  nature  to  resist  the  causes  of  diseases. 
The  treatment  of  children  among  the  Indians, 
tends  to  secure  this  hereditary  firmness  of  consti- 
tution. Their  first  food  is  their  mother's  milk. 
To  harden  them  against  the  action  of  heat  and 
cold  (the  natural  enemies  of  health  and  life  among 
the  Indians)  they  are  plunged  every  day  into  cold 
water.  In  order  to  facilitate  their  being  moved 
from  place  to  place,  and  at  the  same  time  to  pre- 
serve their  shape,  they  are  tied  to  a  board,  where 
they  lie  on  their  backs  for  six,  ten,  or  eighteen 
months.  A  child  generally  sucks  its  mother  till 
it  is  two  years  old,  and  sometimes  longer.  It  is 
easy  to  conceive  how  much  vigour  their  bodies 
must  acquire  from  this  simple,  but  wholesome  nou- 
rishment. The  appetite  we  sometimes  observe  in 
children  for  flesh  is  altogether  artificial.  The  pe- 
culiar irritability  of  the  system  in  infancy  forbids 
stimulating  aliment  of  all  kinds.  Nature  never 
calls  for  animal  food  till  she  has  provided  the  child 

during  several  years'  residence  at  Fort  Pitt,  directed  his  in- 
quiries into  their  customs,  diseases,  and  remedies,  with  a 
success  that  does  equal  honour  to  his  ingenuity  and  diligence. 


8  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF     MEDICINE 

with  those  teeth  which  are  necessary  to  divide  it. 
I  shall  not  undertake  to  determine  how  far  the 
wholesome  quality  of  the  mother's  milk  is  increased 
by  her  refusing  the  embraces  of  her  husband,  du- 
ring the  time  of  giving  suck, 

II.  The  diet  of  the  Indians  is  of  a  mixed  nature, 
being  partly  animal  and  partly  vegetable.  Their 
animals  are  wild,  and  therefore  easy  of  digestion. 
As  the  Indians  are  naturally  more  disposed  to  the 
indolent  employment  of  fishing  than  hunting,  in 
summer,  so  we  find  them  living  more  upon  fish 
than  land  animals,  in  that  season  of  the  year. — 
Their  vegetables  consist  of  roots  and  fruits,  mild 
in  themselves,  or  capable  of  being  made  so  by  the 
action  of  fire.  Although  the  interior  parts  of  our 
continent  abound  with  salt  springs,  yet  I  cannot 
find  that  the  Indians  used  salt  in  their  diet,  till  they 
were  instructed  to  do  so  by  the  Europeans.  The 
small  quantity  of  fixed  alkali  contained  in  the  ashes 
on  which  they  roasted  their  meat,  could  not  add 
much  to  its  stimulating  quality.  They  preserve 
their  meat  from  putrefaction,  by  cutting  it  into 
small  pieces,  and  exposing  it  in  summer  to  the  sun, 
and  in  winter  to  the  frost.  In  the  one  case  its 
moisture  is  dissipated,  and  in  the  other  so  frozen, 
that  it  cannot  undergo  the  putrefactive  process.  In 
dressing  their  meat,  they  are  careful  to  preserve 


AMONG     THE     INDIANS.  9 

its  juices.  They  generally  prefer  it  in  the  form  of 
soups.  Hence  we  find,  that  among  them  the  use 
of  the  spoon,  preceded  that  of  the  knife  and  fork. 
They  take  the  same  pains  to  preserve  the  juice  of 
their  meat  when  they  roast  it,  by  turning  it  often. 
The  efficacy  of  this  animal  juice,  in  dissolving  meat 
in  the  stomach,  has  not  been  equalled  by  any  of 
those  sauces  or  liquors  which  modern  luxury  has 
mixed  with  it  for  that  purpose. 

The  Indians  have  no  set  time  for  eating,  but 
obey  the  gentle  appetites  of  nature  as  often  as  they 
are  called  by  them.  After  whole  days  spent  in 
the  chace  or  in  war,  they  often  commit  those  ex- 
cesses in  eating,  to  which  long  abstinence  cannot 
fail  of  prompting  them.  It  is  common  to  see  them 
spend  three  or  four  hours  in  satisfying  their  hun- 
ger. This  is  occasioned  not  more  by  the  quan- 
tity they  eat,  than  by  the  pains  they  take  in  masti- 
cating it.  They  carefully  avoid  drinking  water  in 
their  marches,  from  an  opinion  that  it  lessens  their 
ability  to  bear  fatigue. 

III.  We  now  come  to  speak  of  those  customs 
which  are  peculiar  to  the  sexes.  And,  first,  of 
those  which  belong  to  the  women.  They  are 
doomed  by  their  husbands  to  such  domestic  labour 
as  gives  a  firmness  to  their  bodies,  bordering  upon 

VOL.   I.  B 


10  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

the  masculine.  Their  menses  seldom  begin  to  flow 
before  they  are  eighteen  or  twenty  years  of  age, 
and  generally  cease  before  they  are  forty.  They 
have  them  in  small  quantities,  but  at  regular  in- 
tervals. They  seldom  marry  till  they  are  about 
twenty.  The  constitution  has  now  acquired  a 
vigour,  which  enables  it  the  better  to  support  the 
convulsions  of  child-bearing.  This  custom  like- 
wise guards  against  a  premature  old  age.  Doctor 
Bancroft  ascribes  the  haggard  looks,  the  loose 
hanging  breasts,  and  the  prominent  bellies  of  the 
Indian  women  at  Guiana,  entirely  to  their  bear- 
ing children  too  early*.  Where  marriages  are 
unfruitful  (which  is  seldom  the  case)  a  separation 
is  obtained  by  means  of  an  easy  divorce  ;  so  that 
they  are  unacquainted  with  the  disquietudes  which 
sometimes  arise  from  barrenness.  During  preg- 
nancy, the  women  are  exempted  from  the  more 
laborious  parts  of  their  duty:  hence  miscarriages 
rarely  happen  among  them.  Nature  is  their  only 
midwife.  Their  labours  are  short,  and  accompa- 
nied with  little  pain.  Each  woman  is  delivered 
in  a  private  cabin,  without  so  much  as  one  of  her 
own  sex  to  attend  her.  After  washing  herself 
in  cold  water,  she  returns  in  a  few  days  to  her 
usual  employments;  so  that  she  knows  nothing  of 

*  Natural  History  of  Guiana. 


AMONG     THE    INDIANS.  11 

those  accidents  which  proceed  from  the  careless- 
ness or  ill  management  of  midwives;  or  those 
weaknesses  which  arise  from  a  month's  confine- 
ment in  a  warm  room.  It  is  remarkable  that  there 
is  hardly  a  period  in  the  interval  between  the  erup- 
tion and  the  ceasing  of  the  menses,  in  which  they 
are  not  pregnant,  or  giving  suck.  This  is  the  most 
natural  state  of  the  constitution  during  that  in- 
terval ;  and  hence  we  often  find  it  connected  with 
the  best  state  of  health,  in  the  women  of  civilized 
nations. 

The  customs  peculiar  to  the  Indian  men,  con- 
sist chiefly  in  those  employments  which  are  neces- 
sary to  preserve  animal  life,  and  to  defend  their 
nation.  These  employments  are  hunting  and  war, 
each  of  which  is  conducted  in  a  manner  that  tends 
to  call  forth  every  fibre  into  exercise,  and  to  en- 
sure them  the  possession  of  the  utmost  possible 
health.  In  times  of  plenty  and  peace,  we  see  them 
sometimes  rising  from  their  beloved  indolence,  and 
shaking  off  its  influence  by  the  salutary  exercises 
of  dancing  and  swimming.  The  Indian  men  sel- 
dom marry  before  they  are  thirty  years  of  age: 
they  no  doubt  derive  considerable  vigour  from 
this  custom ;  for  while  they  are  secured  by  it  from 
the  enervating  effects  of  the  premature  dalliance  of 
love,  they  may  insure  more  certain  fruitfulness  to 


12  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

their  wives,  and  entail  more  certain  health  upon 
their  children.  Tacitus  describes  the  same  cus- 
tom among  the  Germans,  and  attributes  to  it  the 
same  good  effects.  "  Sera  juvenum  venus,  eoque 
"  inexhausta  pubertas;  nee  virgines  festinantur; 
"  eadem  juventa,  similis  proceritas,  pares  vali* 
"  dique  miscentur;  ac  robora  parentum  liberi 
"  referunt*." 

Among  the  Indian  men,  it  is  deemed  a  mark  of 
heroism  to  bear  the  most  exquisite  pain  without 
complaining ;  upon  this  account  they  early  inure 
themselves  to  burning  part  of  their  bodies  with 
fire,  or  cutting  them  with  sharp  instruments.  No 
young  man  can  be  admitted  to  the  honours  of  man- 
hood or  war,  who  has  not  acquitted  himself  well  in 
these  trials  of  patience  and  fortitude.  It  is  easy  to 
conceive  how  much  this  contributes  to  give  a  tone 
to  the  nervous  system,  which  renders  it  less  sub- 
ject to  the  occasional  causes  of  diseases. 

IV.  We  come  now  to  speak  of  those  customs 
which   are   common   to   both   sexes :    these    are 

*  Caesar,  in  his  history  of  the  Gallic  war,  gives  the  same 
account  of  the  ancient  Germans.  His  words  are  a  Qui 
"  diutissimi  impuberes  permanserunt,  maximam  inter  suos 
"  ferunt  laudem :  hoc  ali  staturam,  ali  vires,  nervasque  con- 
"  firmari  putant."     Lib.  vi.  xxi. 


AMONG     THE    INDIANS.  13 

painting,  and  the  use  of  the  cold  bath.  The 
practice  of  anointing  the  body  with  oil  is  common 
to  the  savages  of  all  countries  ;  in  warm  climates 
it  is  said  to  promote  longevity,  by  checking  ex- 
cessive perspiration.  The  Indians  generally  use 
bear's  grease  mixed  with  a  clay,  which  bears  the 
greatest  resemblance  to  the  colour  of  their  skins. 
This  pigment  serves  to  lessen  the  sensibility  of  the 
extremities  of  the  nerves ;  it  moreover  fortifies 
them  against  the  action  of  those  exhalations,  which 
we  shall  mention  hereafter,  as  a  considerable  source 
of  their  diseases.  The  cold  bath  likewise  forti- 
fies the  body,  and  renders  it  less  subject  to  those 
diseases  which  arise  from  the  extremes  and  vicissi- 
tudes of  heat  and  cold.  We  shall  speak  hereafter 
of  the  Indian  manner  of  using  it. 

» 

It  is  a  practice  among  the  Indians  never  to 
drink  before  dinner,  when  they  work  or  travel. 
Experience  teaches,  that  filling  the  stomach  with 
cold  water  in  the  forenoon,  weakens  the  appetite, 
and  makes  the  system  more  sensible  of  heat  and 
fatigue. 

The  state  of  society  among  the  Indians  excludes 
the  influence  of  most  of  those  passions  which  dis- 
order the  body.  The  turbulent  effects  of  anger 
are   concealed   in   deep   and  lasting  resentments. 


14  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

Envy  and  ambition  are  excluded  by  their  equality 
of  power  and  property.  Nor  is  it  necessary  that 
the  perfections  of  the  whole  sex  should  be  ascribed 
to  one,  to  induce  them  to  marry.  "  The  weak- 
"  ness  of  love  (says  Dr.  Adam  Smith)  which  is  so 
"  much  indulged  in  ages  of  humanity  and  polite- 
"  ness,  is  regarded  among  savages  as  the  most 
"  unpardonable  effeminacy.  A  young  man  wTould 
"  think  himself  disgraced  for  ever,  if  he  showed 
"  the  least  preference  of  one  woman  above  another, 
"  or  did  not  express  the  most  complete  indiffe- 
"  rence,  both  about  the  time  when,  and  the  person 
"  to  whom,  he  was  to  be  married*."  Thus  are 
they  exempted  from  those  violent  or  lasting  dis- 
eases, which  accompany  the  several  stages  of  such 
passions  in  both  sexes  among  civilized  nations. 

It  is  remarkable  that  there  are  no  deformed  In- 
dians. Some  have  suspected,  from  this  circum- 
stance, that  they  put  their  deformed  children  to 
death  ;  but  nature  here  acts  the  part  of  an  unnatu- 
ral mother.  The  severity  of  the  Indian  manners 
destroy  themf . 

*  Theory  of  Moral  Sentiments. 

t  Since  the  intercourse  of  the  white  people  with  the  In- 
dians, we  find  some  of  them  deformed  in  their  limbs.  This 
deformity,  upon  inquiry,  appears  to  be  produced  by  those 


AMONG    THE    INDIANS.  15 

From  a  review  of  the  customs  of  the  Indians, 
we  need  not  be  surprised  at  the  stateliness,  regula- 
rity of  features,  and  dignity  of  aspect  by  which 
they  are  characterized.  Where  we  observe  these 
among  ourselves,  there  is  always  a  presumption  of 
their  being  accompanied  with  health,  and  a  strong 
constitution.  The  circulation  of  the  blood  is  more 
languid  in  the  Indians,  than  in  persons  who  are  in 
the  constant  exercise  of  the  habits  of  civilized  life. 
Out  of  eight  Indian  men  whose  pulses  I  once  ex- 
amined at  the  wrists,  I  did  not  meet  with  one  in 
whom  the  artery  beat  more  than  sixty  strokes  in  a 
minute. 

The  marks  of  old  age  appear  more  early  among 
Indian,  than  among  civilized  nations. 

Having  finished  our  inquiry  into  the  physical 
customs  of  the  Indians,  we  shall  now  proceed  to 
inquire  into  their  diseases, 

A  celebrated  professor  of  anatomy  has  asserted, 
that  we  could  not  tell,  by  reasoning  a  priori,  that 
the  body  was  mortal,  so  intimately  woven  with  its 
texture  are  the  principles  of  life.  Lord  Bacon 
declares,  that  the  onlv  cause  of  death  which  is  na- 

'  ml 

accidents,  quarrels,  &c  which  have  been  introduced  among 
them  by  spiritous  liquors. 


16  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

tural  to  man,  is  that  from  old  age  ;  and  complains 
of  the  imperfection  of  physic,  in  not  being  able  to 
guard  the  principle  of  life,  until  the  whole  of  the 
oil  that  feeds  it  is  consumed.  We  cannot  as  yet 
admit  this  proposition  of  our  noble  philosopher.  In 
the  inventory  of  the  grave  in  every  country,  we 
find  more  of  the  spoils  of  youth  and  manhood  than 
of  a#e.     This  must  be  attributed  to  moral  as  well 

o 

as  physical  causes. 

We  need  only  recollect  the  custom  among  the 
Indians,  of  sleeping  in  the  open  air  in  a  variable 
climate  ;  the  alternate  action  of  heat  and  cold  upon 
their  bodies,  to  which  the  warmth  of  their  cabins 
exposes  them ;  their  long  marches ;  their  exces- 
sive exercise ;  their  intemperance  in  eating,  to 
which  their  long  fasting  and  their  public  feasts 
naturally  prompt  them ;  and,  lastly,  the  vicinity 
of  their  habitations  to  the  banks  of  rivers,  in  or- 
der to  discover  the  empire  of  diseases  among  them 
in  every  stage  of  their  lives.  They  have  in  vain 
attempted  to  elude  the  general  laws  of  mortality, 
while  their  mode  of  life  subjects  them  to  these  re- 
mote, but  certain  causes  of  diseases. 

From  what  we  know  of  the  action  of  these  pow- 
ers upon  the  human  body,  it  will  hardly  be  neces- 
sary to  appeal  to  facts  to  determine  that  fevers 


AMONG     THE     INDIANS.  17 

t 

constitute  the  only  diseases  among  the  Indians. 
These  fevers  are  occasioned  by  the  insensible  quali- 
ties of  the  air.  Those  which  are  produced  by  cold 
and  heat  are  of  the  inflammatory  kind,  such  as  pleu- 
risies, peripneumonies,  and  rheumatisms.  Those 
which  are  produced  by  the  insensible  qualities  of 
the  air,  or  by  putrid  exhalations,  are  intermitting, 
remitting,  inflammatory,  and  malignant,  according 
as  the  exhalations  are  combined  with  more  or  less 
heat  or  cold.  The  dysentery  (which  is  an  In- 
dian disease)  comes  under  the  class  of  fevers.  It 
appears  to  be  the  febris  intro versa  of  Dr.  Sydenham. 

The  Indians  are  subject  to  animal  and  vege- 
table poisons.  The  effects  of  these  upon  the 
body,  are  in  some  degree  analogous  to  the  exhala- 
tions we  have  mentioned.  When  they  do  not 
bring  on  sudden  death,  they  produce,  according  to 
their  force,  either  a  common  inflammatory,  or  a 
malignant  fever. 

The  small  pox  and  the  venereal  disease 
were  communicated  to  the  Indians  of  North- Ame- 
rica by  the  Europeans.  Nor  can  I  find  that  they 
were  ever  subject  to  the  scurvy.  Whether  this 
was  obviated  by  their  method  of  preserving  their 
flesh,  or  by  their  mixing  it  at  all  times  with  vege- 
tables, I  shall  not  undertake  to  determine.  Their 
vol.  i,  c 


18  NATlTRAL    HISTORY     OF    MEDICINE 

peculiar  customs  and  manners  seem  to  have  ex- 
empted them  from  this,  as  well  as  from  the  com- 
mon diseases  of  the  skin. 

I  have  heard  of  two  or  three  cases  of  the  gout 
among  the  Indians,  but  it  was  only  among  those 
who.  had  learned  the  use  of  rum  from  the  white 
people.  A  question  naturally  occurs  here,  and 
that  is,  why  does  not  the  gout  appear  more  fre- 
quently among  thai  class  of  people,  who  consume 
the  greatest  quantity  of  rum  among  ourselves? 
To  this  I  answer,  that  the  effects  of  this  liquor 
upon  those  enfeebled  people,  are  too  sudden  and 
violent,  to  admit  of  their  being  thrown  upon  the 
extremities ;  as  we  know  them  to  be  among  the 
Indians.  They  appear  only  in  visceral  obstruc- 
tions, and  a  complicated  train  of  chronic  diseases. 
Thus  putrid  miasmata  are  sometimes  too  strong  to 
bring  on  a  fever,  but  produce  instant  debility  and 
death.  The  gout  is  seldom  heard  of  in  Russia, 
Denmark,  or  Poland.  Is  this  occasioned  by  the 
vigour  of  constitution  peculiar  to  the  inhabitants  of 
those  northern  countries  ?  or  is  it  caused  by  their 
excessive  use  of  spirituous  liquors,  which  produce 
the  same  chronic  complaints  among  them,  which 
we  said  were  common  among  the  lower  class  of 
people  in  this  country  ?  The  similarity  of  their 
diseases  makes  the  last  of  these  suppositions  the 


AMONG     THE    INDIANS.  19 

most  probable.  The  effects  of  wine,  like  tyranny 
in  a  well  formed  government,  are  felt  first  in  the 
extremities ;  while  spirits,  like  a  bold  invader, 
seize  at  once  upon  the  vitals  of  the  constitution. 

After  much  inquiry,  I  have  not  been  able  to  find 
a  single  instance  of  fatuity  among  the  Indians, 
and  but  few  instances  of  melancholy  and  mad- 
ness ;  nor  can  I  find  any  accounts  of  diseases 
from  worms  among  them.  Worms  are  common 
to  most  animals ;  they  produce  diseases  only  in 
weak,  or  increase  them  in  strong  constitutions*. 
Hence  they  have  no  place  in  the  nosological  sys- 
tems of  physic.  Nor  is  dentition  accompanied 
by  disease  among  the  Indians.  The  facility  with 
which  the  healthy  children  of  healthy  parents  cut 
their  teeth  among  civilized  nations,  gives  us  reason 
to  conclude  that  the  Indian  children  never  suffer 
from  this  quarter. 

The  Indians  appear  moreover  to  be  strangers  to 
diseases  and  pains  in  the  teeth. 


*  Indian  children  are  not  exempted  from  worms.  It  is 
common  with  the  Indians,  when  a  fever  in  their  children  is 
ascribed  by  the  white  people  to  worms  (from  their  being 
discharged  occasionally  in  their  stools),  to  say,  "  the  fever 
"  makes  the  worms  come,  and  not  the  worms  the  fever," 


20  NATURAL     HISTORY     OF     MEDICINE 

The  employments  of  the  Indians  subject  them 
to  many  accidents ;  hence  we  sometimes  read  of 
wounds,  fractures,  and  luxations  among 
them. 

Having  thus  pointed  out  the  natural  diseases  of 
the  Indians,  and  shown  what  diseases  are  foreign 
to  them,  we  may  venture  to  conclude,  that  fe- 
vers, old  age,  casualties,  and  war  are  the 
only  natural  outlets  of  human  life.  War  is  no- 
thing but  a  disease ;  it  is  founded  in  the  imper- 
fection of  political  bodies,  just  as  fevers  are  found- 
ed on  the  weakness  of  the  animal  body.  Provi- 
dence in  these  diseases  seems  to  act  like  a  mild  le- 
gislature, which  mitigates  the  severity  of  death,  by 
inflicting  it  in  a  manner  the  least  painful,  upon  the 
whole,  to  the  patient  and  the  survivors. 

Let  us  now  inquire  into  the  remedies  of  the 
Indians.  These,  like  their  diseases,  are  simple, 
and  few  in  number.  Among  the  first  of  them  we 
shall  mention  the  powers  of  nature.  Fevers, 
we  said  formerly,  constituted  the  chief  of  the  dis- 
eases  among  the  Indians ;  they  are  likewise,  in  the 
hands  of  nature,  the  principal  instruments  to  re- 
move the  evils  which  threaten  her  dissolution  ;  but 
the  event  of  these  efforts  of  nature,  no  doubt, 
soon  convinced  the  Indians  of  the  danger  of  trust- 


AMONG     THE     INDIANS.  21 

ing  her  in  all  cases ;  and  hence,  in  the  earliest  ac- 
counts we  have  of  their  manners,  we  read  of  per- 
sons who  were  intrusted  with  the  office  of  phy* 
sicians. 

It  will  be  difficult  to  find  out  the  exact  order  in 
which  the  Indian  remedies  were  suggested  by  na- 
ture or  discovered  by  art ;  nor  will  it  be  easy  to 
arrange  them  in  proper  order.  I  shall,  however, 
attempt  it,  by  reducing  them  to  natural  and 

ARTIFICIAL. 

To  the  class  of  natural  remedies  belongs 
the  Indian  practice  of  abstracting  from  their  pa- 
tients all  kinds  of  stimulating  aliment.  The  com- 
pliance of  the  Indians  with  the  dictates  of  nature, 
in  the  early  stage  of  a  disease,  no  doubt,  prevents, 
in  many  cases,  their  being  obliged  to  use  any 
other  remedy.  They  follow  nature  still  closer,  in 
allowing  their  patients  to  drink  plentifully  of  cold 
water ;  this  being  the  only  liquor  a  patient  calls  for 
in  a  fever. 

Sweating  is  likewise  a  natural  remedy.  It  was 
probably  suggested  by  observing  fevers  to  be  ter- 
minated by  it.  I  shall  not  inquire  how  far  these 
sweats  are  essential  to  the  crisis  of  a  fever.  The 
Indian  mode  of  procuring  this  evacuation  is  as  fol- 


22  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

lows  :  the  patient  is  confined  in  a  close  tent,  or 
wigwam,  over  a  hole  in  the  earth,  in  which  a  red 
hot  stone  is  placed  ;  a  quantity  of  water  is  thrown 
upon  this  stone,  which  instantly  involves  the  pa- 
tient in  a  cloud  of  vapour  and  sweat ;  in  this  situ- 
ation he  rushes  out,  and  plunges  himself  into  a  ri- 
ver, from  Whence  he  retires  to  his  bed.  If  the 
remedy  has  been  used  with  success,  he  rises  from 
his  bed  in  four  and  twenty  hours,  perfectly  reco- 
vered from  his  indisposition.  This  remedy  is  used 
not  only  to  cure  fevers,  but  remove  that  uneasiness 
which  arises  from  fatigue  of  body. 

A  third  natural  remedy  among  the  Indians,  is 
purging.  The  fruits  of  the  earth,  the  flesh  of 
birds,  and  other  animals  feeding  upon  particular 
vegetables,  and,  above  all,  the  spontaneous  efforts 
of  nature,  early  led  the  Indians  to  perceive  the  ne- 
cessity and  advantages  of  this  evacuation. 

Vomits  constitute  their  fourth  natural  remedy. 
They  were  probably,  like  the  former,  suggested 
by  nature,  and  accident.  The  ipecacuanha  is  one 
of  the  many  roots  they  employ  for  that  purpose. 

The  artificial  remedies  made  use  of  by 
the  Indians,  are  bleeding,  caustics,  and  as- 
tringent medicines.      They  confine  bleeding 


AMON,G     THE     INDIANS.  23 

entirely  to  the  part  affected.     To  know  that  open- 
ing a  vein  in  the  arm,  or  foot,  would  relieve  a  pain 
in  the  head  or  side,  supposes  some  knowledge  of 
the  animal  economy,  and  therefore  marks  an  ad- 
vanced period  in  the  history  of  medicine. 

Sharp  stones  and  thorns  are  the  instruments  they 
use  to  procure  a  discharge  of  blood. 

We  have  an  account  of  the  Indians  using  some- 
thing like  a  potential  caustic,  in  obstinate 
pains.  It  consists  of  a  piece  of  rotten  wood  called 
punk,  which  they  place  upon  the  part  affected,  and 
afterwards  set  it  on  fire  :  the  fire  gradually  con- 
sumes the  wood,  and1  its  ashes  burn  a  hole  in  the 
flesh. 

The  undue  efforts  of  nature,  in  those  fevers 
which  are  connected  with  a  diarrhoea,  or  dysen- 
tery, together  with  those  hemorrhages  to  which 
their  mode  of  life  exposed  them,  necessarily  led 
them  to  an  early  discovery  of  some  astringent 
vegetables.  I  am  uncertain  whether  the  In- 
dians rely  upon  astringent,  or  any  other  vegeta- 
bles, for  the  cure  of  the  intermitting  fever.  This 
disease  among  them  probably  requires  no  other 
remedies  than  the  cold  bath,  or  cold  air.  Its 
greater  obstinacy,   as  well  as  frequency,   among 


24        natural   history   of  medicine 

ourselves,  must  be  sought  for  in  the  greater  fee- 
bleness of  our  constitutions,  and  in  that  change 
which  our  country  has  undergone,  from  meadows, 
mill-dams,  and  the  cutting  down  of  woods  ;  where- 
by morbid  exhalations  have  been  multiplied,  and 
their  passage  rendered  more  free,  through  every 
part  of  country. 

This  is  a  short  account  of  the  remedies  of  the 
Indians.  If  they  are  simple,  they  are  like  their 
eloquence,  full  of  strength ;  if  they  are  few  in 
number,  they  are  accommodated,  as  their  lan- 
guages are  to  their  ideas,  to  the  whole  of  their 
diseases. 

We  said,  formerly,  that  the  Indians  were  sub- 
ject to  accidents,  such  as  wounds,  fractures,  and 
the  like.  In  these  cases,  nature  performs  the  of- 
fice of  a  surgeon.  We  may  judge  of  her  qualifi- 
cations for  this  office,  by  observing  the  marks  of 
wounds  and  fractures,  which  are  sometimes  dis- 
covered on  wild  animals.  But  further,  what  is  the 
practice  of  our  modern  surgeons  in  these  cases  ? 
Is  it  not  to  lay  aside  plasters  and  ointments,  and 
trust  the  whole  to  nature?  Those  ulcers  which  re- 
quire the  assistance  of  mercury,  bark,  and  a  par- 
ticular regimen  are  unknown  to  the  Indians. 


AMONG     THE     INDIANS.  25 

The  hemorrhages  which  sometimes  follow 
their  wounds,  are  restrained  by  plunging  them- 
selves into  cold  water,  and  thereby  producing  a 
constriction  upon  the  bleeding  vessels. 

Their  practice  of  attempting  to  recover  drown- 
ed people,  is  irrational  and  unsuccessful.  It  con- 
sists in  suspending  the  patient  by  the  heels,  in  or- 
der that  the  water  may  flow  from  his  mouth. 
This  practice  is  founded  on  a  belief  that  the  pa- 
tient dies  from  swallowing  an  excessive  quantity 
of  water.  But  modern  observations  teach  us  that 
drowned  people  die  from  another  cause.  This 
discovery  has  suggested  a  method  of  cure,  directly 
opposite  to  that  in  use  among  the  Indians  ;  and  has 
shown  us  that  the  practice  of  suspending  by  the 
heels  is  hurtful. 

I  do  not  find  that  the  Indians  ever  suffer  in  their 
limbs  from  the  action  of  c old  upon  them.  Their 
mokasons*,  by  allowing  their  feet  to  move  freely, 
and  thereby  promoting  the  circulation  of  the 
blood,  defend  their  lower  extremities  in  the  day- 
time, and  their  practice  of  sleeping  with  their  feet 
near  a  fire,  defends  them  from  the  morbid  effects 
of  cold  at  night.     In  those  cases  where  the  motion 

*  Indian  shoes. 
VOL.   I.  D 


26  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

of  their  feet  in  their  mokasons  is  not  sufficient  to 
keep  them  warm,  they  break  the  ice,  and  restore 
their  warmth  by  exposing  them  for  a  short  time 
to  the  action  of  cold  water*. 

We  have  heard  much  of  their  specific  antidotes 
to  the  venereal  disease.  In  the  accounts  of 
these  anti-venereal  medicines,  some  abatement 
should  be  made  for  that  love  of  the  marvellous, 
and  of  novelty,  which  are  apt  to  creep  into  the 
writings  of  travellers  and  physicians.  How  many 
medicines  which  were  once  thought  infallible  in 
this  disease,  are  now  rejected  from  the  materia 
medica !  I  have  found  upon  inquiry  that  the  In- 
dians always  assist  their  medicines  in  this  disease, 
by  a  regimen  which  promotes  perspiration.  Should 
we  allow  that  mercury  acts  as  a  specific  in  destroy- 
ing this  disease,  it  does  not  follow  that  it  is  proof 
against  the  efficacv  of  medicines  which  act  more 
mechanically  upon  the  bodyf . 

*  It  was  remarked  in  Canada,  in  the  winter  of  the  year 
1759,  during-  the  war  before  last,  that  none  of  those  soldiers 
who  wore  mokasons  were  frost-bitten,  while  few  of  those 
escaped  that  were  much  exposed  to  the  cold  who  wore  shoes. 

f  I  cannot  help  suspecting  the  anti-venereal  qualities  of 
the  lobelia,  ceanothus  and  ranunculus,  spoken  of  by  Mr. 
Kalm,  in  the  Memoirs  of  the  Swedish  Academy.  Mr.  Hand 
informed  me,  that  the  Indians  rely  chiefly  upon  a  plentiful 


AMONG     THE     INDIANS.  27 

There  cannot  be  a  stronger  mark  of  the  imper- 
fect state  of  knowledge  in  medicine  among  the  In- 
dians, than  their  method  of  treating  the  small- 
pox. We  are  told  that  they  plunge  themselves 
in  cold  water  in  the  beginning  of  the  disease,  and 
that  it  often  proves  fatal  to  them. 

Travellers  speak  in  high  terms  of  the  Indian 
antidotes  to  poisons.  We  must  remember 
that  many  things  have  been  thought  poisonous, 
which  later  experience  hath  proved  to  possess  no 
unwholesome  quality.  Moreover,  the  uncertainty 
and  variety  in  the  operation  of  poisons,  renders  it 
extremely  difficult  to  fix  the  certainty  of  the  anti- 
dotes to  them.  Hoav  many  specifics  have  derived 
their  credit  for  preventing  the  hydrophobia,  from 
persons  being  wounded  by  animals,  who  were  not 
in  a  situation  to  produce  that  disease  !  If  we  may 
judge  of  all  the  Indian  antidotes  to  poisons,  by 
those  which  have  fallen  into  our  hands,  we  have 
little  reason  to  ascribe  much  to  them  in  any  cases 
whatever. 

# 

I  have  heard  of  their  performing  several  remark- 
able cures  upon  stiff  joints,  by  an  infusion  of 

use  of  the  decoctions  of  the  pine-trees  for  the  cure  of  the 
venereal  disease.  He  added,  moreover,  that  he  had  often 
known  this  disease  prove  fatal  to  them. 


28  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

certain  herbs  in  water.  The  mixture  of  several 
herbs  together  in  this  infusion  calls  in  question  the 
specific  efficacy  of  each  of  them.  I  cannot  help 
attributing  the  whole  success  of  this  remedy  to  the 
great  heat  of  the  water  in  which  the  herbs  were 
boiled,  and  to  its  being  applied  for  a  long  time  to 
the  part  affected.  We  find  the  same  medicine  to 
vary  frequently  in  its  success,  according  to  its 
strength,  or  to  the  continuance  of  its  application. 
De  Haen  attributes  the  good  effects  of  electricity, 
entirely  to  its  being  used  for  several  months. 

I  have  met  with  one  case  upon  record  of  their 
aiding  nature  in  parturition.  Captain  Carver 
gives  us  an  account  of  an  Indian  woman  in  a  diffi- 
cult labour,  being  suddenly  delivered  in  conse- 
quence of  a  general  convulsion  induced  upon  her 
system,  by  stopping,  for  a  short  time,  her  mouth 
and  nose,  so  as  to  obstruct  her  breathing. 

We  are  sometimes  amused  with  accounts  of  In- 
dian remedies  for  the  dropsy,  epilepsy,  colic, 
gravel,  and  gout.  .  If,  with  all  the  advantages 
which  modern  physicians  derive  from  their  know- 
ledge in  anatomy,  chemistry,  botany,  and  phi- 
losophy ;  if,  with  the  benefit  of  discoveries 
communicated  from  abroad,  as  well  as  handed 
down  from  our  ancestors,  by  more  certain  me- 


AMONG     THE    INDIANS.  29 

thods  than  tradition,  we  are  still  ignorant  of  cer- 
tain remedies  for  these  diseases  ;  what  can  we  ex- 
pect from  the  Indians,  who  are  not  only  deprived 
of  these  advantages,  but  want  our  chief  motive, 
the  sense  of  the  pain  and  danger  of  those  diseases, 
to  prompt  them  to  seek  for  such  remedies  to  re- 
lieve them?  There  cannot  be  a  stronger  proof 
of  their  ignorance  of  proper  remedies  for  new  or 
difficult  diseases,  than  their  having  recourse  to  en- 
chantment. But  to  be  more  particular;  I  have 
taken  pains  to  inquire  into  the  success  of  some  of 
these  Indian  specifics,  and  have  never  heard  of 
one  well  attested  case  of  their  efficacy.  I  believe 
they  derive  all  their  credit  from  our  being  igno- 
rant of  their  composition.  The  influence  of  se- 
crecy is  well  known  in  establishing  the  credit  of 
a  medicine.  The  sal  seignette  was  supposed  to  be 
an  infallible  medicine  for  the  intermitting  fever, 
while  the  manufactory  of  it  was  confined  to  an  apo- 
thecary at  Rochelle  ;  but  it  lost  its  virtues  as  soon 
as  it  was  found  to  be  composed  of  the  acid  of  tar- 
tar and  the  fossil  alkali.  Dr.  Ward's  famous  pill 
and  drop  ceased  to  do  wonders  in  scrophulous 
cases,  as  soon  as  he  bequeathed  to  the  world  his 
receipts  for  making  them. 

I  foresee  an  objection  to  what  has  been  said  con- 
cerning the  remedies  of  the  Indians,  drawn  from 


30  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

that  knowledge  which  experience  gives  to  a  mind 
intent  upon  one  subject.  We  have  heard  much 
of  the  perfection  of  their  senses  of  seeing  and  hear- 
ing. An  Indian,  we  are  told,  will  discover  not 
only  a  particular  tribe  of  Indians  by  their  foot- 
steps, but  the  distance  of  time  in  which  they  were 
made.  In  those  branches  of  knowledge  which 
relate  to  hunting  and  war,  the  Indians  have  ac- 
quired a  degree  of  perfection  that  has  not  been 
equalled  by  civilized  nations.  But  we  must  re- 
member, that  medicine  among  them  does  not  pos- 
sess the  like  advantages  with  the  arts  of  war  and 
hunting,  of  being  the  chief  object  of  their  atten- 
tion. The  physician  and  the  warrior  are  united 
in  one  character ;  to  render  him  as  able  in  the  for- 
mer as  he  is  in  the  latter  profession,  would  require 
an  entire  abstraction  from  every  other  employ- 
ment, and  a  familiarity  with  external  objects, 
which  are  incompatible  with  the  wandering  life  of 
savages. 

Thus  have  we  finished  our  inquiry  into  the  dis- 
eases and  remedies  of  the  Indians  in  North- Ame- 
rica. We  come  now  to  inquire  into  the  diseases 
and  remedies  of  civilized  nations. 

Nations  differ  in  their  degrees  of  civilization. 
We  shall  select  one  for  the  subject  of  our  inquiries 


AMONG     THE    INDIANS.  31 

which  is  most  familiar  to  us ;  I  mean  the  British 
nation.  Here  we  behold  subordination  and  classes 
of  mankind  established  by  government,  commerce, 
manufactures,  and  certain  customs  common  to 
most  of  the  civilized  nations  of  Europe.  We 
shall  trace  the  origin  of  their  diseases  through  their 
customs,  in  the  same  manner  as  we  did  those  of 
the  Indians. 

I.  It  will  be  sufficient  to  name  the  degrees  of 
heat,  the  improper  aliment,  the  tight  dresses,  and 
the  premature  studies  children  are  exposed  to,  in 
order  to  show  the  ample  scope  for  diseases,  which 
is  added  to  the  original  defect  of  stamina  they  de- 
rive from  their  ancestors. 

II.  Civilization  rises  in  its  demands  upon  the 
health  of  women.  Their  fashions  ;  their  dress  and 
diet ;  their  eager  pursuits  and  ardent  enjoyment  of 
pleasure;  their  indolence  and  undue  evacuations 
in  pregnancy ;  their  cordials,  hot  regimen,  and 
neglect,  or  use  of  art,  in  child-birth,  are  all  so  many 
inlets  to  disease. 

Humanity  would  fain  be  silent,  while  philoso- 
phy calls  upon  us  to  mention  the  effects  of  inte- 
rested marriages,  and  of  disappointments  in  love, 
increased  by  that  concealment  which  the  tyranny 


32  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

of  custom  has  imposed  upon  the  sex*.  Each  of 
these  exaggerates  the  natural,  and  increases  the 
number  of  artificial  diseases  among  women. 

III.  The  diseases  introduced  by  civilization  ex- 
tend themselves  through  every  class  and  profession 
among  men.  How  fatal  are  the  effects  of  idleness 
and  intemperance  among  the  rich,  and  of  hard  la- 
bour and  penury  among  the  poor!  What  pallid 
looks  are  contracted  by  the  votaries  of  science 
from  hanging  over  the  "  sickly  taper!"  How 
many  diseases  are  entailed  upon  manufacturers,  by 
the  materials  in  which  they  work,  and  the  posture 
of  their  bodies!  What  monkish  diseases  do  we 
observe  from  monkish  continence  and  monkish 
vices !  We  pass  over  the  increase  of  accidents 
from  building,  sailing,  riding,  and  the  like.  War, 
as  if  too  slow  in  destroying  the  human  species, 

*  "  Married  women  are  more  healthy  and  long-lived 
"  than  single  women.  The  registers,  examined  by  Mr.  Mu- 
"  ret,  confirm  this  observation  ;  and  show  particularly,  that 
**  of  equal  numbers  of  single  and  married  women  between 
"  fifteen  and  twenty-five  years  of  age,  more  of  the  former 
"  died  than  of  the  latter,  in  the  proportion  of  two  to  one : 
"  the  consequence,  therefore,  of  following  nature  must  be 
"  favourable  to  health  among  the  female  sex."  Supple- 
ment to  Price's  Observations  on  Reversionary  Payments, 
p.  357. 


AMONG     THE     INDIANS.  33 

calls  in  a  train  of  diseases  peculiar  to  civilized  na- 
tions. What  havoc  have  the  corruption  and 
monopoly  of  provisions,  a  damp  soil,  and  an  un- 
wholesome sky,  made,  in  a  few  days,  in  an  army  ! 
The  achievements  of  British  valour,  at  the  Ha- 
vannah,  in  the  last  war,  were  obtained  at  the  ex- 
pence  of  9,000  men,  7,000  of  whom  perished 
with  the  West- India  fever*.  Even  our  modern 
discoveries  in  geography,  by  extending  the  empire 
of  commerce,  have  likewise  extended  the  empire 
of  diseases.  What  desolation  have  the  East  and 
West- Indies  made  of  British  subjects  !  It  has  been 
found,  upon  a  nice  calculation,  than  only  ten  of  a 
hundred  Europeans,  live  above  seven  years  after 
they  arrive  in  the  island  of  Jamaica. 

*  The  modern  writers  upon  the  diseases  of  armies,  won- 
der that  the  Greek  and   Roman  physicians  have  left  us 
nothing  upon  that  subject.     But  may  not  most  of  the  dis- 
eases of  armies  be  produced  by  the  different  manner  in 
which  wars  are  carried  on  by  the  modern  nations  ?     The 
discoveries  in   geography,  by  extending  the  field  of  war, 
expose  soldiers  to  many  diseases  from  long  voyages,  and 
a  sudden  change  of  climate,  which  were  unknown  to  the 
armies  of  former  ages.     Moreover,  the  form  of  the  wea- 
pons, and  the  variety  in  the  military  exercises  of  the  Gre- 
cian and  Roman  armies,  gave  a  vigour  to  the  constitution, 
which  can  never  be  acquired  by  the  use  of  muskets  and 
artillery. 

VOL.   I.  E 


s 


34  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

IV.  It  would  take  up  too  much  of  our  time  to 
point  out  all  the  customs,  both  physical  and  moral, 
which  influence  diseases  among  both  sexes.  The 
former  have  engendered  the  seeds  of  diseases  in 
the  human  body  itself:  hence  the  origin  of  ca- 
tarrhs, jail  and  miliary  fevers,  with  a  long  train 
of  other  diseases,  which  compose  so  great  a 
part  of  our  books  of  medicine.  The  latter  like- 
wise have  a  large  share  in  producing  diseases.  I 
am  not  one  of  those  modern  philosophers,  who 
derive  the  vices  of  mankind  from  the  influence  of 
civilization  ;  but  I  am  safe  in  asserting,  that  their 
number  and  malignity  increase  with  the  refine- 
ments of  polished  life.  To  prove  this,  we  need 
only  survey  a  scene  too  familiar  to  affect  us  :  it  is 
a  bedlam  ;  which  injustice,  inhumanity,  avarice, 
pride,  vanity,  and  ambition,  have  filled  with  inha- 
bitants. 

Thus  have  I  briefly  pointed  out  the  customs 
which  influence  the  diseases  of  civilized  nations. 
It  remains  now  that  we  take  notice  of  their  dis- 
eases. Without  naming  the  many  new  fevers, 
fluxes,  hemorrhages,  swellings  from  water,  wind, 
flesh,  fat,  pus,  and  blood ;  foulnesses  on  the  skin, 
from  cancers,  leprosy,  yawes,  poxes,  and  itch; 
and,  lastly,  the  gout,  the  hysteria,  and  the  hypo- 
condriasis,  in  all  their  variety  of  known  and  un- 


AMONG    THE    INDIANS.  35 

known  shapes ;  I  shall  sum  up  all  that  is  necessary 
upon  this  subject,  by  adding,  that  the  number  of 
diseases  which  belong  to  civilized  nations,  accord- 
ing to  Doctor  Cullen's  nosology,  amounts  to 
1387 ;  the  single  class  of  nervous  diseases  form 
612  of  this  number. 

Before  we  proceed  to  speak  of  the  remedies  of 
civilized  nations,  we  shall  examine  into  the  abi- 
lities of  nature  in  curing  their  diseases.  We 
found  her  active  and  successful  in  curing  the  dis- 
eases of  the  Indians.  Are  her  strength,  wisdom, 
or  benignity,  equal  to  the  increase  of  those  dangers 
which  threaten  her  dissolution  among  civilized  na- 
tions? In  order  to  answer  this  question,  it  will 
be  necessary  to  explain  the  meaning  of  the  term 
nature. 

By  nature,  in  the  present  case,  I  understand 
nothing  but  physical  necessity.  This  at  once  ex- 
cludes every  thing  like  intelligence  from  her  ope- 
rations :  these  are  all  performed  in  obedience  to 
the  same  laws  which  govern  vegetation  in  plants, 
and  the  intestine  motions  of  fossils.  They  are  as 
truly  mechanical  as  the  laws  of  gravitation,  elec- 
tricity, or  magnetism.  A  ship  when  laid  on  her 
broadside  by  a  wave,  or  a  sudden  blast  of  wind, 
rises  by  the  simple  laws  of  her  mechanism ;  but 


36  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

suppose  this  ship  to  be  attacked  by  fire,  or  a  wa- 
ter-spout, we  are  not  to  call  in  question  the  skill 
of  the  ship-builder,  if  she  be  consumed  by  the  one, 
or  sunk  by  the  other.  In  like  manner,  the  Author 
of  nature  hath  furnished  the  body  with  powers  to 
preserve  itself  from  its  natural  enemies  ;  but  when 
it  is  attacked  by  those  civil  foes  which  are  bred 
by  the  peculiar  customs  of  civilization,  it  resem- 
bles a  company  of  Indians,  armed  with  bows  and 
arrows,  against  the  complicated  and  deadly  ma- 
chinery of  fire-arms.  To  place  this  subject  in  a  pro- 
per light,  I  shall  deliver  a  history  of  the  opera- 
tions of  nature  in  a  few  of  the  diseases  of  civilized 
nations. 

I.  There  are  cases  in  which  nature  is  still  suc- 
cessful in  curing  diseases. 

In  fevers  she  still  deprives  us  of  our  appetite  for 
animal  food,  and  imparts  to  us  a  desire  for  cool 
air  and  cold  water. 

In  hemorrhages  she  produces  a  faintness,  which 
occasions  a  coagulum  in  the  open  vessels ;  so  that 
the  further  passage  of  blood  through  them  is  ob- 
structed. 


AMONG     THE    INDIANS.  37 

In  wounds  of  the  flesh  and  bones  she  discharges 
foreign  matter  by  exciting  an  inflammation,  and 
supplies  the  waste  of  both  with  new  flesh  and 
bone. 

II.  There  are  cases  where  the  efforts  of  nature 
are  too  feeble  to  do  service,  as  in  malignant  and 
chronic  fevers. 

III.  There  are  cases  where  the  efforts  of  nature 
are  over  proportioned  to  the  strength  of  the  dis- 
ease, as  in  the  cholera  morbus  and  dysentery. 

IV.  There  are  cases  where  nature  is  idle,  as  in 
the  atonic  stages  of  the  gout,  the  cancer,  the  epi- 
lepsy, the  mania,  the  venereal  disease,  the  apo- 
plexy, and  the  tetanus*. 

V.  There  are  cases  in  which  nature  does  mis- 
chief. She  wastes  herself  with  an  unnecessary 
fever,  in  a  dropsy  and  consumption.  She  throws 
a  plethora  upon  the  brain  and  lungs  in  the  apo- 
plexy and  peripneumonia  notha.  She  ends  a 
pleurisy  and  peripneumony  in  a  vomica,  or  em- 
pyema. She  creates  an  unnatural  appetite  for 
food  in  the  hypochondriac  disease.     And,  lastly, 

*  Hoffman  de  hypothesium  medicarum  damno,  sect.  xv. 


38  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

she  drives  the  melancholy  patient  to  solitude, 
where,  by  brooding  over  the  subject  of  his  insani- 
ty, he  increases  his  disease. 

We  are  accustomed  to  hear  of  the  salutary  kind- 
ness of  nature  in  alarming  us  with  pain,  to  prompt 
us  to  seek  for  a  remedy.     But, 

VI.  There  are  cases  in  which  she  refuses  to 
send  this  harbinger  of  the  evils  which  threaten 
her,  as  in  the  aneurism,  scirrhus,  and  stone  in  the 
bladder. 

VII.  There  are  cases  where  the  pain  is  not 
proportioned  to  the  danger,  as  in  the  tetanus,  con- 
sumption, and  dropsy  of  the  head.     And, 

VIII.  There  are  cases  where  the  pain  is  over- 
proportioned  to  the  danger,  as  in  the  paronychia 
and  tooth-ach. 

This  is  a  short  account  of  the  operations  of  na- 
ture, in  the  diseases  of  civilized  nations.  A  lu- 
natic might  as  well  plead  against  the  sequestration 
of  his  estate,  because  he  once  enjoyed  the  full  ex- 
ercise of  his  reason,  or  because  he  still  had  lucid 
intervals,  as  nature  be  exempted  from  the  charges 
we  have  brought  against  hen 


AMONG    THE    INDIANS.  39 

But  this  subject  will  receive  strength  from  con- 
sidering the  remedies  of  civilized  nations.  All 
the  products  of  the  vegetable,  fossil,  and  animal 
kingdoms,  tortured  by  heat  and  mixture  into  an 
almost  infinite  variety  of  forms ;  bleeding,  cup- 
ping, artificial  drains  by  setons,  issues,  and  blisters ; 
exercise,  active  and  passive;  voyages  and  journies; 
baths,  warm  and  cold ;  waters,  saline,  aerial,  and 
mineral;  food  by  weight  and  measure;  the  royal 
touch;  enchantment;  miracles;  in  a  word,  the 
combined  discoveries  of  natural  history  and  philo- 
sophy, united  into  a  system  of  materia  medica,  all 
show,  that  although  physicians  are  in  speculation 
the  servants,  yet  in  practice  they  are  the  masters  of 
nature.  The  whole  of  their  remedies  seem  con- 
trived on  purpose  to  arouse,  assist,  restrain,  and 
controuf  her  operations. 

There  are  some  truths  like  certain  liquors, 
which  require  strong  heads  to  bear  them.  I  feel 
myself  protected  from  the  prejudices  of  vulgar 
minds,  when  I  reflect  that  I  am  delivering  these 
sentiments  in  a  society  of  philosophers. 

Let  us  now  take  a  comparative  view  of  the 
diseases  and  remedies  of  the  Indians  with  those  of 
civilized  nations.  We  shall  begin  with  their  dis- 
eases. 


40  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

In  our  account  of  the  diseases  of  the  Indians,  we 
beheld  death  executing  his  commission,  it  is  true; 
but  then  his  dart  was  hid  in  a  mantle,  under  which 
he  concealed  his  shape.  But  among  civilized  na- 
tions we  behold  him  multiplying  his  weapons  in 
proportion  to  the  number  of  organs  and  functions 
in  the  body  ;  and  pointing  each  of  them  in  such  a 
manner,  as  to  render  his  messengers  more  terrible 
than  himself. 

We  said  formerly  that  fevers  constituted  the 
chief  diseases  of  the  Indians.  According  to  Doc- 
tor Sydenham's  computation,  above  66,000  out 
of  100,000  died  of  fevers  in  London,  about  100 
years  ago ;  but  fevers  now  constitute  but  a  little 
more  than  one-tenth  part  of  the  diseases  of  that 
city.  Out  of  21,780  persons  who  died  in  London 
between  December,  1770,  and  December,  1771, 
only  2273  died  of  simple  fevers.  I  have  more 
than  once  heard  Doctor  Huck  complain,  that  he 
could  find  no  marks  of  epidemic  fevers  in  London, 
as  described  by  Dr.  Sydenham.  London  has  un- 
dergone a  revolution  in  its  manners  and  customs 
since  Doctor  Sydenham's  time.  New  diseases,  the 
offspring  of  luxury,  have  supplanted  fevers ;  and 
the  few  that  are  left  are  so  complicated  with  other 
diseases,  that  their  connection  can  no  longer  be 
discovered  with  an  epidemic  constitution  of  the 


AMONG     THE    INDIANS.  41 

year.  The  pleurisy  and  peripneumony,  those  in- 
flammatory fevers  of  strong  constitutions,  are  now 
lost  in  catarrhs,  or  colds,  which,  instead  of  chal- 
lenging the  powers  of  nature  or  art  to  a  fair  com- 
bat, insensibly  undermine  the  constitution,  and 
bring  on  an  incurable  consumption.  Out  of  22,434 
who  died  in  London  between  December,  1769, 
and  the  same  month  in  1770,  4594  perished  with 
that  British  disease.  Our  countryman,  Doctor 
Maclurg,  has  ventured  to  foretel  that  the  gout  will 
be  lost  in  a  few  years,  in  a  train  of  hypocondriac, 
hysteric,  and  bilious  diseases.  In  like  manner, 
may  we  not  look  for  a  season  when  fevers,  the  na- 
tural diseases  of  the  human  body,  will  be  lost  in 
an  inundation  of  artificial  diseases,  brought  on  by 
the  modish  practices  of  civilization  ? 

It  may  not  be  improper  to  compare  the  prog- 
nosis of  the  Indians,  in  diseases,  with  that  of 
civilized  nations,  before  we  take  a  comparative 
view  of  their  remedies. 

The  Indians  are  said  to  be  successful  in  pre- 
dicting the  events  of  diseases.  While  diseases  are 
simple,  the  marks  which  distinguish  them,  or  cha- 
racterize their  several  stages,  are  generally  uni- 
form and  obvious  to  the  most  indifferent  observer. 
These  marks  afford  so  much  certainty,  that  the  In- 

VOL.  I.  f 


42  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

dians  sometimes  kill  their  physicians  for  a  false 
prognosis,   charging  the  death  of  the  patient  to 
their  carelessness,  or  ignorance.     They  estimate 
the  danger  of  their  patients  by  the   degrees   of 
appetite;    while  an  Indian  is  able  to  eat,  he   is 
looked  upon  as  free  from  danger.     But  when  we 
consider  the  number  and  variety  in  the  signs  of 
diseases,  among  civilized  nations,  together  with 
the  shortness  of  life,  the  fallacy  of  memory,  and 
the  uncertainty  of  observation,  where  shall  we  find 
a  physician  willing  to  risk  his  reputation,  much  less 
his  life,  upon  the  prediction  of  the  event  of  our 
acute  diseases?     We  can  derive  no  advantage  from 
the  simple  sign,   by  which  the  Indians  estimate 
the  danger  of  their  patients;   for  we  daily  see  a 
want  of  appetite  for  food  in  diseases  which  are  at- 
tended with  no  danger;  and  we  sometimes  observe 
an  unusual  degree  of  this  appetite  to  precede  the 
agonies  of  death.     I  honour  the  name  of  Hip- 
pocrates:   but  forgive  me,  ye  votaries  of  anti- 
quity, if  I  attempt  to  pluck  a  few  grey  hairs  from 
his  venerable  head.     I  was  once  an  idolater  at  his 
altar,  nor  did  I  turn  apostate  from  his  worship,  till 
I  was  taught,  that  not  a  tenth  part  of  his  prog- 
nostics corresponded  with  modern  experience,  or 
observation.     The  pulse*,  urine,  and  sweats,  from 

*  Doctor  Cullen  used  to  inform  his  pupils,  that  after  forty 
years'  experience,  he  could  find  no  relation  between  his  own 


AMONG     THE    INDIANS.  43 

which  the  principal  signs  of  life  and  death  have 
been  taken,  are  so  variable,  in  most  of  the  acute 
diseases  of  civilized  nations,  that  the  wisest  phy- 
sicians have  in  some  measure  excluded  the  prog- 
nosis from  being  a  part  of  their  profession. 

I  am  here  insensibly  led  to  make  an  apology  for 
the  instability  of  the  theories  and  practice  of 
physic.  The  theory  of  physic  is  founded  upon 
the  laws  of  the  animal  economy.  These  (unlike 
the  laws  of  the  mind,  or  the  common  laws  of 
matter)  do  not  appear  at  once,  but  are  gradually 
brought  to  light  by  the  phenomena  of  diseases. 
The  success  of  nature  in  curing  the  simple  diseases 
of  Saxony,  laid  the  foundation  for  the  anima  me- 
dic a  of  Doctor  Stahl.  The  endemics  of  Hol- 
land* led  Doctor  Boerhaave  to  seek  for  the 

observations  on  the  pulse,  and  those  made  by  Doctor  Solano. 
The  climate  and  customs  of  the  people  in  Spain  being  so 
different  from  the  climate  and  customs  of  the  present  inha- 
bitants of  Britain,  may  account  for  the  diversity  of  their  ob- 
servations. Doctor  Heberden's  remarks  upon  the  pulse,  in 
the  second  volume  of  the  Medical  Transactions,  are  calcu- 
lated to  show  how  little  the  issue  of  diseases  can  be  learned 
from  it. 

*  "  The  scurvy  is  very  frequent  in  Holland  ;  and  draws 
its  origin  partly  from  their  strong  food,  sea-fish,  and  smoked 


44  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

causes  of  all  diseases  in  the  fluids.  And  the 
universal  prevalence  of  diseases  of  the  nerves,  in 
Great-Britain,  led  Doctor  Cullen  to  discover 
their  peculiar  laws,  and  to  found  a  system  upon 
them;  a  system,  which  will  probably  last  till 
some  new  diseases  are  let  loose  upon  the  human 
species,  which  shall  unfold  other  laws  oi  the  ani- 
mal economy. 

It  is  in  consequence  of  this  fluctuation  in  the 
principles  and  practice  of  physic,  being  so  neces- 
sarily connected  with  the  changes  in  the  customs 
of  civilized  nations,  that  old  and  young  physicians 
so  often  disagree  in  their  opinions  and  practices. 
And  it  is  by  attending  to  the  constant  changes  in 
these  customs  of  civilized  nations,  that  those  phy- 
sicians have  generally  become  the  most  eminent, 
who  have  soonest  emancipated  themselves  from 
the  tyranny  of  the  schools  of  physic;  and  have 
occasionally   accommodated   their  principles  and 

flesh,  and  partly  from  their  dense  and  moist  air,  together 
with  their  bad  water."    Hoffman  on  Endemical  Distempers. 

"  We  are  now  in  North-Holland ;  and  I  have  never  seen, 
among  so  few  people,  so  many  infected  with  the  leprosy  as 
here.  They  say  the  reason  is,  because  they  eat  so  much 
fish.'.'     Howell's  Familiar  Letters. 


AMONG     THE    INDIANS.  45 

practice  to  the  changes  in  diseases*.  This  variety 
in  diseases,  which  is  produced  by  the  changes  in 
the  customs  of  civilized  nations,  will  enable  us  to 
account  for  many  of  the  contradictions  which  are 
to  be  found  in  authors  of  equal  candour  and  abili- 
ties, who  have  written  upon  the  materia  medica. 

In  forming  a  comparative  view  of  the  remedies 
of  the  Indians,  with  those  of  civilized  nations,  we 
shall  remark,  that  the  want  of  success  in  a  medi- 
cine is  occasioned  by  one  of  the  following  causes  : 

First,  our  ignorance  of  the  disease.  Secondly, 
an  ignorance  of  a  suitable  remedy.  Thirdly,  a 
want  of  efficacy  in  the  remedy. 

*  We  may  learn  from  these  observations,  the  great  im- 
propriety of  those  Egyptian  laws  which  oblige  physicians 
to  adopt,  in  all  cases,  the  prescriptions  which  had  been  col- 
lected, and  approved  of,  by  the  physicians  of  former  ages. 
Every  change  in  the  customs  of  civilized  nations,  produces 
a  change  in  their  diseases,  which  calls  for  a  change  in  their 
remedies.  What  havoc  would  plentiful  bleeding,  purging, 
and  small  beer,  formerly  used  with  so  much  success  by  Dr. 
Sydenham  in  the  cure  of  fevers,  now  make  upon  the  en- 
feebled citizens  of  London  !  The  fevers  of  the  same,  and 
of  more  southern  latitudes,  still  admit  of  such  antiphlogistic 
remedies.  In  the  room  of  these,  bark,  wine,  and  other  cor- 
dial medicines,  are  prescribed  in  London  in  almost  every 
kind  of  fe  ver. 


46  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

Considering  the  violence  of  the  diseases  of  the 
Indians,  it  is  probable  their  want  of  success  is  al- 
ways occasioned  by  a  want  of  efficacy  in  their  me- 
dicines. But  the  case  is  very  different  among  the 
civilized  nations.  Dissections  daily  convince  us 
of  our  ignorance  of  the  seats  of  diseases,  and  cause 
us  to  blush  at  our  prescriptions.  How  often  are 
we  disappointed  in  our  expectation  from  the  most 
certain  and  powerful  of  our  remedies,  by  the  ne- 
gligence or  obstinacy  of  our  patients !  What  mis- 
chief have  we  done  under  the  belief  of  false  facts 
(if  I  may  be  allowed  the  expression)  and  false  theo- 
ries !  We  have  assisted  in  multiplying  diseases. 
We  have  done  more — we  have  increased  their 
mortality. 

I  shall  not  pause  to  beg  pardon  of  the  faculty, 
for  acknowledging,  in  this  public  manner,  the  weak- 
nesses of  our  profession.  I  am  pursuing  Truth, 
and  while  I  can  keep  my  eye  fixed  upon  my  guide, 
I  am  indifferent  whether  I  am  led,  provided  she  is 
my  leader. 

But  further,  the  Indian  submits  to  his  disease, 
without  one  fearful  emotion  from  his  doubtfulness 
of  its  event ;  and  at  last  meets  his  fate  without  an 
an  anxious  wish  for  futurity ;  except  it  is  of  being 
admitted  to  an  "  equal  sky,"  where 


AMONG     THE    INDIANS.  47 

"  His  faithful  dog  shall  bear  him  company.' ' 

But,  among  civilized  nations,  the  influence  of  a 
false  religion  in  good,  and  of  a  true  religion  in  bad 
men,  has  converted  even  the  fear  of  death  into  a 
disease.  It  is  this  original  distemper  of  the  ima- 
gination which  renders  the  plague  most  fatal,  upon 
his  first  appearance  in  a  country. 

Under  all  these  disadvantages  in  the  state  of  me- 
dicine, among  civilized  nations,  do  more  in  pro- 
portion die  of  the  diseases  peculiar  to  them,  than 
of  fevers,  casualties,  and  old  age,  among  the  In- 
dians ?  If  we  take  our  account  from  the  city  of 
London,  we  shall  find  this  to  be  the  case.  Near 
a  twentieth  part  of  its  inhabitants  perish  one  year 
with  another.  Nor  does  the  natural  increase  of 
inhabitants  supply  this  yearly  waste.  If  we  judge 
from  the  bills  of  mortality,  the  city  of  London 
contains  fewer  inhabitants,  by  several  thousands, 
than  it  did  forty  years  ago.  It  appears  from  this 
fact,  and  many  others  of  a  like  nature,  which 
might  be  adduced,  that  although  the  difficulty  of 
supporting  children,  together  with  some  peculiar 
customs  of  the  Indians,  which  we  mentioned, 
limit  their  number,  yet  they  multiply  faster,  and 
die  in  a  smaller  proportion  than  civilized  nations, 
under  the  circumstances  we  have  described.     The 


48  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

Indians,  we  are  told,  were  numerous  in  this  coun- 
try, before  the  Europeans  settled  among  them. 
Travellers  agree  likewise  in  describing  numbers  of 
both  sexes  who  exhibited  all  the  marks  of  extreme 
old  age.  It  is  remarkable  that  age  seldom  impairs 
the  faculties  of  their  minds. 

The  mortality  peculiar  to  those  Indian  tribes 
who  have  mingled  with  the  white  people,  must  be 
ascribed  to  the  extensive  mischief  of  spiritous 
liquors.  When  these  have  not  acted,  they  have 
suffered  from  having  accommodated  themselves  too 
suddenly  to  the  European  diet,  dress,  and  manners. 
It  does  not  become  us  to  pry  too  much  into  fu- 
turity ;  but  if  we  may  judge  from  the  fate  of  the 
original  natives  of  Hispaniola,  Jamaica,  and  the 
provinces  on  the  continent,  we  may  venture  to 
foretel,  that,  in  proportion  as  the  white  people 
multiply,  the  Indians  will  diminish ;  so  that  in  a 
few  centuries  they  will  probably  be  entirely  extir- 
pated*. 

*  Even  the  influence  of  christian  principles  has  not  been 
able  to  put  a  stop  to  the  mortality  introduced  among  the 
Indians,  by  their  intercourse  with  the  Europeans.  Dr. 
Cotton  Mather,  in  a  letter  to  sir  William  Ashurst,  printed 
in  Boston,  in  the  year  1705,  says,  "  that  about  five  years  be- 
fore there  were  about  thirty  Indian  congregations  in  the 
southern  parts  of  the  province  of  Massachusetts-Bay."    The 


AMONG     THE     INDIANS.  49 

It  may  be  said,  that  health  among  the  Indians, 
like  msensibility  to  cold  and  hunger,  is  propor- 
tioned to  their  need  of  it ;  and  that  the  less  degrees, 
or  entire  want  of  health,  are  no  interruption  to  the 
ordinary  business  of  civilized  life. 

To  obviate  this  supposition,  we  shall  first  attend 
to  the  effects  of  a  single  disease  in  those  people 
who  are  the  principal  wheels  in  the  machine  of 
civil  society.  Justice  has  stopt  its  current,  victo- 
ries have  been  lost,  wars  have  been  prolonged,  and 
embassies  delayed,  by  the  principal  actors  in  these 
departments  of  government  being  suddenly  laid  up 
by  a  fit  of  the  gout.  How  many  offences  are  daily 
committed  against  the  rules  of  good  breeding,  by 
the  tedious  histories  of  our  diseases,  which  com- 
pose so  great  a  part  of  modern  conversation !  What 
sums  of  money  have  been  lavished  in  foreign  coun- 


same  author,  in  his  history  of  New-England,  says,  "  That 
in  the  islands  of  Nantucket  and  Martha's  Vineyard,  there 
were  3000  adult  Indians,  1600  of  whom  professed  the  chris- 
tian religion."  At  present  there  is  but  one  Indian  congre- 
gation in  the  whole  Massachusetts  province. 

It  may  serve  to  extend  our  knowledge  of  diseases,  to  re- 
mark, that  epidemics  were  often  observed  to  prevail  among 
the  Indians  in  Nantucket,  without  affecting  the  white  people. 

VOL.   I.  G 


50  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

tries  in  pursuit  of  health*  !  Families  have  been 
ruined  by  the  unavoidable  expences  of  medicines 
and  watering-places.  In  a  word,  the  swarms  of 
beggars  which  infest  so  many  of  the  European 
countries,  urge  their  petitions  for  charity  chiefly 
by  arguments  derived  from  real  or  counterfeit 
diseases,  which  render  them  incapable  of  support- 
ing themselvesf . 

But  may  not  civilization,  while  it  abates  the 
violence  of  natural  diseases,  increase  the  lenity  of 
those  that  are  artificial,  in  the  same  manner  that  it 
lessens  the  strength  of  natural  vices  by  multiplying 
them  ?  To  answer  this  question,  it  will  only  be  ne- 
cessary to  ask  another  :  Who  should  exchange  the 
heat,  thirst,  and  uneasiness  of  a  fever,  for  one  fit  of 
the  colic  or  stone  ? 

The  history  of  the  number,  combination,  and 
fashions  of  the  remedies  we  have  given,  may  serve 

*  It  is  said,  there  are  seldom  less  than  20,000  British  sub- 
jects in  France  and  Italy  ;  one  half  of  whom  reside  or  travel 
in  those  countries  upon  the  account  of  their  health. 

t  Templeman  computes,  that  Scotland  contains  1,500,000 
inhabitants  ;  100,000  of  whom,  according  to  Mr.  Fletcher, 
are  supported  at  the  public  expence.  The  proportion  of 
poor  people  is  much  greater  in  England,  Ireland,  France, 
and  Italy. 


AMONG     THE     INDIANS.  51 

to  humble  the  pride  of  philosophy ;  and  to  con- 
vince us,  that  with  all  the  advantages  of  the  whole 
circle  of  sciences,  we  are  still  ignorant  of  antidotes 
to  many  of  the  diseases  of  civilized  nations.  We 
sometimes  sooth  our  ignorance,  by  reproaching  our 
idleness  in  not  investigating  the  remedies  peculiar 
to  this  country.  We  are  taught  to  believe  that 
every  herb  that  grows  in  our  woods  is  possessed  of 
some  medicinal  virtue,  and  that  Heaven  would  be 
wanting  in  benignity,  if  our  country  did  not  pro- 
duce remedies  for  all  the  different  diseases  of  its 
inhabitants.  It  would  be  arrogating  too  much  to 
suppose  that  man  was  the  only  creature  in  our 
world  for  whom  vegetables  grow.  The  beasts, 
birds,  and  insects,  derive  their  sustenance  either 
directly  or  indirectly  from  them ;  while  many  of 
them  were  probably  intended,  from  their  variety  in 
figure,  foliage,  and  colour,  only  to  serve  as  orna- 
ments for  our  globe.  It  would  seem  strange  that 
the  Author  of  nature  should  furnish  every  spot  of 
ground  with  medicines  adapted  to  the  diseases  of 
its  inhabitants,  and  at  the  same  time  deny  it  the 
more  necessary  articles  of  food  and  clothing.  I 
know  not  whether  Heaven  has  provided  every 
country  with  antidotes  even  to  the  natural  diseases 
of  its  inhabitants.  The  intermitting  fever  is  com- 
mon in  almost  every  corner  of  the  globe ;  but  a 
sovereign  remedy  for  it  has  been  discovered  only 


52  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

in  South- America.  The  combination  of  bitter  and 
astringent  substances,  which  serve  as  a  succeda- 
neum  to  the  Peruvian  bark,  is  as  much  a  prepara- 
tion of  art,  as  calomel  or  tartar  emetic.  Societies 
stand  in  need  of  each  other  as  much  as  individuals ; 
and  the  goodness  of  the  Deity  remains  unimpeach- 
ed  when  we  suppose,  that  he  intended  medicines 
to  serve  (with  other  articles)  to  promote  that  know- 
ledge, humanity,  and  politeness  among  the  inhabi- 
tants of  the  earth,  which  have  been  so  justly  attri- 
buted to  commerce. 

We  have  no  discoveries  in  the  materia  medica 
to  hope  for  from  the  Indians  in  North- America.  It 
would  be  a  reproach  to  our  schools  of  physic,  if 
modern  physicians  were  not  more  successful  than 
the  Indians,  even  in  the  treatment  of  their  own 
diseases. 

Do  the  blessings  of  civilization  compensate  for 
the  sacrifice  we  make  of  natural  health,  as  well  as 
of  natural  liberty  ?  This  question  must  be  answer- 
ed under  some  limitations.  When  natural  liberty 
is  given  up  for  laws  which  enslave  instead  of  pro- 
tecting us,  we  are  immense  losers  by  the  exchange. 
Thus,  if  we  arm  the  whole  elements  against  our 
health,  and  render  every  pore  in  the  body  an  ave- 


AMONG     THE    INDIANS.  53 

nue  for  a  disease,  we  pay  too  high  a  price  for  the 
blessings  of  civilization. 

In  governments  which  have  departed  entirely 
from  their  simplicity,  partial  evils  are  to  be  cured 
by  nothing  but  an  entire  renovation  of  their  consti- 
tution. Let  the  world  bear  with  the  professions 
of  law,  physic,  and  divinity ;  and  let  the  lawyer, 
physician,  and  divine  yet  learn  to  bear  with  each 
other.  They  are  all  necessary,  in  the  present  state 
of  society.  In  like  manner,  let  the  woman  of 
fashion  forget  the  delicacy  of  her  sex,  and  submit 
to  be  delivered  bv  a  man-midwife*.  Let  her  snatch 
her  offspring  from  her  breast,  and  send  it  to  repair 
the  weakness  of  its  stamina,  with  the  milk  of  a 
ruddy  cottagerf.    Let  art  supply  the  place  of  nature 

*  In  the  enervated  age  of  Athens,  a  law  was  passed  which 
confined  the  practice  of  midwifery  only  to  the  men.  It  was, 
however,  repealed,  upon  a  woman's  dying  in  childbirth,  ra- 
ther than  be  delivered  by  a  man-midwife.  It  appears  from 
the  bills  of  mortality  in  London  and  Dublin,  that  about  one 
in  seventy  of  those  women  die  in  childbirth,  who  are  in  the 
hands  of  midwives;  but  from  the  accounts  of  the  lying-in 
hospitals  in  those  cities,  which  are  under  the  care  of  man- 
midwives,  only  one  in  a  hundred  and  forty  perishes  in  child 
birth. 

t    There    has   been    much    common-place    declamation 
against  the  custom  among  the  great,  of  not  suckling  their 


54  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

in  the  preparation  and  digestion  of  all  our  aliment. 
Let  our  fine  ladies  keep  up  their  colour  with  car- 
mine, and  their  spirits  with  ratifia ;  and  let  our 
fine  gentlemen  defend  themselves  from  the  excesses 
of  heat  and  cold,  with  lavender  and  hartshorn. 
These  customs  have  become  necessary  in  the  cor- 
rupt stages  of  society.  We  must  imitate,  in  these 
cases,  the  practice  of  those  physicians  who  consult 
the  appetite  only,  in  diseases  which  do  not  admit  of 
a  remedy. 

The  state  of  a  country  in  point  of  population, 
temperance,  and  industry,  is  so  connected  with  its 
diseases,  that  a  tolerable  idea  may  be  formed  of  it, 

children.  Nurses  were  common  in  Rome,  in  the  declension 
of  the  empire :  hence  we  find  Cornelia  commended  as  a 
rare  example  of  maternal  virtue,  as  much  for  suckling  her 
sons,  as  for  teaching  them  eloquence.  That  nurses  were 
common  in  Egypt,  is  probable  from  the  contract  which  Pha- 
raoh's daughter  made  with  the  unknown  mother  of  Moses, 
to  allow  her  wages  for  suckling  her  own  child.  The  same 
degrees  of  civilization  require  the  same  customs.  A  woman 
whose  times  for  eating  and  sleeping  are  constantly  inter- 
rupted by  the  calls  of  enervating  pleasures,  must  always  af- 
ford milk  of  an  unwholesome  nature.  It  may  truly  be  said 
of  a  child  doomed  to  live  on  this  aliment,  that,  as  soon  as  it 
receives  its 

"  breath, 

It  sucks  in  "  the  lurking  principles  of  death." 


AMONG     THE     INDIANS.  55 

by  looking  over  its  bills  of  mortality.  Hospitals, 
with  all  their  boasted  advantages,  exhibit  at  the 
same  time  monuments  of  the  charity  and  depravity 
of  a  people*.     The  opulence  of  physicians,  and 


*  "  Aurengezebe,  emperor  of  Persia,  being  asked,  Why- 
he  did  not  build  hospitals?  said,  1  will  make  my  empire  so 
rich,  that  there  shall  be  no  need  of  hospitals.  He  ought  to  have 
said,  I  will  begin  by  rendering  my  subjects  rich,  and  then  I 
will  build  hospitals. 

"  At  Rome,  the  hospitals  place  every  one  at  his  ease,  ex- 
cept those  who  labour,  those  who  are  industrious,  those  who 
have  lands,  and  those  who  are  engaged  in  trade. 

"  I  have  observed,  that  wealthy  nations  have  need  of  hos- 
pitals, because  fortune  subjects  them  to  a  thousand  acci- 
dents ;  but  it  is  plain,  that  transient  assistances  are  better 
than  perpetual  foundations.  The  evil  is  momentary  ;  it  is 
necessary,  therefore,  that  the  succour  should  be  of  the  same 
nature,  and  that  it  be  applied  to  particular  accidents."  Spi- 
rit of  Laws,  b.  xxiii.  ch.  29. 

It  was  reserved  for  the  present  generation  to  substitute  in 
the  room  of  public  hospitals  private  dispensaries  for  the 
relief  of  the  sick.  Philosophy  and  Christianity  alike  concur 
in  deriving  praise  and  benefit  from  these  excellent  institu- 
tions. They  exhibit  something  like  an  application  of  the 
mechanical  powers  to  the  purposes  of  benevolence ;  for  in 
what  other  charitable  institutions  do  we  perceive  so  great  a 
quantity  of  distress  relieved  by  so  small  an  expence  ? 


56  NATURAL     HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

the  divisions  of  their  offices,  into  those  of  surgery, 
pharmacy,  and  midwifery,  are  likewise  pioois  of 
the  declining  state  of  a  country.  In  the  infancy 
of  the  Roman  empire,  the  priest  performed  the 
office  of  a  physician ;  so  simple  were  the  prin- 
ciples and  practice  of  physic.  It  was  only  in  the 
declension  of  the  empire  that  physicians  vied 
with  the  emperors  of  Rome  in  magnificence  and 
splendour*. 

*  The  first  regular  practitioners  of  physic  in  Rome,  were 
women  and  slaves.  The  profession  was  confined  to  them, 
above  six  hundred  years.  The  Romans,  during  this  period, 
lived  chiefly  upon  vegetables,  particularly  upon  pulse  ;  and 
hence  they  were  called,  by  their  neighbours,  pultifagi. 
They  were  likewise  early  inured  to  the  healthy  employ- 
ments of  war  and  husbandry.  Their  diseases,  of  course, 
were  too  few  and  simple  to  render  the  cure  of  them  an  ob- 
ject of  liberal  profession.  When  their  diseases  became 
more  numerous  and  complicated,  their  investigation  and 
cure  required  the  aids  of  philosophy.  The  profession  from 
this  time  became  liberal ;  and  maintained  a  rank  with  the 
other  professions  which  are  founded  upon  the  imperfection 
and  depravity  of  human  institutions.  Physicians  are  as 
necessary  in  the  advanced  stages  of  society  as  surgeons,  al- 
though their  office  is  less  ancient  and  certain.  There  are 
many  artificial  diseases,  in  which  they  give  certain  relief; 
and  even  where  their  art  fails,  their  prescriptions  are  still 
necessary,  in  order  to  smooth  the  avenues  of  death. 


AMONG    THE    INDIANS-.  57 

I  am  sorry  to  add,  in  this  place,  that  the  number 
of  patients  in  the  hospital,  and  incurables  in  the 
almshouse  of  this  city,  show  that  we  are  treading 
in  the  enervated  steps  of  our  fellow  subjects  in 
Britain.     Our  bills  of  mortality  likewise  show  the 
encroachments  of  British  diseases  upon  us.     The 
nervous  fever  has  become  so  familiar  to  us,  that 
we  look  upon  it  as  a  natural  disease.     Dr.  Syden- 
ham,   so  faithful  in  his  histoiy  of  fevers,   takes 
no  notice  of  it.     Dr.  Cadwallader  informed  me, 
that  it  made  its  first  appearance  in  this  city  about 
five  and  twenty  years  ago.     It  will  be  impossible  to 
name  the  consumption  without  recalling  to  our 
minds  the  memory  of  some  friend  or  relation,  who 
has  perished  within  these  few  years  by  that  dis- 
ease.    Its  rapid  progress  among  us  has  been  un- 
justly  attributed   to  the  growing  resemblance  of 
our  climate  to  that  of  Great-Britain.     The  hys- 
teric   and   hypochondriac    diseases,    once 
peculiar  to  the  chambers  of  the  great,  are  now  to 
be  found  in  our  kitchens  and  workshops.      All 
these  diseases  have  been  produced  by  our  having 
deserted  the  simple  diet  and  manners  of  our  an- 
cestors. 

The  blessings  of  literature,  commerce,  and  re- 
ligion were  not  originally  purchased  at  the  expence 
of  health.     The  complete  enjoyment  of  health  is 

VOL.   I.  H 


58  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

as  compatible  with  civilization,  as  the  enjoyment 
of  civil  liberty.  We  read  of  countries,  rich  in 
every  thing  that  can  form  national  happiness  and 
national  grandeur,  the  diseases  of  which  are  nearly 
as  few  and  simple  as  those  of  the  Indians.  We 
hear  of  no  diseases  among  the  Jews,  while  they 
were  under  their  democratical  form  of  govern- 
ment, except  such  as  were  inflicted  by  a  superna- 
tural power*.     We  should  be  tempted  to  doubt 

*  The  principal  employments  of  the  Jews,  like  those  of 
the  Romans  in  their  simple  ages,  consisted  in  war  and  hus- 
bandry. Their  diet  was  plain,  consisting  chiefly  of  vegeta- 
bles. Their  only  remedies  were  plasters  and  ointments ; 
which  were  calculated  for  those  diseases  which  are  produced 
by  accidents.  In  proportion  as  they  receded  from  their 
simple  customs,  we  find  artificial  diseases  prevail  among 
them.  The  leprosy  made  its  appearance  in  their  journey 
through  the  wilderness.  King  Asa's  pains  in  his  feet,  were 
probably  brought  on  by  a  fit  of  the  gout.  Saul  and  Nebu- 
chadnezzar were  afflicted  with  a  melancholy.  In  the  time 
of  our  Saviour,  we  find  an  account  of  all  those  diseases  in 
Judea,  which  mark  the  declension  of  a  people ;  such  as,  the 
palsy,  epilepsy,  mania,  blindness,  hemorrhagia  uterina,  &c. 
It  is  unnecessary  to  suppose,  that  they  were  let  loose  at  this 
juncture,  on  purpose  to  give  our  Saviour  an  opportunity  of 
making  them  the  chief  subject  of  his  miracles.  They  had 
been  produced  from  natural  causes,  by  the  gradual  depravity 
of  their  manners.  It  is  remarkable,  that  our  Saviour  chose 
those  artificial  diseases  for  the  subject  of  his  miracles,  in 
preference  to  natural  diseases.     The  efforts  of  nature,  and 


AMONG    THE    INDIANS.  59 

the  accounts  given  of  the  populousness  of  that 
people,  did  we  not  see  the  practice  of  their  simple 
customs  producing  nearly  the  same  populousness 
in  Egypt,  Rome,  and  other  countries  of  anti- 
quity. The  empire  of  China,  it  is  said,  contains 
more  inhabitants  than  the  whole  of  Europe.  The 
political  institutions  of  that  country  have  exempted 
its  inhabitants  from  a  large  share  of  the  diseases  of 
other  civilized  nations.  The  inhabitants  of  Swis- 
serland,  Denmark,  Norway*,  and  Sweden,  enjoy 
the  chief  advantages  of  civilization  without  having 
surrendered  for  them  the  blessings  of  natural  health. 
But  it  is  unnecessary  to  appeal  to  ancient  or  re- 
mote nations  to  prove,  that  health  is  not  incompa- 
tible with  civilization.  The  inhabitants  of  many 
parts  of  New-England,  particularly  of  the  province 
of  Connecticut,  are  but  little  affected  by  artificial  dis- 
eases.    Some  of  you  may  remember  the  time,  and 

the  operation  of  medicines,  are  too  slow  and  uncertain  in 
these  cases  to  detract  in  the  least  from  the  validity  of  the 
miracle.  He  cured  Peter's  mother-in-law,  it  is  true,  of  a 
fever ;  but  to  show  that  the  cure  was  miraculous,  the  sacred 
historian  adds  (contrary  to  what  is  common  after  a  fever), 
"  that  she  arose  immediately*,  and  ministered  unto  them." 

*  In  the  city  of  Bergen,  which  consists  of  30,000  inhabi- 
tants, there  is  but  one  physician ;  who  is  supported  at  the 
expense  of  the  public.    Pontoppidan's  Nat.  Hist,  of  Norway, 


60  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

our  fathers  have  told  those  of  us  who  do  not,  when 
the  diseases  of  Pennsylvania  were  as  few  and 
as  simple  as  those  of  the  Indians.  The  food  of 
the  inhabitants  was  then  simple  ;  their  only  drink 
was  water ;  their  appetites  were  restrained  by  la- 
bour ;  religion  excluded  the  influence  of  sickening 
passions ;  private  hospitality  supplied  the  want  of 
a  public  hospital ;  nature  was  their  only  nurse,  and 
temperance  their  principal  physician.  But  I  must 
not  dwell  upon  this  retrospect  of  primaeval  manners ; 
and  I  am  too  strongly  impressed  with  a  hope  of  a 
revival  of  such  happy  days,  to  pronounce  them  the 
golden  age  of  our  province. 

Our  esteem  for  the  customs  of  our  savage 
neighbours  will  be  lessened,  when  we  add,  that 
civilization  does  not  preclude  the  honours  of  old 
age.  The  proportion  of  old  people  is  much 
greater  among  civilized,  than  among  savage  na- 
tions. It  would  be  easy  to  decide  this  assertion 
in  our  favour,  by  appealing  to  facts  in  the  natural 
histories  of  Britain,  Norway,  Sweden,  North- Ame- 
rica*, and  several  of  the  West- India  islands. 

*  It  has  been  urged  against  the  state  of  longevity  in 
America,  that  the  Europeans,  who  settle  among  us,  gene- 
rally arrive  to  a  greater  age  than  the  Americans.  This 
is  not  occasioned  so  much  by  a  peculiar  firmness  in  their 
stamina,  as  by  an  increase  of  vigour  which  the  constitu- 


AMONG     THE     INDIANS.  61 

The  laws  of  decency  and  nature  are  not  ne- 
cessarily abolished  by  the  customs  of  civilized  na- 
tions. In  many  of  these,  we  read  of  women  among 
whom  nature  alone  still  performs  the  office  of  a 
midwife*,  and  who  feel  the  obligations  of  suck- 
ling their  children  to  be  equally  binding  with  the 
common  obligations  of  morality. 

tion  acquires  by  a  change  of  climate.  A  Frenchman  (ce- 
teris paribus)  outlives  an  Englishman  in  England.  A 
Hollander  prolongs  his  life  by  removing  to  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope.  A  Portuguese  gains  fifteen  or  twenty  years 
by  removing  to  Brazil.  And  there  are  good  reasons  to 
believe,  that  a  North-American  would  derive  the  same  ad- 
vantages, in  point  of  health  and  longevity,  by  removing  to 
Europe,  which  a  European  derives  from  coming  to  this 
country. 

From  a  calculation  made  by  an  ingenious  foreigner,  it 
appears,  that  a  greater  proportion  of  old  people  are  to  be 
found  in  Connecticut,  than  in  any  colony  in  North-Ameri- 
ca. This  colony  contains  180,000  inhabitants.  They  have 
no  public  hospitals  or  poor-houses  ;  nor  is  a  beggar  to  be 
seen  among  them.  There  cannot  be  more  striking  proofs 
than  these  facts  of  the  simplicity  of  their  manners. 

*  Parturition,  in  the  simple  ages  of  all  countries,  is  per- 
formed by  nature.  The  Israelitish  women  were  delivered 
even  without  the  help  of  the  Egyptian  midwives.  We  read 
of  but  two  women  who  died  in  child-birth  in  the  whole 
history  of  the  Jews.     Dr.  Bancroft  says,  that  child-bearing 


62  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

Civilization  does  not  render  us  less  fit  for  the 
necessary  hardships  of  war.  We  read  of  armies 
of  civilized  nations,  who  have  endured  degrees  of 
cold,  hunger,  and  fatigue,  which  have  not  been 
exceeded  by  the  savages  of  any  country*. 

Civilization  does  not  always  multiply  the  ave- 
nues of  death.  It  appears  from  the  bills  of  mor- 
tality, of  many  countries,  that  fewer  in  proportion 
die  among  civilized,  than  among  savage  nations. 

is  attended  with  so  little  pain  in  Guiana,  that  the  women 
seem  to  be  exempted  from  the  curse  inflicted  upon  Eve. 
These  easy  births  are  not  confined  to  warm  climates.  They 
are  equally  safe  and  easy  in  Norway  and  Iceland,  according^ 
to  Pontoppidan  and  Anderson's  histories  of  those  countries, 

*  Civilized  nations  have,  in  the  end,  always  conquered 
savages  as  much  by  their  ability  to  bear  hardships,  as  by 
their  superior  military  skill.  Soldiers  are  not  to  be  chosen 
indiscriminately.  The  greatest  generals  have  looked  upon 
sound  constitutions  to  be  as  essential  to  soldiers,  as  bravery 
or  military  discipline.  Count  Saxe  refused  soldiers  born  and 
bred  in  large  cities ;  and  sought  for  such  only  as  were  bred 
in  mountainous  countries.  The  King  of  Prussia  calls  young 
soldiers  only  to  the  dangers  and  honours  of  the  field,  in  his 
elegant  poem,  Sur  l'Art  de  la  Guerre,  chant  1.  Old  sol- 
diers generally  lose  the  advantages  of  their  veteranism,  by 
their  habits  of  idleness  and  debauchery.  An  able  general, 
and  experienced  officers,  will  always  supply  the  defects  of 
age  in  young  soldiers. 


AMONG    THE    INDIANS.  63 

Even  the  charms  of  beauty  are  heightened  by 
civilization.  We  read  of  stateliness,  proportion, 
fine  teeth*  and  complexions,  in  both  sexes, 
forming  the  principal  outlines  of  national  charac- 
ters. 

The  danger  of  many  diseases  is  not  propor- 
tioned to  their  violence,  but  to  their  duration. 
America  has  advanced  but  a  few  paces  in  luxury 
and  effeminacy.  There  is  yet  strength  enough 
in  her  vitals  to  give  life  to  those  parts  which  are 
decayed.  She  may  tread  back  her  steps.  For 
this  purpose, 

I.  Let  our  children  be  educated  in  a  manner 
more  agreeable  to  nature. 


*  Bad  teeth  are  observed  chiefly  in  middle  latitudes, 
which  are  subject  to  alternate  heats  and  colds.  The  inha- 
bitants of  Norway  and  Russia  are  as  remarkable  for  their 
fine  teeth  as  the  inhabitants  of  Africa.  We  observe  fine 
teeth  to  be  universal  likewise  among  the  inhabitants  of 
France,  who  live  in  a  variable  climate.  These  have  been 
ascribed  to  their  protecting  their  heads  from  the  action  of 
the  night  air  by  means  of  woollen  night-caps,  and  to  the 
extraordinary  attention  to  the  teeth  of  their  children.  These 
precautions  secure  good  teeth ;  and  are  absolutely  necessary 
in  all  variable  climates,  where  people  do  not  adopt  all  the 
customs  of  the  savage  life. 


.' 


64  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

II.  Let  the  common  people  (who  constitute  the 
wealth  and  strength  of  our  country)  be  preserved 
from  the  effects  of  ardent  spirits.  Had  I  a  double 
portion  of  all  that  eloquence  which  has  been  em- 
ployed in  describing  the  political  evils  that  lately 
threatened  our  country,  it  would  be  too  little  to  set 
forth  the  numerous  and  complicated  physical  and 
moral  evils  which  these  liquors  have  introduced 
among  us.  To  encounter  this  hydra  requires  an 
arm  accustomed,  like  that  of  Hercules,  to  vanquish 
monsters.  Sir  William  Temple  tells  us,  that  for- 
merly in  Spain  no  man  could  be  admitted  as  an 
evidence  in  a  court,  who  had  once  been  convicted 
of  drunkenness.  I  do  not  call  for  so  severe  a  law 
in  this  country.  Let  us  first  try  the  force  of  se- 
vere manners.  Lycurgus  governed  more  by  these, 
than  by  his  laws.  "  Boni  mores  non  bonae  leges," 
according  to  Tacitus,  were  the  bulwarks  of  virtue 
among  the  ancient  Germans. 

III.  I  despair  of  being  able  to  call  the  votaries 
of  Bacchus  from  their  bottle,  and  shall  therefore 
leave  them  to  be  roused  by  the  more  eloquent 
twinges  of  the  gout. 

IV.  Let  us  be  cautious  what  kind  of  manufac- 
tures we  admit  amongr  us.  The  rickets  made  their 
first  appearance  in  the  manufacturing   towns   in 


AMONG    THE    INDIANS.  65 

England.  Dr.  Fothergill  informed  me,  that  he 
had  often  observed,  when  a  pupil,  that  the  greatest 
part  of  the  chronic  patients  in  the  London  Hospi- 
tal were  Spittal-field  weavers.  I  would  not  be 
understood,  from  these  facts,  to  discourage  those 
manufactures  which  employ  women  and  children : 
these  suffer  few  inconveniences  from  a  sedentary- 
life  :  nor  do  I  mean  to  offer  the  least  restraint  to 
those  manufactories  among  men,  which  admit  of 
free  air,  and  the  exercise  of  all  their  limbs.  Per- 
haps a  pure  air,  and  the  abstraction  of  spiritous  li- 
quors, might  render  sedentary  employments  less 
unhealthy  in  America,  even  among  men,  than  in 
the  populous  towns  of  Great-Britain. 

The  population  of  a  country  is  not  to  be  accom- 
plished by  rewards  and  punishments.  And  it  is 
happy  for  America,  that  the  universal  prevalence 
of  the  protestant  religion,  the  checks  lately  given 
to  negro  slavery,  the  general  unwillingness  among 
us  to  acknowledge  the  usurpations  of  primogeni- 
ture, the  universal  practice  of  inoculation  for  the 
small-pox,  and  the  absence  of  the  plague,  render 
the  interposition  of  government  for  that  purpose 
unnecessary. 

These  advantages  can  only  be  secured  to  our 
country  by  agriculture.     This  is  the  true  basis 

VOL.  I.  I 


66  NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE 

of  national  health,  riches,  and  populousness.  Na- 
tions, like  individuals,  never  rise  higher  than  when 
they  are  ignorant  whether  they  are  tending.  It 
is  impossible  to  tell  from  history  what  will  be 
the  effects  of  agriculture,  industry,  temperance, 
and  commerce,  urged  on  by  the  competition  of 
colonies,  united  in  the  same  general  pursuits,  in  a 
country,  which  for  extent,  variety  of  soil,  climate, 
and  number  of  navigable  rivers,  has  never  been 
equalled  in  any  quarter  of  the  globe.  America  is 
the  theatre  where  human  nature  will  probably 
receive  her  last  and  principal  literary,  moral,  and 
political  honours. 

But  I  recal  myself  from  the  ages  of  futurity* 
The  province  of  Pennsylvania  has  already  shown 
to  her  sister  colonies,  the  influence  of  agriculture 
and  commerce  upon  the  number  and  happiness  of 
a  people.  It  is  scarcely  a  hundred  years  since 
our  illustrious  legislator,  with  a  handful  of  men, 
landed  upon  these  shores.  Although  the  perfection 
of  our  government,  the  healthiness  of  our  climate, 
and  the  fertility  of  our  soil,  seemed  to  ensure  a 
rapid  settlement  of  die  province ;  yet  it  would 
have  required  a  prescience  bordering  upon  divine, 
to  have  foretold,  that  in  such  a  short  space  of 
time,  the  province  would  contain  above  300,000 
inhabitants;  and  that  nearly  30,000  of  this  number 


AMONG    THE    INDIANS.  67 

should  compose  a  city,  which  should  be  the  third, 
if  not  the  second  in  commerce  in  the  British  em- 
pire. The  pursuits  of  literature  require  leisure 
and  a  total  recess  from  clearing  forests,  planting, 
building,  and  all  the  common  toils  of  settling  a 
new  country :  but  before  these  arduous  works 
were  accomplished,  the  sciences,  ever  fond  of 
the  company  of  liberty  and  industry,  chose  this 
spot  for  the  seat  of  their  empire  in  this  new  world. 
Our  college,  so  catholic  in  its  foundation,  and 
extensive  in  its  objects,  already  sees  her  sons  exe- 
cuting offices  in  the  highest  departments  of  soci- 
ety. I  have  now  the  honour  of  speaking  in  the 
presence  of  a  most  respectable  number  of  philoso- 
phers, physicians,  astronomers,  botanists,  patriots, 
and  legislators  ;  many  of  whom  have  already  seized 
the  prizes  of  honour,  which  their  ancestors  had 
allotted  to  a  much  later  posterity.  Our  first  offer- 
ing had  scarcely  found  its  way  into  the  temple  of 
fame,  when  the  oldest  societies  in  Europe  turned 
their  eyes  upon  us,  expecting  with  impatience  to 
see  the  mighty  fabric  of  science,  which,  like  a  well- 
built  arch,  can  only  rest  upon  the  whole  of  its 
materials,  completely  finished  from  the  treasures 
of  this  unexplored  quarter  of  the  globe. 

It  reflects  equal  honour  upon  our  society  and 
the  honourable  assembly  of  our  province,  to  ac- 


68     NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    MEDICINE,  &C. 

knowledge,  that  we  have  always  found  the  latter 
willing  to  encourage  by  their  patronage,  and  re- 
ward by  their  liberality,  all  our  schemes  for  pro- 
moting useful  knowledge.  What  may  we  not  ex- 
pect from  this  harmony  between  the  sciences  and 
government!  Methinks  I  see  canals  cut,  rivers 
once  impassable  rendered  navigable,  bridges  erect- 
ed, and  roads  improved,  to  facilitate  the  expor- 
tation of  grain.  I  see  the  banks  of  our  rivers 
vying  in  fruitfulness  with  the  banks  of  the  river 
of  Egypt.  I  behold  our  farmers  nobles;  our 
merchants  princes.  But  I  forbear — imagination 
cannot  swell  with  the  subject. 

I  beg  leave  to  conclude,  by  deriving  an  argu* 
ment  from  our  connection  with  the  legislature,  to 
remind  my  auditors  of  the  duty  they  owe  to  the 
society.  Patriotism  and  literature  are  here  con- 
nected together ;  and  a  man  cannot  neglect  the  one, 
without  being  destitute  of  the  other.  Nature  and 
our  ancestors  have  completed  their  works  among 
us ;  and  have  left  us  nothing  to  do,  but  to  enlarge 
and  perpetuate  our  own  happiness. 


AN  ACCOUNT 


OF   THE 


CLIMATE   OF  PENNSYLVANIA, 


AND    ITS 


INFLUENCE  UPON  THE  HUMAN  BODY, 


AN  ACCOUNT 


OF    THE 


CLIMATE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA,  &c. 


IN  order  to  render  the  observations  upon 
the  epidemic  diseases  which  compose  the  follow- 
ing volumes  more  useful,  it  will  be  necessary  to  pre- 
fix to  them  a  short  account  of  the  climate  of  Penn- 
sylvania, and  of  its  influence  upon  the  human  body. 
This  account  may  perhaps  serve  further,  to  lead  to 
future  discoveries,  and  more  extensive  observa- 
tions, upon  this  subject. 

The  state  of  Pennsylvania  lies  between  39°  43' 
25",  and  42°  north  latitude,  including,  of  course, 
2°  16'  35",  equal  to  157  miles  from  its  southern  to 
its  northern  boundary.  The  western  extremity  of 
the  state  is  in  the  longitude  of  5°  23'  40",  and  the 
eastern,  is  that  of  27'  from  the  meridian  of  Phila- 
delphia, comprehending  in  a  due  west  course  311 


72  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

miles,  exclusive  of  the  territory  lately  purchased 
by  Pennsylvania  from  the  United  States,  of  which 
as  yet  no  accurate  surveys  have  been  obtained. 
The  state  is  bounded  on  the  south  by  part  of  the 
state  of  Delaware,  by  the  whole  state  of  Maryland, 
and  by  Virginia  to  her  western  extremity.  The 
last  named  state,  the  territory  lately  ceded  to  Con- 
necticut, and  Lake  Erie,  (part  of  which  is  included 
in  Pennsylvania)  form  the  western  and  north-west- 
ern boundaries  of  the  state.  Part  of  New- York, 
and  the  territory  lately  ceded  to  Pennsylvania,  with 
a  part  of  Lake  Erie,  compose  the  northern,  and 
another  part  of  New- York,  with  a  large  extent  of 
New- Jersey  (separated  from  Pennsylvania  by  the 
river  Delaware),  compose  the  eastern  boundaries 
of  the  state.  The  lands  which  form  these  boun- 
daries (except  a  part  of  the  states  of  Delaware, 
Maryland,  and  New  Jersey)  are  in  a  state  of  na- 
ture. A  large  tract  of  the  western  and  north-east- 
ern parts  of  Pennsylvania  are  nearly  in  the  same 
uncultivated  situation. 

The  state  of  Pennsylvania  is  intersected  and  di- 
versified with  numerous  rivers  and  mountains.  To 
describe,  or  even  to  name  them  all,  would  far 
exceed  the  limits  I  have  proposed  to  this  account 
of  our  climate.  It  will  be  sufficient  only  to  remark, 
that  one  of  these  rivers,  viz.  the  Susquehannaru 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  73 

begins  at  the  northern  boundary  of  the  state,  twelve 
miles  from  the  river  Delaware,  and  winding  seve- 
ral hundred  miles,  through  a  variegated  country, 
enters  the  state  of  Maryland  on  the  southern  line, 
fifty- eight  miles  westward  of  Philadelphia ;  that 
each  of  these  rivers  is  supplied  by  numerous  streams 
of  various  sizes  ;  that  tides  flow  in  parts  of  two  of 
them,  viz.  in  the  Delaware  and  Schuylkill ;  that 
the  rest  rise  and  fall  alternately  in  wet  and  dry 
weather ;  and  that  they  descend  with  great  rapi- 
dity, over  prominent  beds  of  rocks  in  many  places, 
until  they  empty  themselves  into  the  bays  of  Dela- 
ware and  Chesapeak  on  the  east,  and  into  the  Ohio 
on  the  western  part  of  the  state. 

The  mountains  form  a  considerable  part  of  the 
state  of  Pennsylvania.  Many  of  them  appear  to  be 
reserved  as  perpetual  marks  of  the  original  empire 
of  nature  in  this  country.  The  Allegany,  which 
crosses  the  state  about  two  hundred  miles  from 
Philadelphia,  in  a  north,  inclining  to  an  eastern 
course,  is  the  most  considerable  and  extensive  of 
these  mountains.  It  is  called  by  the  Indians  the 
back-bone  of  the  continent.  Its  heighth,  in  different 
places,  is  supposed  to  be  about  1,300  feet  from  the 
adjacent  plains. 

VOL.  i.  K 


74        ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

The  soil  of  Pennsylvania  is  diversified  by  its  vi- 
cinity to  mountains  and  rivers.  The  vallies  and 
bottoms  consist  of  a  black  mould,  which  extends 
from  a  foot  to  four  feet  in  depth.  But  in  general 
a  deep  clay  forms  the  surface  of  the  earth.  Im- 
mense beds  of  limestone  lie  beneath  this  clay  in 
many  parts  of  the  state.  This  account  of  the  soil 
of  Pennsylvania  is  confined  wholly  to  the  lands  on 
the  east  side  of  the  Allegany  mountain.  The  soil 
on  the  west  side  of  this  mountain,  shall  be  described 
in  another  place. 

The  city  of  Philadelphia  lies  in  the  latitude  of 
39°  57',  in  longitude  75°  8'  from  Greenwich,  and 
fifty-five  miles  west  from  the  Atlantic  ocean. 

It  is  situated  about  four  miles  due  north  from 
the  conflux  of  the  rivers  Delaware  and  Schuylkill. 
The  buildings,  which  consist  chiefly  of  brick,  ex- 
tend nearly  three  miles  north  and  south  along  the 
Delaware,  and  above  half  a  mile  due  west  towards 
the  Schuylkill,  to  which  river  the  limits  of  the 
city  extend,  the  whole  of  which  includes  a  distance 
of  two  miles  from  the  Delaware.  The  land  near 
the  rivers,  between  the  city  and  the  conflux  of  the 
rivers,  is  in  general  low,  moist,  and  subject  to  be 
overflowed.      The  greatest  part  of  it  is  meadow 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  75 


ground.  The  land  to  the  northward  and  west- 
ward, in  the  vicinity  of  the  city,  is  high,  and  in 
general  well  cultivated.  Before  the  year  1778, 
the  ground  between  the  present  improvements  of 
the  city,  and  the  river  Schuylkill,  was  covered 
with  woods.  These,  together  with  large  tracts  of 
wood  to  the  northward  of  the  city,  were  cut  down 
during  the  winter  the  British  army  had  posses- 
sion of  Philadelphia.  I  shall  hereafter  mention  the 
influence  which  the  cutting  down  of  these  woods, 
and  the  subsequent  cultivation  of  the  grounds  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  the  city,  have  had  upon  the 
health  of  its  inhabitants. 

The  mean  height  of  the  ground  on  which  the 
city  stands,  is  about  forty  feet  above  the  river  De- 
laware. One  of  the  longest  and  most  populous 
streets  in  the  city  rises  only  a  few  feet  above  the 
river.  The  air  at  the  north  is  much  purer  than 
at  the  south  end  of  the  city ;  hence  the  lamps 
exhibit  a  fainter  flame  in  its  southern  than  its 
northern  parts. 

The  tide  of  the  Delaware  seldom  rises  more 
than  six  feet.  It  flows  four  miles  in  an  hour.  The 
width  of  the  river  near  the  city  is  about  a  mile, 


76        ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

The  city,  with  the  adjoining  districts  of  South- 
wark  and  the  Northern  Liberties,  contains  between 
70  and  80,000  inhabitants. 

From  the  accounts  which  have  been  handed 
down  to  us  by  our  ancestors,  there  is  reason  to 
believe  that  the  climate  of  Pennsylvania  has  under- 
gone a  material  change.  Thunder  and  lightning 
are  less  frequent,  and  the  cold  of  our  winters  and 
heat  of  our  summers  are  less  uniform,  than  they 
were  forty  or  fifty  years  ago.  Nor  is  this  all. 
The  springs  are  much  colder,  and  the  autumns 
more  temperate  than  formerly,  insomuch  that  cat- 
tle are  not  housed  so  soon  by  one  month  as  they 
were  in  former  years.  Within  the  last  eight  years, 
there  have  been  some  exceptions  to  part  of  these 
observations.  The  winter  of  the  year  1779-80, 
was  uniformly  and  uncommonly  cold.  The  river 
Delaware  was  frozen  near  three  months  during 
this  winter,  and  public  roads  for  waggons  and 
sleighs  connected  the  city  of  Philadelphia  in  many 
places  with  the  Jersey  shore.  The  thickness  of 
the  ice  in  the  river  near  the  city,  was  from  sixteen 
to  nineteen  inches,  and  the  depth  of  the  frost  in 
the  ground  was  from  four  to  five  feet,  according 
to  the  exposure  of  the  ground,  and  the  quality  of 
the  soil.  This  extraordinary  depth  of  the  frost  in 
the  earth,  compared  with  its  depth  in  more  nor- 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA. 


thern  and  colder  countries,  is  occasioned  by  the 
long  delay  of  snow,  which  leaves  the  earth  without 
a  covering  during  the  last  autumnal  and  the  first 
winter  months.  Many  plants  were  destroyed  by 
the  intenseness  of  the  cold  during  this  winter.  The 
ears  of  horned  cattle  and  the  feet  of  hogs  exposed 
to  the  air,  were  frost-bitten ;  squirrels  perished  in 
their  holes,  and  partridges  were  often  found  dead 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  farm  houses.  The  mer- 
curv  in  Januarv  stood  for  several  hours  at  5°  be- 
low  0,  in  Fahrenheit's  thermometer;  and  during  the 
whole  of  this  month  (except  on  one  day),  it  never 
rose  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia  so  high  as  to  the 
freezing  point.  , 

The  cold  in  the  winter  of  the  year  1783-4  was 
as  intense,  but  not  so  steady,  as  it  was  in  the  winter 
that  has  been  described.  It  differed  from  it  mate- 
rially in  one  particular,  viz.  there  was  a  thaw  in 
the  month  of  January,  which  opened  all  our  rivers 
for  a  few  days. 

The  summer  which  succeeded  the  winter  of 
1779-80,  was  uniformly  warm.  The  mercury  in 
the  thermometer,  during  this  summer,  stood  on  one 
day  (the  15th  of  August)  at  95°,  and  fluctuated 
between  93°,  and  80°  for  many  weeks.  The 
thermometer,  in  every  reference  that  has  been,  or 


78        ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

shall  be  made  to  it,  stood  in  the  shade  in  the  open 
air. 

I  know  it  has  been  said  by  many  old  people, 
that  the  winters  in  Pennsylvania  are  less  cold,  and 
the  summers  less  warm,  than  they  were  forty  or 
fifty  years  ago.     The  want  of  therm ometrical  ob- 
servations before,  and  during  those  years,  renders  it 
difficult  to  decide  this  question.     Perhaps  the  diffe- 
rence of  clothing  and  sensation  between  youth  and 
old  age,  in  winter  and  summer,   may  have  laid 
the  foundation   of  this  opinion.      I  suspect  the 
mean  temperature  of  the  air  in  Pennsylvania  has 
not  altered,  but  that  the  principal  change  in  our 
climate  consists  in  the  heat  and  cold  being  less 
confined  than  formerly  to  their  natural  seasons.     I 
adopt  the  opinion  of  Doctor  Williamson*  respect- 
ing the  diminution  of  the  cold  in  the  southern,  be- 
ing occasioned  by  the  cultivation  of  the  northern 
parts  of  Europe ;  but  no  such  cultivation  has  taken 
place  in  the  countries  which  lie  to  the  north-west 
of  Pennsylvania,  nor  do  the  partial  and  imperfect 
improvements  which  have  been  made  in  the  north- 
west parts  of  the  state,  appear  to  be  sufficient  to 
lessen  the  cold,  even  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia. 
I  have  been  able  to  collect  no  facts,  which  dispose 

*  American  Philosophical  Transactions,  vol.  I. 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  79 

me  to  believe  that  the  winters  were  colder  before 
the  year  1740,  than  they  have  been  since.  In  the 
memorable  winter  of  1739-40,  the  Delaware  was 
crossed  on  the  ice,  in  sleighs,  on  the  5th  of  March, 
old  style,  and  did  not  open  till  the  13th  of  the 
same  month.  The  ground  was  covered  during 
this  winter  with  a  deep  snow,  and  the  rays  of  the 
sun  were  constantly  obscured  by  a  mist,  which 
hung  in  the  upper  regions  of  the  air.  In  the  win* 
ter  of  1779-80,  the  river  was  navigable  on  the  4th 
of  March ;  the  depth  of  the  snow  was  moderate, 
and  the  gloominess  of  the  cold  was  sometime  sus- 
pended for  a  few  days  by  a  cheerful  sun.  From 
these  facts,  it  is  probable  the  winter  of  1739-40 
was  colder  than  the  winter  of  1779-80. 

The  winter  of  1804-5  exhibited  so  many  pecu- 
liarities that  it  deserves  a  place  in  the  history  of 
the  climate  of  Pennsylvania.  The  navigation  of 
the  Delaware  was  obstructed  on  the  18th  of  De- 
cember. The  weather  partook  of  every  disagreea- 
ble and  distressing  property  of  every  cold  climate  on 
the  globe.  These  were  intense  cold,  deep  snows, 
hail,  sleet,  high  winds,  and  heavy  rains.  They 
generally  occurred  in  succession,  but  sometimes 
most  of  them  took  place  in  the  course  of  four  and 
twenty  hours.  A  serene  and  star-light  evening, 
often  preceded  a  tempestuous  day.     The  mercury 


80        ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

stood  for  many  days,  in  Philadelphia,  at  4°  and  6° 
above  0  in  Fahrenheit's  thermometer.  The  me- 
dium depth  of  the  snow  was  two  feet,  but  from  its 
fall  being  accompanied  with  high  winds,  its  height 
in  many  places  was  three  and  four  feet,  particularly 
in  roads,  which  it  rendered  so  impassable,  as  to 
interrupt  business  and  social  intercourse,  in  many 
parts  of  the  state.  From  the  great  depth  of  the 
snow,  the  ground  was  so  much  protected  from  the 
cold,  that  the  frost  extended  but  six  inches  below 
i^s  surface.  The  newspapers  daily  furnished  dis- 
tressing accounts  of  persons  perishing  with  the  cold 
by  land  and  water,  and  of  shipwrecks  on  every 
part  of  the  coast  of  the  United  States.  Poultry 
were  found  dead,  or  with  frozen  feet,  in  their  coops, 
in  many  places. 

This  intense  cold  wras  not  confined  to  Pennsyl- 
vania. In  Norfolk,  in  Virginia,  the  mercury  stood 
at  18°  above  0  on  the  22d  of  January.  At  Lex- 
ington,  in  Kentucky,  it  stood  at  0  on  the  21st  of 
the  same  month.  In  Lower  Canada  the  snow  was 
seven  feet  in  depth,  which  is  three  feet  deeper  than 
in  common  years.  And  such  was  the  quantity  of 
ice  collected  in  the  northern  seas,  that  a  ship  was 
destroyed,  and  several  vessels  injured,  by  large 
masses  of  it,  floating  between  the  41st  and  42d  de- 
grees of  north  latitude. 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  81 

Great  fears  were  entertained  of  an  inundation  in 
Pennsylvania,  from  a  sudden  thaw  of  the  immense 
quantities  of  snow  and  ice  that  had  accumulated 
during  the  winter,  in  every  part  of  the  state  ;  but 
happily  they  both  dissolved  away  so  gradually,  as 
scarcely  to  injure  a  bridge  or  a  road.  On  the 
28th  of  February  the  Delaware  was  navigable,  and 
on  the  2d  of  March  no  ice  was  to  be  seen  in  it. 

Having  premised  these  general  remarks,  I  pro- 
ceed to  observe,  that  there  are  seldom  more  than 
twenty  or  thirty  days  in  summer  or  winter,  in 
Pennsylvania,  in  which  the  mercury  rises  above  80° 
in  the  former,  or  falls  below  30°  in  the  latter  sea- 
son. Some  old  people  have  remarked,  that  the 
number  of  extremely  cold  and  warm  days  in  suc- 
cessive summers  and  winters,  bears  an  exact  pro- 
portion to  each  other.  This  was  strictly  true  in 
the  years  1787  and  1788. 

The  warmest  part  of  the  day  in  summer  is  at 
two,  in  ordinary,  and  at  three  o'clock  in  the  after- 
noon, in  extremely  warm  weather.  From  these 
hours,  the  heat  gradually  diminishes  till  the  ensuing 
morning.  The  coolest  part  of  the  four  and  twenty 
hours,  is  at  the  break  of  day.  There  are  seldom 
more  than  three  or  four  nights  in  a  summer  in 
which  the  heat  of  the  air  is  nearly  the  same  as  in 

VOL.   I.  l 


82       ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

the  preceding  day.  After  the  warmest  days,  the 
evenings  are  generally  agreeable,  and  often  delight- 
ful. The  higher  the  mercury  rises  in  the  day- 
time, the  lower  it  falls  the  succeeding  night.  The 
mercury  at  80°  generally  falls  to  68°,  while  it 
descends,  when  at  60°,  but  to  56°.  This  dispro- 
portion between  the  temperature  of  the  day  and 
night,  in  summer  is  always  greatest  in  the  month 
of  August.  The  dews  at  this  time  are  heavy  in 
proportion  to  the  coolness  of  the  evening.  They 
are  sometimes  so  considerable  as  to  wet  the  clothes ; 
and  there  are  instances  in  which  marsh-meadows, 
and  even  creeks,  which  have  been  dry  during  the 
summer,  have  been  supplied  with  their  usual  wa- 
ters from  no  other  source,  than  the  dews  which 
have  fallen  in  this  month,  or  in  the  first  weeks  of 
September. 

There  is  another  circumstance  connected  with 
the  one  just  mentioned,  which  contributes  very 
much  to  mitigate  the  heat  of  summer,  and  that  is* 
it  seldom  continues  more  than  two  or  three  days 
without  being  succeeded  with  showers  of  rain,  ac* 
companied  sometimes  by  thunder  and  lightning, 
and  afterwards  by  a  north-west  wind,  which  pro- 
duces a  coolness  in  the  air  that  is  highly  invigo- 
rating and  agreeable. 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA. 

The  warmest  weather  is  generally  in  the  month 
of  July.  But  intensely  warm  days  are  often  felt  in 
May,  June,  August,  and  September.  In  the  an- 
nexed table  of  the  weather  for  the  year  1787,  there 
is  an  exception  to  the  first  of  these  remarks.  It 
shows  that  the  mean  heat  of  August  was  greater 
by  a  few  degrees  than  that  of  July. 

The  transitions  from  heat  to  cold  are  often  very 
sudden,  and  sometimes  to  very  distant  degrees. 
After  a  day  in  which  the  mercury  has  stood  at 
86°  and  even  90°,  it  sometimes  falls,  in  the  course 
of  a  single  night,  to  the  65th,  and  even  to  the 
60th  degree,  insomuch  that  fires  have  been  found 
necessary  the  ensuing  morning,  especially  if  the 
change  in  the  temperature  of  the  air  has  been 
accompanied  by  rain  and  a  south-east  wind.  In 
a  summer  month,  in  the  year  1775,  the  mercury 
was  observed  to  fall  20°  in  an  hour  and  a  half. 
There  are  few  summers  in  which  fires  are  not 
agreeable  during  some  parts  of  them.  My  inge- 
nious friend,  Mr.  David  Rittenhouse,  whose  talent 
for  accurate  observation  extends  alike  to  all  sub- 
jects, informed  me,  that  he  had  never  passed  a 
summer,  during  his  residence  in  the  country,  with- 
out discovering  frost  in  every  month  of  the  year, 
except  July. 


84        ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

The  weather  is  equally  variable  in  Pennsylvania 
during  the  greatest  part  of  the  winter.  The  mer- 
cury fell  from  37°  to  4i°  below  0  in  four  and 
twenty  hours,  between  the  fourth  and  fifth  of  Feb- 
ruary, 1788.  In  this  season  nature  seems  to  play 
at  cross  purposes.  Heavy  falls  of  snow  are  often 
succeeded  in  a  few  days  by  a  general  thaw,  which 
frequently  in  a  short  time  leaves  no  vestige  of  the 
snow.  The  rivers  Delaware,  Schuylkill,  and  Sus- 
quehannah  have  sometimes  been  frozen  (so  as  to 
bear  horses  and  carriages  of  all  kinds)  and  thawed 
so  as  to  be  passable  in  boats,  two  or  three  times  in 
the  course  of  the  same  winter.  The  ice  is  formed 
for  the  most  part  in  a  gradual  manner,  and  seldom 
till  the  water  has  been  previously  chilled  by  a  fall 
of  snow.  Sometimes  its  production  is  more  sud- 
den. On  the  night  of  the  31st  of  December, 
1764,  the  Delaware  was  completely  frozen  over 
between  ten  o'clock  at  night  and  eight  the  next 
morning,  so  as  to  bear  the  weight  of  a  man.  An 
unusual  vapour  like  a  fog  was  seen  to  rise  from 
the  water,  in  its  passage  from  a  fluid  to  a  solid 
state. 

This  account  of  the  variableness  of  the  weather 
in  winter,  does  not  apply  to  every  part  of  Penn- 
sylvania. There  is  a  line  about  the  41°  of  the 
state,  beyond  which  the  winters  are  steady  and 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  85 

regular,  insomuch  that  the  earth  there  is  seldom 
without  a  covering  of  snow  during  the  three  win- 
ter months.  In  this  line  the  climate  of  Pennsylva- 
nia forms  a  union  with  the  climate  of  the  eastern 
and  northern  states. 

The  time  in  which  frost  and  ice  begin  to  show 
themselves  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Philadelphia, 
is  generally  about  the  latter  end  of  October  or  the 
beginning  of  November.  But  the  intense  cold 
seldom  sets  in  till  about  the  the  20th  or  25th  of  De- 
cember;  hence  the  common  saying,  "  as  the  day 
"  lengthens,  the  cold  strengthens."  The  coldest 
weather  is  commonly  in  January.  The  navigation 
of  the  river  Delaware,  after  being  frozen,  is  seldom 
practicable  for  large  vessels,  before  the  first  week 
in  March. 

As  in  summer  there  are  often  days  in  which  fires 
are  agreeable,  so  there  are  sometimes  days  in  win- 
ter in  which  they  are  disagreeable.  Vegetation 
has  been  observed  in  all  the  winter  months.  Gar- 
lic was  tasted  in  butter  in  January,  1781.  The 
leaves  of  the  willow,  the  blossoms  of  the  peach 
tree,  and  the  flowers  of  the  dandelion  and  the  cro- 
cus, were  all  seen  in  February,  1779 ;  and  I  well 
recollect,  when  a  school-boy,  to  have  seen 
an   apple  orchard  in  full  bloom,   and   small  ap- 


86       ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

«  pies  on  many  of  the  trees,  in  the  month  of  De- 
cember. 

A  cold  day  in  winter  is  often  succeeded  by  a 
moderate  evening.  The  coldest  part  of  the  four 
and  twenty  hours,  is  generally  at  the  break  of  day. 

In  the  most  intense  cold  which  has  been  re- 
corded in  Philadelphia,  within  the  last  twenty  years, 
the  mercury  stood  at  5°  below  0.  But  it  appears 
from  the  accounts  published  by  Messieurs  Mason 
and  Dixon,  in  the  58th  volume  of  the  Transactions 
of  the  Royal  Society  of  London,  that  the  mercury 
stood  at  22°  below  0,  on  the  2d  of  January,  1767, 
at  Brandywine,  about  thirty  miles  to  the  westward 
of  Philadelphia.  They  inform  us,  that  on  the  1st 
of  the  same  month,  the  mercury  stood  at  20°,  and 
on  the  dav  before  at  7°  below  0.  I  have  to  lament 
that  I  am  not  able  to  procure  any  record  of  the 
temperature  of  the  air  in  the  same  year  in  Phila- 
delphia. From  the  variety  in  the  height  and  qua- 
lity of  the  soil,  and  from  the  difference  in  the 
currents  of  winds  and  the  quantity  of  rain  and 
snow  which  fall  in  different  parts  of  the  state,  it  is 
very  probable  this  excessive  cold  may  not  have 
extended  thirty  miles  from  the  place  where  it  was 
first  perceived. 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  87 

The  greatest  degree  of  heat  upon  record  in  Phi- 
ladelphia, is  95°. 

The  standard  temperature  of  the  air  in  the  city 
of  Philadelphia  is  52^°,  which  is  the  temperature 
of  our  deepest  wells,  as  also  the  mean  heat  of  our 
common  spring  water. 

The  spring  in  Pennsylvania  is  generally  less 
pleasant  than  in  many  other  countries.  In  March 
the  weather  is  stormy,  variable,  and  cold.  In 
April,  and  sometimes  in  the  beginning  of  May,  it 
is  moist,  and  accompanied  by  a  degree  of  cold 
which  has  been  called  rawness,  and  which,  from 
its  disagreeable  effects  upon  the  temper,  has  been 
called  the  sirocco  of  this  country.  From  the  vari- 
able nature  of  the  weather  in  the  spring,  vegetation 
advances  very  differently  in  different  years.  The 
colder  the  spring,  the  more  favourable  it  proves  to 
the  fruits  of  the  earth.  The  hopes  of  the  farmer 
from  his  fruit-trees  in  a  warm  spring  are  often 
blasted  by  a  frost  in  April  and  May.  A  fall  of 
snow  is  remembered  with  regret  by  many  of  them, 
on  the  night  between  the  3d  and  4th  of  May,  in 
the  year  1774 ;  also  on  the  morning  of  the  8th  of 
May,  1803.  Such  was  its  quantity  on  the  latter 
day,  that  it  broke  down  the  limbs  of  many  poplar 
trees.     This  effect  was  ascribed  to  its  not  being 


88       ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

accompanied  with  any  wind.  The  colder  the  win- 
ter, the  greater  delay  we  generally  observe  in  the 
return  of  the  ensuing  spring. 

Sometimes  the  weather  during  the  spring  months 
is  cloudy  and  damp,  attended  occasionally  with  a 
gentle  fall  of  rain  resembling  the  spray  from  a  cata- 
ract of  water.  A  day  of  this  kind  of  weather  is 
called,  from  its  resemblance  to  a  damp  day  in 
Great-Britain,  "  an  English  day."  This  damp 
weather  seldom  continues  more  than  three  or  four 
days.  The  month  of  May,  1786,  will  long  be 
remembered,  for  having  furnished  a  very  uncom- 
mon instance  of  the  absence  of  the  sun  for  fourteen 
days,  and  of  constant  damp  or  rainy  weather. 

The  month  of  June  is  the  only  month  in  the 
year  which  resembles  a  spring  month  in  the  south- 
ern countries  of  Europe.  The  weather  is  then 
generally  temperate,  the  sky  is  serene,  and  the  ver- 
dure of  the  country  is  universal  and  delightful. 

The  autumn  is  the  most  agreeable  season  in  the 
year  in  Pennsylvania.  The  cool  evenings  and 
mornings,  which  generally  begin  about  the  first 
week  in  September,  are  succeeded  by  a  moderate 
temperature  of  the  air  during  the  day.  This 
kind  of  weather  continues  with  an  increase  of  cold 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  89 

scarcely  perceptible,  till  the  middle  of  October, 
when  the  autumn  is  closed  by  rain,  which  some- 
times falls  in  such  quantities  as  to  produce  de- 
structive freshes  in  the  rivers  and  creeks,  and 
sometimes  descends  in  gentle  showers,  which  con- 
tinue, with  occasional  interruptions  by  a  few  fair 
days,  for  two  or  three  weeks.  These  rains  are 
the  harbingers  of  the  winter  ;  and  the  Indians  have 
long  ago  taught  the  inhabitants  of  Pennsylvania, 
that  the  degrees  of  cold  during  the  winter,  are  in 
proportion  to  the  quantity  of  rain  which  falls  during 
the  autumn*. 

From  this  account  of  the  temperature  of  the  air 
in  Pennsylvania,  it  is  evident  that  there  are  seldom 

*  I  cannot  help  agreeing  with  Mr.  Kirvvan,  in  one  of  his 
remarks  upon  the  science  of  meteorology,  in  the  preface  to 
his  estimate  of  the  temperature  of  different  latitudes.  "  This 
"  science  (says  he),  if  brought  to  perfection,  would  enable 
"  us  at  least  to  foresee  those  changes  in  the  weather  which 
"  we  could  not  prevent.  Great  as  is  the  distance  between 
"  such  knowledge  and  our  own  present  attainments,  we  have 
"  no  reason  to  think  it  above  the  level  of  the  powers  of  the 
"  human  mind.  The  motions  of  the  planets  must  have  ap- 
"  peared  as  perplexed  and  intricate  to  those  who  first  con- 
"  templated  them ;  yet,  by  persevering  industry,  they  are 
"  now  known  to  the  utmost  precision.  The  present  is  (as 
"  the  great  Leibnitz  expresses  it)  in  every  case  pregnant 

VOL.  I.  M 


90       ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

more  than  four  months  in  which  the  weather  is 
agreeable  without  a  fire. 

In  winter  the  winds  generally  come  from  the 
north-west  in  fair,  and  from  the  north-east  in  nvet 
weather.  The  north-west  winds  are  uncommonly 
dry  as  well  as  cold.  It  is  in  consequence  of  the 
violent  action  of  these  winds  that  trees  have  uni- 
formly a  thicker  and  more  compact  bark  on  their 
northern  than  on  their  southern  exposures.  Even 
brick  houses  are  affected  by  the  force  and  dryness 
of  these  north-west  winds  :  hence  it  is  much  more 
difficult  to  demolish  the  northern  than  the  southern 
walls  of  an  old  brick  house.  This  fact  was  com- 
municated to  me  by  an  eminent  bricklayer  in  the 
city  of  Philadelphia. 

The  winds  in  fair  weather  in  the  spring,  and 
in  warm  weather  in  the  summer,  blow  from  the 
south-v/est  and  from  west- north-west.  The  raw 
air  before-mentioned  comes  from  the  north-east. 
The  south-west  winds  likewise  usually  bring  with 

a  with  the  future,  and  the  connection  must  be  found  by  long 
"  and  attentive  observation." 

The  influence  which  the  perfection  of  this  science  must 
have  upon  health,  agriculture,  navigation,  and  commerce,  is 
too  obvious  to  be  mentioned. 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  91 

them  those  showers  of  rain  in  the  spring  and  sum- 
mer which  refresh  the  earth.  They  moreover 
moderate  the  heat  of  the  weather,  provided  they 
are  succeeded  by  a  north-west  wind.  Now  and 
then  showers  of  rain  come  from  the  west-north- 
west. 

There  is  a  common  fact  connected  with  the  ac- 
count of  the  usual  winds  in  Pennsylvania,  which 
it  may  not  be  improper  to  mention  in  this  place. 
While  the  clouds  are  seen  flying  from  the  south- 
west, the  scud,  as  it  is  called,  or  a  light  vapour,  is 
seen  at  the  same  time  flying  below  the  clouds  from 
the  north-east. 

The  moisture  of  the  air  is  much  greater  than 
formerly,  occasioned  probably  by  the  exhalations 
which  in  former  years  fell  in  the  form  of  snow, 
now  descending  in  the  form  of  rain.  The  depth 
of  the  snow  is  sometimes  between  two  and  three 
feet,  but  in  general  seldom  exceeds  between  six 
and  nine  inches. 

Hail  frequently  descends  with  snow  in  winter. 
Once  in  four  or  five  years  large  and  heavy  showers 
of  hail  fall  in  the  spring  and  summer.  They 
generally  run  in  narrow  veins  (as  they  are  called) 


92       ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

of  thirty  or  forty  miles  in  length,  and  two  or  three 
miles  in  breadth.  The  heaviest  shower  of  hail  that 
is  remembered  in  Philadelphia,  did  not  extend  in 
breadth  more  than  half  a  mile  north  and  south. 
Some  of  the  stones  weighed  half  an  ounce.  The 
windows  of  many  houses  were  broken  by  them. 
This  shower  fell  in  May,  1783. 

From  sudden  changes  in  the  air,  rain  and  snow 
often  fall  together,  forming  what  is  commonly  call- 
ed sleet. 

In  the  uncultivated  parts  of  the  state,  the  snow 
sometimes  lies  on  the  ground  till  the  first  week  in 
April.  The  backwardness  of  the  spring  has  been 
ascribed  to  the  passage  of  the  air  over  the  undis- 
solved beds  of  snow  and  ice  which  usually  remain, 
after  the  winter  months  are  past,  on  the  north-west 
grounds  and  waters  of  the  state,  and  of  the  adja- 
cent country. 

The  dissolution  of  the  ice  and  snow  in  the  spring 
is  sometimes  so  sudden  as  to  swell  the  creeks  and 
rivers  in  every  part  of  the  state  to  such  a  degree, 
as  not  only  to  lay  waste  the  hopes  of  the  husband- 
man from  the  produce  of  his  lands,  but  in  some 
instances  to  sweep  his  barns,  stables,  and  even  his 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  93 

dwelling  house  into  their  currents*.  The  wind, 
during  a  general  thaw,  comes  from  the  south-west 
or  south-east. 


*  The  following  account  of  the  thaw  of  the  river  Susque- 
hannah,  in  the  spring  of  1784,  was  published  by  the  author 
in  the  Columbian  Magazine,  for  November,  1786.  It  may 
serve  to  illustrate  a  fact  related  formerly  in  the  history  of 
the  winters  in  Pennsylvania,  as  well  as  to  exhibit  an  extra- 
ordinary instance  of  the  destructive  effects  of  a  sudden  thaw. 

"  The  winter  of  1783-4  was  uncommonly  cold,  inso- 
much that  the  mercury  in  Fahrenheit's  thermometer  stood 
several  times  at  5  degrees  below  0.  The  snows  were  fre- 
quent, and,  in  many  places,  from  two  to  three  feet  deep, 
during  the  greatest  part  of  the  winter.  All  the  rivers  in 
Pennsylvania  were  frozen,  so  as  to  bear  waggons  and  sleds 
with  immense  weights.  In  the  month  of  January  a  thaw 
came  on  suddenly,  which  opened  our  rivers  so  as  to  set  the 
ice  a-driving,  to  use  the  phrase  of  the  country.  In  the 
course  of  one  night,  during  the  thaw,  the  wind  shifted  sud- 
denly to  the  north-west,  and  the  weather  became  intensely 
cold.  The  ice,  which  had  floated  the  day  before,  was  sud- 
denly obstructed  ;  and  in  the  river  Susquehannah,  the  ob- 
structions were  formed  in  those  places  where  the  water  was 
most  shallow,  or  where  it  had  been  accustomed  to  fall. 
This  river  is  several  hundred  miles  in  length,  and  from  half 
a  mile  to  a  mile  and  a  half  in  breadth,  and  winds  through  a 
hilly,  and  in  many  places  a  fertile  and  highly  cultivated 
country.  It  has  as  yet  a  most  difficult  communication  with 
our  bays  and  the  sea,  occasioned  by  the  number  and  height 
of  the  falls  which  occur  near  the  mouth  of  the  river.     The 


94        ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

The  air,  when  dry  in  Pennsylvania,  has  a  pecu- 
liar elasticity,  which  renders  the  heat  and   cold 

ice  in  many  places,  especially  where  there  were  falls,  formed 
a  kind  of  dam,  of  a  most  stupendous  height.     About  the 
middle  of  March  our  weather  moderated,  and  a. thaw  be- 
came general.     The  effects  of  it  were  remarkable  in  all  our 
rivers ;  but  in  none  so  much  as  in  the  river  I  have  men- 
tioned.    I  shall  therefore  endeavour  in  a  few  words  to  de- 
scribe them.     Unfortunately  the  dams  of  ice  did  not  give 
way  all  at  once,  nor  those  which  lay  nearest  to  the  mouth 
of  the  river,  first.     While  the  upper  dams  were  set  afloat 
by  the  warm   weather,  the  lower  ones,   which   were   the 
largest,  and  in  which,  of  course,  the  ice  was  most  impacted, 
remained  fixed.     In  consequence  of  this,  the  river  rose  in  a 
few  hours,  in  many  places,  above  30  feet,  rolling  upon  its 
surface  large  lumps  of  ice,  from  10  to  40  cubic  feet  in  size. 
The  effects  of  this  sudden  inundation  were  terrible.     Whole 
farms  were  laid  under  water.     Barns,  stables,  horses,  cat- 
tle, fences,  mills  of  every  kind,  and,  in  one  instance,  a  large 
stone  house,  40  by  30  feet,  were  carried  down  the  stream. 
Large  trees  were  torn  up  by  the  roots  ;  several  small  islands, 
covered  with  woods,  were  swept  away,  and  not  a  vestige  of 
them  was  left  behind.     On  the  barns  which  preserved  their 
shape,  in  some  instances,  for  many  miles  were  to  be  seen 
living  fowls ;    and,  in  one  dwelling,  a  candle  was  seen  to 
burn  for  some  time,  after  it  was  swept  from  its  foundation. 
Where  the  shore  was  level,  the  lumps  of  ice,  and  the  ruins 
of  houses  and  farms,  were  thrown  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from 
the  ordinary  height  of  the  river.     In  some  instances,  farms 
were  ruined  by  the  mould  being  swept  from  them  by  the 
cakes  of  ice,  or  by  depositions  of  sand ;   while  others  were 
enriched  by  large  depositions  of  mud.     The  damage,  upon 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  95 

less  insupportable  than  the  same  degrees  of  both 
are  in  moister  countries.  It  is  in  those  cases  only 
when  summer  showers  are  not  succeeded  by  north- 
west winds,  that  the  heat  of  the  air  becomes  op- 
pressive and  distressing,  from  being  combined 
with  moisture. 

From  tradition,  as  well  as  living  observation,  it 
is  evident,  that  the  waters  in  many  of  the  creeks 
in  Pennsylvania  have  diminished  considerably  with- 
in the  last  fifty  years.  Hence  many  mills,  erected 
upon  large  and  deep  streams  of  water,  now  stand 
idle  in  dry  weather ;  and  many  creeks,  once  navi- 
gable in  large  boats,  are  now  impassable  even  in 
canoes.     This  diminution  of  the  waters  has  been 

the  whole,  done  to  the  state  of  Pennsylvania  by  this  fresh, 
was  very  great.  In  most  places  it  happened  in  the  day 
time,  or  the  consequences  must  have  been  fatal  to  many 
thousands." 

"  I  know  of  but  one  use  that  can  be  derived  from  record- 
ing the  history  of  this  inundation.  In  case  of  similar  obstrucr 
tions  of  rivers,  from  the  causes  such  as  have  been  describ- 
ed, the  terrible  effects  of  their  being  set  in  motion  by  means 
of  a  general  thaw  may  in  part  be  obviated,  by  removing  such 
things  out  of  the  course  of  the  water  and  ice  as  are  within 
our  power ;  particularly  cattle,  hay,  grain,  fences,  and  farm- 
ing utensils  of  all  kinds," 


96       ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

ascribed  to  the  application  of  a  part  of  them  to  the 
purpose  of  making  meadows. 

The  mean  elevation  of  the  barometer  in  Phila- 
delphia, is  about  30  inches.  The  variations  in 
the  barometer  are  veiy  inconsiderable  in  the  great- 
est changes  of  the  weather,  which  occur  in  the 
city  of  Philadelphia.  During  the  violent  and  de- 
structive storm  which  blew  from  the  south-west  on 
the  11th  of  November,  1788,  it  suddenly  fell  from 
30  to  29T3o.  Mr.  Rittenhouse  informs  me,  that 
long  and  faithful  observations  have  satisfied  him, 
that  the  alterations  in  the  height  of  the  mercury 
in  the  barometer  do  not  precede  but  always  succeed 
changes  in  the  weather.  It  falls  with  the  south 
and  south-west,  and  rises  with  the  north  and  north- 
west winds. 

The  quantity  of  water  which  falls  in  rain  and 
snow,  one  year  with  another,  amounts  to  from  24 
to  36  inches.  But  to  complete  the  account  of 
variable  qualities  in  the  climate,  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  add,  that  our  summers  and  autumns  are 
sometimes  marked  by  a  deficiency,  and  sometimes 
by  an  excessive  quantity  of  rain.  The  summer  and 
autumn  of  1782  were  uncommonly  dry.  Near 
two  months  elapsed  without  a  single  shower  of 
rain.     There  were  only  two  showers  in  the  whole 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  97 

months  of  September  and  October.  In  conse- 
quence of  this  dry  weather,  there  was  no  second 
crop  of  hay.  The  Indian  corn  failed  of  its  in- 
crease in  many  places,  and  was  cut  down  for  food 
for  cattle.  Trees  newly  planted,  died.  The  pas- 
ture fields  not  only  lost  their  verdure,  but  threw 
up  small  clouds  of  dust  when  agitated  by  the  feet 
of  men,  or  beasts.  Cattle  in  some  instances  were 
driven  many  miles  to  be  watered,  every  morning 
and  evening.  It  was  remarked  during  this  dry 
weather,  that  the  sheep  were  uncommonly  fat,  and 
their  flesh  well  tasted,  while  all  the  other  domestic 
animals  languished  from  the  want  of  grass  and 
water.  The  earth  became  so  inflammable  in  some 
places,  as  to  burn  above  a  foot  below  its  surface. 
A  complete  consumption  of  the  turf  by  an  acci- 
dental fire  kindled  in  the  adjoining  state  of  New- 
Jersey,  spread  terror  and  distress  through  a  large 
tract  of  country.  Springs  of  water  and  large  creeks 
were  dried  up  in  many  parts  of  the  state.  Rocks 
appeared  in  the  river  Schuylkill,  which  had  never 
been  observed  before,  by  the  oldest  persons  then 
alive.  On  one  of  them  were  cut  the  figures  1701. 
The  atmosphere,  during  part  of  this  dry  weather, 
was  often  filled,  especially  in  the  mornings,  with  a 
thin  mist,  which,  while  it  deceived  with  the  expec- 
tation of  rain,  served  the  valuable  purpose  of  abat- 
ing the  heat  of  the  sun.     A  similar  mist  was  ob- 

VOL.   I.  N 


98       ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

served  in  France  by  Dr.  Franklin,  in  the  summer 
of  1782.  The  winter  which  succeeded  it  was  un- 
commonly cold  in  France,  as  well  as  in  Pennsyl- 
vania. I  am  sorry  that  I  am  not  able  to  furnish 
the  mean  heat  of  each  of  the  summer  months. 
My  notes  of  the  weather  enable  me  to  add  nothing 
further  upon  this  subject,  than  that  the  summer 
was  "  uncommonly  cool." 

The  summer  of  the  year  1788  afforded  a  re- 
markable instance  of  excess  in  the  quantity  of  rain 
which  sometimes  falls  in  Pennsylvania.  Thirteen 
days  are  marked  with  rain  in  July,  in  the  records 
of  the  weather  kept  at  Spring- Mill.  There  fell 
on  the  18th  and  19th  of  August  seven  inches  of 
rain  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia.  The  wheat  suf- 
fered greatly  by  the  constant  rains  of  July  in  the 
eastern  and  middle  parts  of  the  state.  So  unpro- 
ductive a  harvest  in  grain,  from  wet  weather,  had 
not  been  known,  it  is  said,  in  the  course  of  the  last 
70  years.  The  heat  of  the  air,  during  these  sum- 
mer months  was  very  moderate.  Its  mean  tem- 
perature at  Spring-Mill  was  67,8  in  June,  74,7  in 
July,  and  only  70,6  in  August. 

It  is  some  consolation  to  a  citizen  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, in  recording  facts  which  seem  to  militate 
against  our  climate,  to  reflect  that  the  difference  of 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  99 

the  weather,  in  different  parts  of  the  state,  at  the 
same  season,  is  happily  accommodated  to  promote 
an  increase  of  the  same  objects  of  agriculture ;  and 
hence  a  deficiency  of  crops  has  never  been  known 
in  any  one  year  throughout  the  whole  state. 

The  aurora  borealis  and  meteors  are  seen  occa- 
sionally in  Pennsylvania.  In  the  present  imperfect 
state  of  our  knowledge  of  their  influence  upon  the 
human  body,  it  will  be  foreign  to  the  design  of 
this  history  of  our  climate  to  describe  them. 

Storms  and  hurricanes  are  not  unknown  in  Penn- 
sylvania. They  occur  once  in  four  or  five  years, 
but  they  are  most  frequent  and  destructive  in  the 
autumn.  They  are  generally  accompanied  by  rain. 
Trees  are  torn  up  by  the  roots,  and  the  rivers  and 
creeks  are  sometimes  swelled  so  suddenly  as  to  do 
considerable  damage  to  the  adjoining  farms.  The 
wind,  during  these  storms,  generally  blows  from 
the  south-east  and  south-west.  In  the  storms 
which  occurred  in  September,  1769,  and  in  the 
same  month  of  the  year  1785,  the  wind  veered 
round  contrary  to  its  usual  course,  and  blew  from 
the  north. 

After  what  has  been  said,  the  character  of  the 
climate  of  Pennsylvania  may  be  summed  up  in  a 


JOO  ACCOUNT    OF    THE    CLIMATE 

few  words.  There  are  no  two  successive  years 
alike.  Even  the  same  successive  seasons  and 
months  differ  from  each  other  every  year.  Per- 
haps there  is  but  one  steady  trait  in  the  character 
of  our  climate,  and  that  is,  it  is  uniformly  variable. 

To  furnish  the  reader  with  a  succinct  view  of 
the  weather  in  Pennsylvania,  that  includes  all  the 
articles  that  have  been  mentioned,  I  shall  here  sub- 
join a  table  containing  the  result  of  meteorological 
observations  made  near  the  river  Schuylkill,  for  one 
year,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Philadelphia,  by  an 
ingenious  French  gentleman,  Mr.  Legeaux,  who 
divides  his  time  between  rural  employments,  and 
useful  philosophical  pursuits.  This  table  is  ex- 
tracted from  the  Columbian  Magazine,  for  Febru- 
ary, 1788.  The  height  of  Spring- Mill  above  the 
city  of  Philadelphia,  is  supposed  to  be  about  70  feet. 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA. 


10J 


-i3 

<0^ 

*o 

g 

n 

p 

**• 

r-t 

o 

5 

a 

H 

rt 

^< 

<o  3 

O  p 

►5 

CD 

pj 

^ 

Ft 

P 

eg 

R 

rt 

8  if 

3 

vo  rt. 

< 
p 


<o 


5S      t_ 

3"  rt 
rt    P 

-  E 

•       C/l 

00 

oo  •     EL 
rt 

3"   3 

S.0 


Ot 


a    . 

r-t    >— 

w  ft) 
•  cr 
o  • 

o    n 

to>  nd 

^  »i  H 
o 


p 


p 


to 

to  <L 
<0  n> 

rt 

< 

CT 

P 

►1 

r-r 

O 

ta— 

3 

CD 
P 

cn 

rt 

00 

rt 

%"% 

EL  *- 

<s 
p  qg 

r- »   --t    H 


Oj  *>■  0>  CT.  "N  ^T  N  O"  Ot  *»•  06  OJ 

ifi.Otr-'if».if^toot-*tf».arOoo, 


HH^UMNMWMOOM 


3  is 


•     rt 

3   ;; 

c1-    P-  3     **> 


0r,0C*>.03-^^03OO, 


^O  00  U<  ^i  <o  (O  to        t©  00  00  ifc> 


C    rt 
►I 

rts 


3 
o 


s 

rt   - 

3 

w 


-J 

K 
W 

o 

g 

w 

H 
W 


tO^OtOtOtOtOtOtOtOtOtOtO 

(-*  M  r-»  f-« 

N«hOO^OCO<0<0(0(0,0 

F-l 

"><F-vO^CTiOtOtOOi^vC^O 


3  3 


T3 


rt 
P 

3 

3- 

rt 

era' 

3* 


> 


W 


W 


3 


OS 


_2i 

<0 


<o 


OO 

to 


o» 


a* 

2  "3 
5*.  5 

-  ^ 

p  • 

3  p 
BL  a* 

p  5. 

Si.  p 

3-  S 
^    -. 

3 


» 
w 

00 


"3 


H 
W 

S 
hi 
W 

> 
H 

C 
jo 
w 


3£ 


p 


p 
-i_ 

p' 
a; 

rt" 

en 

cr. 


•aNiM 

OKniVA3ttd 


|     -aoq  •an'E  jo 


o,  ^  o> »—  tn  VQ  >t^  00  C?>  Q3  *^ 


M  *^  tO  t-4  CTi  K3 


r-  OJ  00  £- 


•uiBi  jo  t; 

•aapunm  jo  **" 


•avous  jo  in 


to  to      to 


■^saduisa  jo 


to 


tOOlOOr-r^r-tOOOOO 


«OlNSMHOHlOip.NO 


O  C  CO  03  h  ^  ^  L3  K3  C3  C 


0>. 


p 

3    O 
p.  **> 

Z    > 

°  3 


3 

> 

f-3 

fa 


<<^^<^<>TJhr!ri3'^'"q 

rt 

(Ti 

O 

p 

n>  p  n  0  5" 

w 

w  >" 

-?  4  era. 
*■<  «-«!  era 

-! 

"c  c1  H  era  3 
X  Jf  v;  g  r« 

•i 

^i  jt 

rt 

f  3  £:.      3 

< 

O    8 

<  cr. 

3 

71 

P. 
J?' 

P 

rt 
-1 

ndy. 
d  ver 
cold, 
rand 
d  ove 
ir,  an 

11,  col 
ercas 

EL 

<5 

rt 

^f 

*-< 

3 
P- 

P- 

q 

y  dry. 
and  we 
grow  in 
rcast. 
d  cloud 

d,  and 

t. 

9 

rt 

1 

"y      era  r 

l 

3 
0 

3 

w 

> 

H 

w 


3 
w 

H 

w 
O 

o 

r 
o 
o 

o 

> 
r 

o 

co 
00 
w 

> 
H 

►—4 

o 

y* 

3 

p 

pu 

rt 

p 

Ft 

C/3 
►0 
r3 
M 

!z! 
0 


03 

3. 

S" 

S5 


o 

*r> 

3- 

p" 

P- 
EL 

—  • 

p 

fc 

rt 

C 


3- 
rt 

vj 

rt 
P 
►1 

00 


102       ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

It  is  worthy  of  notice,  how  near  the  mean  heat 
of  the  year,  and  of  the  month  of  April,  in  two 
successive  years,  are  to  each  other  in  the  same 
place.  The  mean  heat  of  April,  1787,  was  54°3, 
that  of  April,  1783,  was  52°2.  By  the  table  of 
the  mean  heat  of  each  month  in  the  year,  it  ap- 
pears that  the  mean  heat  of  1787  was  53°5  at 
Spring- Mill. 

The  following  accounts  of  the  climates  of  Pekin 
and  Madrid,  which  lie  within  a  few  minutes  of 
the  same  latitude  as  Philadelphia,  may  serve  to 
show  how  much  climates  are  altered  by  local  and 
relative  circumstances.  The  account  of  the  tem- 
perature of  the  air  at  Pekin  will  serve  further  to 
show,  that  with  all  the  advantages  of  the  highest 
degrees  of  cultivation  which  have  taken  place  in 
China,  the  winters  are  colder,  and  the  summers 
warmer  there  than  in  Pennsylvania,  principally 
from  a  cause  which  will  probably  operate  upon  the 
winters  of  Pennsylvania  for  many  centuries  to  come, 
viz.  the  vicinity  of  an  uncultivated  north-west 
country. 

"  Pekin,  lat.  39°  54',  long.  116°  29'  W. 

"  By  five  years  observations,  its  annual  mean 
temperature  was  found  to  be  55°  5'< 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA. 


103 


January 

20°,75 

July 

84°,8 

February 

32 

August 

83 

March 

48 

September 

63 

April 

59 

October 

52 

May 

72 

November 

41 

June 

83,75 

December 

27 

"  The  temperature  of  the  Atlantic  under  this 
parallel  is  62,  but  the  standard  of  this  part  of  the 
g]obe  is  the  North  Pacific,  which  is  here  4  or  5 
degrees  colder  than  the  Atlantic.  The  Yellow 
Sea  is  the  nearest  to  Pekin,  being  about  200  miles 
distant  from  it ;  but  it  is  itself  cooled  by  the  moun- 
tainous country  of  Corea,  which  interposes  between 
it  and  the  ocean,  for  a  considerable  part  of  its  ex- 
tent. Besides,  all  the  northern  parts  of  China  (in 
which  Pekin  lies)  must  be  cooled  by  the  vicinity 
of  the  mountains  of  Chinese  Tartary,  among  which 
the  cold  is  said  to  be  excessive. 

"  The  greatest  cold  usually  experienced  during 
this  period  was  5°,  the  greatest  heat,  98°:  on 
the  25th  of  July,  1773,  the  heat  arose  to  108° 
and  110° :  a  N.  E.  or  N.  W.  wind  produces  the 
greatest  cold,  a  S.  or  S.  W.  or  S.  E.  the  greatest 
heat*." 


*  "  6.  Mem.  Scav.  Etrang.  p.  528." 


104      ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

*"  Madrid,  lat.  40°  25',  long.  3°  20'  E. 

il  The  usual  heat  in  summer  is  said  to  be  from 
75°  to  85° ;  even  at  night  it  seldom  falls  below 
70° ;  the  mean  height  of  the  barometer  is  27,96. 
It  seems  to  be  about  1900  feet  above  the  level  of 
the  sea*." 

The  above  accounts  are  extracted  from  Mr.  Kir- 
wan's  useful  and  elaborate  estimate  of  the  tempera- 
ture of  different  latitudes. 

The  history  which  has  been  given  of  the  cli- 
mate of  Pennsylvania,  is  confined  chiefly  to  the 
countiy  on  the  east  side  of  the  Allegany  moun- 
tain. On  the  west  side  of  this  mountain,  the  cli- 
mate differs  materially  from  that  of  the  south- 
eastern parts  of  the  state  in  the  temperature  of 
the  air,  in  the  effects  of  the  winds  upon  the  wea- 
ther, and  in  the  quantity  of  rain  and  snow  which 
falls  every  year.  The  winter  seldom  breaks  up  on 
the  mountains  before  the  25th  of  March.  A  fall 
of  snow  was  once  perceived  upon  it,  which  mea- 
sured an  inch  and  a  half,  on  the  11th  dav  of  June. 
The  trees  which  grow  upon  it  are  small,  and  In- 
dian corn  is  with  difficulty  brought  to  maturity, 

*  "  Mem.  Par.  1777,  p.  146." 


OF     PENNSYLVANIA.  105 

even  at  the  foot  of  the  east  side  of  it.  The  south- 
west winds  on  the  wrest  side  of  the  mountain  are 
accompanied  by  cold  and  rain.  The  soil  is  rich, 
consisting  of  near  a  foot,  in  many  places,  of  black 
mould.  The  roads  in  this  country  are  muddy  in 
winter,  but  seldom  dusty  in  summer.  The  ar- 
rangement of  strata  of  the  earth  on  the  west  side, 
differs  materially  from  their  arrangement  on  the 
east  side  the  mountain.  "  The  country  (says  Mr. 
"  Rittenhouse,  in  a  letter  to  a  friend  in  Philadel- 
"  phia*),  when  viewed  from  the  western  ridge  of 
"  the  Allegany,  appears  to  be  one  vast  extended 
"  plain.  All  the  various  strata  of  stone  seem  to 
"  lie  undisturbed  in  the  situation  in  which  they 
"  were  first  formed,  and  the  layers  of  stone,  sand, 
"  clay,  and  coal,  are  nearly  horizontal." 

The  temperature  of  the  air  on  the  west  is  sel- 
dom so  hot,  or  so  cold,  as  on  the  east  side  of  the 
mountain.  By  comparing  the  state  of  a  thermo- 
meter examined  by  Dr.  Bedford  at  Pittsburg, 
284  miles  from  Philadelphia,  it  appears  that  the 
weather  was  not  so  cold  by  twelve  degrees  in  that 
town,  as  it  was  in  Philadelphia,  on  the  5th  of  Feb- 
ruary, 1788. 

*  Columbian  Magazine,  for  October,  1786. 
VOL.   I.  O 


106       ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

To  show  the  difference  between  the  weather  at 
Spring- Mill  and  in  Pittsburg,  I  shall  here  sub- 
join an  account  of  it,  in  both  places,  the  first 
taken  by  Mr.  Legaux,  and  the  other  by  Doctor 
Bedford. 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA, 


107 


Cr>  4*  CO  tO,*-1  O  VO  00  ^t  Oi  Ot  ^  fo)  M  M J   I  Ot  ^  Ca  6J  >-■  Q  'O  00  ^T  CD  Vt  >f=>  C^i  JO  '-' 


I  •q.uoui  9t[;  jo    Q 


OMNMOOO)OOWO*-OOM(^|jlODOO^OJChC»i63i-UMHOO>08 

1 

s 


<!<0cooco 


a; 
re" 


P 

^3 


cr 
•5 


CO 


•xj 


cr 

CO 


cr 


5"  o"  re*  o"  re*  o"  o  o  o"  c~  o*  re"  o  re  O 

CePCPCCCCCePCPC 

d-a?  p-  **  p-  p-  p-  p-  a.  p-  r<  o- r*  p- 

Vi  x         ^  v;  vy;  X  v*.  v^.  v^.  v<;  x 


si 

g 

p. 


$1 

9 
P> 


o 
o 
> 

o 

en 
W 

> 
o 

cr. 


3 
p 

a 

B 

«g 

re 

O    re 


or 


l-'OototA^oc^•fl'*>■o^ooocccoc^|-, 
a>  m  -^  o\  ->i  tft      tn  o>  ^  tr«  en  "^  "©  o> 


NOtOKDtOCOtOtOtOCotOOOWCoCotO 


(O'OOOtOOODHK)!-'        I-*         MO 


M    p- 

re.  *• 

en  & 

Jm   =  5 


o 

re 

O     3 


p. 

re 


H 

W 
►••- 

c 

H 


CO 


^1^1^  Co 


Ot 


• 

3 

re 

P 

•-a 

3 

<-f 

&* 

C/3 

re 

Crq 

pr 

to 
> 
pe 
O 

3 

w 

H 
W 

po 


5    5  g 


33 


W20 w ^oo 

re 
p 

cr 

I— • 


QNIAV 


OillllVAaHd 


■\-E3Joq  'aire  jo 


P 

00 


rt 

re 

1-f 

O 

hs 
cr 

ST 

p- 
re 

"C 

cr 


> 


I 


•"^J  j°  a 


S 
w 
H 

w 
o 

PC 

o 

k 

o 

Q 
o 

> 

o 

dd 

CO 

W 
pd 

> 

H 
i— i 

O 

CO 

3 

P 

ca- 
re 


CO 
PC 

t-H 

Q 


I 


•jgpungj  jo  > 

•AVOUS  JO  CO 


to 


co  *»■ 


HtOM  H» 


.»■••*  CO 


Crt 


'isaduiaj  jo 


-a 

en 


p. 


CO 

W 

3 

> 

o 

M 

$4 

3 

> 

►J 

w 

PC 


o  p  re  <  re 
S3  Si  \2  2  £ 

pP  K     P 


^OPJCOOOOOO 
p.  <p<«-<<<<< 
wres-rerererererere 

oxreooooore 

t/5  t/icncocflcocnc/i 


►1 
P 

3" 


p- 


1    3    H) 
V    P    P 

s  5  r« 


p 

5 


9 


S.E. 

5 


3 

> 

a 

5d 


C-3 

3 


O 


n 

cr 


> 

^3 


oo 

00 


108  ACCOUNT    OF    THE    CLIMATE 

From  a  review  of  all  the  facts  which  have  been 
mentioned,  it  appears  that  the  climate  of  Pennsyl- 
vania is  a  compound  of  most  of  the  climates  in  the 
world.  Here  we  have  the  moisture  of  Britain  in 
the  spring,  the  heat  of  Africa  in  summer,  the  tem- 
perature of  Italy  in  June,  the  sky  of  Egypt  in  the 
autumn,  the  cold  and  snows  of  Norway  and  the 
ice  of  Holland  in  the  winter,  the  tempests  (in  a 
certain  degree)  of  the  West- Indies  in  every  season, 
and  the  variable  winds  and  weather  of  Great-Bri- 
tain in  every  month  of  the  year. 

From  this  history  of  the  climate  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, it  is  easy  to  ascertain  what  degrees  of  health, 
and  what  diseases  prevail  in  the  state.  As  we  have 
the  climates,  so  we  have  the  health,  and  the  acute 
diseases,  of  all  the  countries  that  have  been  men- 
tioned. Without  attempting  to  enumerate  the 
diseases,  I  shall  only  add  a  few  words  upon  the 
time  and  manner  in  which  they  are  produced. 

I.  It  appears  from  the  testimonies  of  many  aged 
persons,  that  pleurisies  and  inflammatory  diseases 
of  all  kinds,  are  less  frequent  now  than  they  were 
forty  or  fifty  years  ago. 

II.  It  is  a  well  known  fact,  that  intermitting  and 
bilious  fevers  have  increased  in  Pennsylvania  in 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  109 

proportion  as  the  country  has  been  cleared  of  its 
wood,  in  many  parts  of  the  state. 

III.  It  is  equally  certain  that  these  fevers  have 
lessened,  or  disappeared,  in  proportion  as  the  coun- 
try has  been  cultivated. 

IV.  Heavy  rains  and  freshes  in  the  spring  sel- 
dom produce  fevers,  unless  they  are  succeeded  by 
unseasonably  warm  weather. 

V.  Sudden  changes  from  great  heat  to  cold,  or 
cool  weather,  if  they  occur  before  the  20th  of  Au- 
gust, seldom  produce  fevers.  After  that  time,  they 
are  generally  followed  by  them. 

VI.  The  same  state  of  the  atmosphere,  whether 
cold  or  warm,  moist  or  dry,  continued  for  a  long 
time,  without  any  material  changes,  is  always 
healthy.  Acute  and  inflammatory  fevers  were  in 
vain  looked  for  in  the  cold  winter  of  1779-80. 
The  dry  summer  of  1782,  and  the  wet  summer  of 
1788,  were  likewise  uncommonly  healthy  in  the 
city  of  Philadelphia.  These  facts  extend  only  to 
those  diseases  which  depend  upon  the  sensible  qua- 
lities of  the  air,  for  diseases  from  miasmata  and  con- 
tagion, are  less  influenced  by  the  uniformity  of  the 
weather.     The  autumn  of  1780  was  very  sickly  in 


110  ACCOUNT    OF    THE    CLIMATE 

Philadelphia,  from  the  peculiar  situation  of  the 
grounds  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  city,  while 
the  countiy  was  uncommonly  healthy.  The  dry 
summer  and  autumn  of  1782  were  uncommonly 
sickly  in  the  country,  from  the  extensive  sources 
of  morbid  exhalations  which  were  left  by  the  dimi- 
nution of  the  waters  in  the  creeks  and  rivers. 

VII.  Diseases  are  often  generated  in  one  season 
and  produced  in  another.  Hence  we  frequently 
observe  fevers  of  different  kinds  to  follow  every 
species  of  the  weather  that  was  mentioned  in  the 
last  observation. 

VIII.  The  excessive  heat  in  Pennsylvania  has 
sometimes  proved  fatal  to  persons  who  have  been 
much  exposed  to  it.  Its  morbid  effects  discover 
themserves  by  a  difficulty  of  breathing,  a  general 
languor,  and,  in  some  instances,  by  a  numbness 
and  an  immobility  of  the  extremities.  The  exces- 
sive cold  in  Pennsylvania  has  more  frequently 
jfroved  fatal,  but  it  has  been  chiefly  to  those  per- 
sons who  have  sought  a  defence  from  it,  by  large 
draughts  of  spiritous  liquors.  Its  operation  in 
bringing  on  sleepiness  previous  to  death,  is  well 
known.  On  the  5th  of  February,  1788,  many 
people  were  affected  by  the  cold.  It  produced  a 
violent  pain  in  the  head ;  and,  in  one  instance,  a 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA,  111 

sickness  at  the  stomach,  and  a  vomiting  appeared 
to  be  the  consequence  of  it.  I  have  frequently 
observed  that  a  greater  number  of  old  people  die, 
during  the  continuance  of  extreme  cold  and  warm 
weather,  than  in  the  same  number  of  days  in  mo- 
derate weather. 

IX.  May  and  June  are  usually  the  healthiest 
months  in  the  year. 

X.  The  influence  of  the  winds  upon  health,  de- 
pends very  much  upon  the  nature  of  the  country 
over  which  they  pass.  Winds  which  pass  over 
mill-dams  and  marshes  in  August  and  September, 
generally  carry  with  them  the  seeds  of  fevers. 

XL  The  country  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Phi- 
ladelphia was  formerly  more  sickly  than  the  central 
parts  of  the  city,  after  the  20th  of  August.  Since 
the  year  1793,  the  reverse  of  this  has  been  the  case. 

XII.  The  night-air  is  always  unwholesome  from 
the  20th  of  August,  especially  during  the  passive 
state  of  the  system  in  sleep.  The  frequent  and 
sudden  changes  of  the  air  from  heat  to  cold  render 
it  unsafe  to  sleep  with  open  windows,  during  the 
autumnal  months. 


112       ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CLIMATE 

XIII.  Valetudinarians  always  enjoy  the  most 
health  in  Pennsylvania  in  the  summer  and  winter 
months.  The  spring,  in  a  particular  manner,  is 
very  unfavourable  to  them. 

I  shall  conclude  the  account  of  the  influence  of 
the  climate  of  Pennsylvania  upon  the  human  body, 
with  the  following  observations. 

1.  The  sensations  of  heat  and  cold  are  influenced 
so  much  by  outward  circumstances,  that  we  often 
mistake  the  degrees  of  them  by  neglecting  to  use 
such  conveniences  as  are  calculated  to  obviate  the 
effects  of  their  excess.  A  native  of  Jamaica  often 
complains  less  of  the  heat,  and  a  native  of  Canada 
of  the  cold,  in  their  respective  countries,  than  they 
do  under  certain  circumstances  in  Pennsylvania. 
Even  a  Pennsylvania!!  frequently  complains  less  of 
the  heat  in  Jamaica,  and  of  the  cold  in  Canada, 
than  in  his  native  state.  The  reason  of  this  is 
plain.  In  countries  where  heat  and  cold  are  in- 
tense and  regular,  the  inhabitants  guard  them- 
selves, by  accommodating  their  houses  and  dresses 
to  each  of  them.  The  instability  and  short  dura- 
tion of  excessive  heat  and  cold  in  Pennsylvania, 
have  unfortunately  led  its  inhabitants,  in  many  in- 
stances,  to  neglect  adopting  customs,  which  are 
used  in  hot  and  cold  countries  to  guard  against 


./ 


OF    PENNSYLVANIA.  113 

them.  Where  houses  are  built  with  a  southern 
or  south-western  front  exposure,  and  where  other 
accommodations  to  the  climate  are  observed  in 
their  construction,  the  disagreeable  excesses  of  heat 
and  cold  are  rendered  much  less  perceptible  in 
Pennsylvania.  Perhaps  the  application  of  the 
principles  of  philosophy  and  taste  to  the  construc- 
tion of  our  houses,  within  the  last  thirty  or  forty 
years,  may  be  another  reason  why  some  old  people 
have  supposed  that  the  degrees  of  heat  and  cold 
are  less  in  Pennsylvania  than  they  were  in  former 
years. 


2.  The  variable  nature  of  the  climate  of  Penn- 
sylvania does  not  render  it  necessarily  unhealthy. 
Doctor  Huxham  has  taught  us,  that  the  healthiest 
seasons  in  Great-Britain  have  often  been  accompa- 
nied by  the  most  variable  weather.  His  words 
upon  this  subject  convey  a  reason  for  the  fact. 
"  When  the  constitutions  of  the  year  are  frequently 
"  changing,  so  that  by  the  contrast  a  sort  of  cqui- 
"  librium  is  kept  up,  and  health  with  it;  and  that 
"  especially  if  persons  are  careful  to  guard  them- 
"  selves  well  against  these  sudden  changes*. " 
Perhaps  no  climate  or  country  is  unhealthy,  where 
men  acquire  from  experience,  or  tradition,  the  arts 

*  Observations  on  the  Air  and  Epidemic  Diseases,  vol  1.  p.  5. 
VOL.    I.  P 


114         ACCOUNT    OF    THE    CLIMATE,    &C. 

of  accommodating  themselves  to  it.  The  history 
of  all  the  nations  of  the  world,  whether  savage, 
barbarous,  or  civilized,  previously  to  a  mixture  of 
their  manners  by  an  intercourse  with  strangers, 
seems  to  favour  this  opinion.  The  climate  of  Chi- 
na appears,  in  many  particulars,  to  resemble  that 
of  Pennsylvania.  The  Chinese  wear  loose  gar- 
ments of  different  lengths,  and  increase  or  diminish 
the  number  of  them,  according  to  the  frequent  and 
sudden  changes  of  their  weather ;  hence  they  have 
very  few  acute  diseases  among  them.  Those  in- 
habitants of  Pennsylvania  who  have  acquired  the 
arts  of  conforming  to  the  changes  and  extremes  of 
our  weather  in  dress,  diet,  and  manners,  escape 
most  of  those  acute  diseases  which  are  occasioned 
by  the  sensible  qualities  of  the  air ;  and  faithful  in- 
quiries and  observations  have  proved,  that  they 
attain  to  as  great  ages  as  the  same  number  of  peo- 
ple in  any  part  of  the  world. 


AN  ACCOUNT 


OF    THE 


BILIOUS  REMITTING  FEVER, 


AS  IT   APPEARED 


IJY  PHILADELPHIA, 

IN    THE    SUMMER    AND    AUTUMN    OF    THE    YEAR    1780, 


AN  ACCOUNT 


OF    THE 


BILIOUS  REMITTING  FEVER,  &c. 


BEFORE  I  proceed  to  describe  this  fever, 
it  will  be  necessary  to  give  a  short  account  of  the 
weather,  and  of  the  diseases  which  preceded  its 
appearance. 

The  spring  of  1780  was  dry  and  cool.  A  ca- 
tarrh appeared  among  children  between  one  year, 
and  seven  years  of  age.  It  was  accompanied  by  a 
defluxion  from  the  eyes  and  nose,  and  by  a  cough 
and  dyspnoea,  resembling,  in  some  instances,  the 
cynanche  trachealis,  and  in  others  a  peripneumony. 
In  some  cases  it  was  complicated  with  the  symp- 
toms of  a  bilious  remitting,  and  intermitting  fever. 
The  exacerbations  of  this  fever  were  always  at- 
tended with  dyspnoea  and  cough.  A  few  patients 
expectorated  blood.     Some  had  swellings  behind 


118  ACCOUNT    OF     THE 

their  ears,  and  others  were  affected  with  small  ul- 
cers in  the  throat.  I  met  with  only  one  case  of 
this  fever  in  which  the  pulse  indicated  bleeding. 
The  rest  yielded  in  a  few  days  to  emetics,  blisters, 
and  the  bark,  assisted  by  the  usual  more  simple 
remedies  in  such  diseases. 

An  intermittent  prevailed  among  adults  in  the 
month  of  May. 

July  and  August  were  uncommonly  warm.  The 
mercury  stood  on  the  6th  of  August  at  941°,  on 
the  15th  of  the  same  month  at  95°,  and  for  several 
days  afterwards  at  90°.  Many  labouring  people 
perished  during  this  month  by  the  heat,  and  by 
drinking,  not  only  cold  water,  but  cold  liquors  of 
several  kinds,  while  they  were  under  the  violent 
impressions  of  the  heat. 

The  vomiting  and  purging  prevailed  universally, 
during  these  two  warm  months,  among  the  chil- 
dren, and  with  uncommon  degrees  of  mortality. 
Children  from  one  year  to  eight  and  nine  years  old 
were  likewise  veiy  generally  affected  by  blotches 
and  little  boils,  especially  in  their  faces.  An  erup- 
tion on  the  skin,  called  by  the  common  people  the 
prickly  heat,  was  very  common  at  this  time  among 
persons  of  all   ages.      The  winds  during  these 


BILIOUS    REMITTING    FEVER.  119 

months  blew  chiefly  from  the  south,  and  south- 
west. Of  course  they  passed  over  the  land  which 
lies  between  the  city,  and  the  conflux  of  the  ri- 
vers Delaware  and  Schuylkill,  the  peculiar  situa- 
tion of  which,  at  that  time,  has  been  already  de- 
scribed. 

The  dock,  and  the  streets  of  Philadelphia,  sup- 
plied the  winds  at  this  season,  likewise,  with  a  por- 
tion of  their  unwholesome  exhalations. 

The  muschetoes  were  uncommonly  numerous 
during  the  autumn.  A  certain  sign  (says  Dr. 
Lind)  of  an  unwholesome  atmosphere. 

The  remitting  fever  made  its  first  appearance  in 
July  and  August,  but  its  symptoms  were  so  mild, 
and  its  extent  so  confined,  that  it  excited  no  ap- 
prehensions of  its  subsequent  more  general  preva- 
lence throughout  the  city. 

On  the  19th  of  August  the  air  became  suddenly 
very  cool.  Many  hundred  people  in  the  city  com- 
plained, the  next  day,  of  different  degrees  of  in- 
disposition, from  a  sense  of  lassitude,  to  a  fever  of 
the  remitting  type.  This  was  the  signal  of  the 
epidemic.  The  weather  continued  cool  during 
the  remaining  part  of  the  month,  and  during  the 


120  ACCOUNT     OF     THE 

whole  month  of  September.  From  the  exposure 
of  the  district  of  South wark  (which  is  often  distin- 
guished by  the  name  of  the  Hill  J  to  the  south-west 
winds,  the  fever  made  its  first  appearance  in  that 
appendage  of  the  city.  Scarcely  a  family,  and,  in 
many  families,  scarcely  a  member  of  them,  escaped 
it.  From  the  Hill  it  gradually  travelled  along  the 
second  street  from  the  Delaware,  improperly  call- 
ed Front- street.  For  a  while  it  was  confined  to 
this  street  only,  after  it  entered  the  city,  and  hence 
it  was  called  by  some  people  the  Front-street  fever. 
It  gradually  spread  through  other  parts  of  the  city, 
but  with  very  different  degrees  of  violence.  It 
prevailed  but  little  in  the  Northern  Liberties.  It 
was  scarcely  known  beyond  Fourth- street  from  the 
Delaware.  Intemperance  in  eating  or  drinking, 
riding  in  the  sun  or  rain,  watching,  fatigue,  or 
even  a  fright,  but  more  frequently  cold,  all  served 
to  excite  the  seeds  of  this  fever  into  action,  where  - 
ever  they  existed. 

All  ages  and  both  sexes  were  affected  by  this 
fever.  Seven  of  the  practitioners  of  physic  were 
confined  by  it  nearly  at  the  same  time.  The  city, 
during  the  prevalence  of  the  fever,  was  filled  with 
an  unusual  number  of  strangers,  many  of  whom, 
particularly  the  Friends  (whose  yearly  meeting 
was  held  in  the  month  of  September),  were  affected 


BILIOUS    REMITTING    FEVER.  121 

by  it.     No  other  febrile  disease  was  observed  du- 
ring this  time  in  the  city. 

This  fever  generally  came  on  with  rigour,  but 
seldom  with  a  regular  chilly  fit,  and  often  without 
any  sensation  of  cold.  In  some  persons  it  was  in- 
troduced by  a  slight  sore  throat,  and  in  others  by 
a  hoarseness  which  was  mistaken  for  a  common 
cold.  A  giddiness  in  the  head  was  the  forerunner 
of  the  disease  in  some  people.  This  giddiness  at- 
tacked so  suddenly,  as  to  produce,  in  several  in- 
stances, a  faintness,  and  even  symptoms  of  apo- 
plexy. It  was  remarkable,  that  all  those  persons 
who  were  affected  in  this  violent  manner,  recover- 
ed in  two  or  three  days. 

I  met  with  one  instance  of  this  fever  attacking 
with  coma,  and  another  with  convulsions,  and  with 
many  instances,  in  which  it  wras  introduced  by  a 
delirium. 

The  pains  which  accompanied  this  fever  were 
exquisitely  severe  in  the  head,  back,  and  limbs. 
The  pains  in  the  head  were  sometimes  in  the  back 
parts  of  it,  and  at  other  times  they  occupied  only 
the  eyeballs.  In  some  people,  the  pains  were  so 
acute  in  their  backs  and  hips,  that  they  could  not 
lie  in  bed.     In  others,  the  pains  affected  the  neck 

vol.  i.  % 


122  ACCOUNT    OF    THE 

and  arms,  so  as  to  produce  in  one  instance  a  diffi- 
culty of  moving  the  fingers  of  the  right  hand. 
They  all  complained  more  or  less  of  a  soreness  in 
the  seats  of  these  pains,  particularly  when  they  oc- 
cupied the  head  and  eyeballs.  A  few  complained 
of  their  flesh  being  sore  to  the  touch,  in  every  part 
of  the  body.  From  these  circumstances,  the  dis- 
ease was  sometimes  believed  to  be  a  rheumatism ; 
but  its  more  general  name  among  all  classes  of 
people  was,  the  break-bone  fever. 

I  met  with  one  case  of  pain  in  the  back,  and 
another  of  an  acute  ear-ach,  both  of  which  re- 
turned periodically  every  night,  and  without  any 
fever. 

A  nausea  universally,  and  in  some  instances  a 
vomiting,  accompanied  by  a  disagreeable  taste  in 
the  mouth,  attended  this  fever.  The  bowels  were, 
in  most  cases,  regular,  except  where  the  disease 
fell  with  its  whole  force  upon  them,  producing  a 
dysentery. 

The  tongue  was  generally  moist,  and  tinctured 
of  a  yellow  colour. 

The  urine  was  high  coloured,  and  in  its  usual 
quantity  in  fevers. 


BILIOUS    REMITTING    FEVER.  123 

The  skin  was  generally  moist,  especially  where 
the  disease  terminated  on  the  third  or  fourth  day. 

The  pulse  was  quick  and  full,  but  never  hard,  in 
a  single  patient  that  came  under  my  care,  till  the 
28th  of  September. 

It  was  remarkable,  that  little,  and,  in  some  in- 
stances, no  thirst  attended  this  fever. 

A  screatus,  or  constant  hawking  and  spitting, 
attended  in  many  cases  through  the  whole  disease, 
and  was  a  favourable  symptom. 

There  were  generally  remissions  in  this  fever 
every  morning,  and  sometimes  in  the  evening. 
The  exacerbations  were  more  severe  every  other 
day,  and  two  exacerbations  were  often  observed  in 
one  day. 

A  rash  often  appeared  on  the  third  and  fourth 
days,  which  proved  favourable.  This  rash  was 
accompanied,  in  some  cases,  by  a  burning  in  the 
palms  of  the  hands  and  soles  of  the  feet.  Many 
people  at  this  time,  who  were  not  confined  to  their 
beds,  and  some,  who  had  no  fever,  had  an  efflores- 
cence on  dieir  skins. 


124  ACCOUNT    OF    THE 

In  several  persons  the  force  of  the  disease  seem- 
ed to  fall  upon  the  face,  producing  swellings  under 
the  jaw  and  in  the  ears,  which  in  some  instances 
terminated  in  abscesses. 

When  the  fever  did  not  terminate  on  the  third 
or  fourth  day,  it  frequently  ran  on  to  the  eleventh, 
fourteenth,  and  even  twentieth  days,  assuming  in 
its  progress,  according  to  its  duration,  the  usual 
symptoms  of  the  typhus  gravior,  or  mitior,  of 
Doctor  Cullen.  In  some  cases,  the  discharge  of  a 
few  spoons-full  of  blood  from  the  nose  accompanied 
a  solution  of  the  fever  on  the  third  or  fourth  day ; 
while  in  others,  a  profuse  haemorrhage  from  the 
nose,  mouth,  and  bowels,  on  the  tenth  and  eleventh 
days,  preceded  a  fatal  issue  of  the  disease. 

Several  cases  came  under  my  care,  in  which  the 
fever  was  succeeded  by  a  jaundice. 

The  disease  terminated  in  some  cases  without 
sweating,  or  a  sediment  in  the  urine ;  nor  did  I 
observe  such  patients  more  disposed  to  relapse  than 
others,  provided  they  took  a  sufficient  quantity  of 
the  bark. 

About  the  beginning  of  October  the  weather 
became  cool,  accompanied  by  rain  and  an  easterly 


\ 


BILIOUS    REMITTING    FEVER.  125 

wind.  This  cool  and  wet  weather  continued  for 
four  days.  The  mercury  in  the  thermometer  fell 
to  60°,  and  fires  became  agreeable.  From  this 
time  the  fever  evidently  declined,  or  was  accom- 
panied by  inflammatory  symptoms.  On  the  16th 
of  October,  I  met  with  a  case  of  inflammatory  an- 
gina ;  and  on  the  next  day  I  visited  a  patient  who 
had  a  complication  of  the  bilious  fever  with  a  pleu- 
risy, and  whose  blood  discovered  strong  marks  of 
the  presence  of  the  inflammatory  diathesis.  His 
stools  were  of  a  green  and  black  colour.  On  the 
third  day  of  his  disease  a  rash  appeared  on  his 
skin,  and  on  the  fourth,  in  consequence  of  a  se- 
cond bleeding,  his  fever  terminated  with  the  com- 
mon symptoms  of  a  crisis. 

During  the  latter  end  of  October,  and  the  first 
weeks  in  November,  the  mercury  in  the  ther- 
mometer fluctuated  between  50°  and  60°.  Pleu- 
risies and  inflammatorv  diseases  of  all  kinds  now 
made  their  appearance.  They  were  more  nu- 
merous and  more  acute,  than  in  this  stage  of  the 
autumn,  in  former  years.  I  met  with  one  case  of 
pleurisy  in  November,  which  did  not  yield  to  less 
than  four  plentiful  bleedings. 

I  shall  now  add  a  short  account  of  the  method 
I  pursued  in  the  treatment  of  this  fever. 


126  ACCOUNT    OF    THE 

I  generally  began  by  giving  a  gentle  vomit  of 
tartar  emetic.  This  medicine,  if  given  while  the 
fever  was  in  its  forming  state,  frequently  produced 
an  immediate  cure ;  and  if  given  after  its  forma- 
tion, on  the^m  day,  seldom  failed  of  producing  a 
crisis  on  the  third  or  fourth  day.  The  vomit 
always  discharged  more  or  less  bile.  If  a  nausea, 
or  an  ineffectual  attempt  to  vomit  continued  after 
the  exhibition  of  the  tartar  emetic,  I  gave  a  se- 
cond dose  of  it  with  the  happiest  effects. 

If  the  vomit  failed  of  opening  the  bowels,  I 
gave  gentle  doses  of  salts  and  cream  of  tartar*, 
or  of  the  butter-nut  pillf,  so  as  to  procure  two  or 
three  plentiful  stools.  The  matter  discharged 
from  the  bowels  was  of  a  highly  bilious  nature. 
It  was  sometimes  so  acrid  as  to  excoriate  the  rec- 
tum, and  so  offensive,  as  to  occasion,  in  some  cases, 


*  I  have  found  that  cream  of  tartar  renders  the  purging 
neutral  salts  less  disagreeable  to  the  taste  and  stomach  ;  but 
accident  has  lately  taught  me,  that  the  juice  of  two  limes  or 
of  one  lemon,  with  about  half  an  ounce  of  loaf  sugar,  added 
to  six  drachms  of  Glauber  or  Epsom  salt,  in  half  a  pint  of 
boiling  water,  form  a  mixture  that  is  nearly  as  pleasant  as 
strong  beverage. 

t  This  pill  is  made  from  an  extract  of  a  strong  decoction 
of  the  inner  bark  of  the  white  walnut-tree. 


BILIOUS    REMITTING    FEVER.  127 

sickness  and  faintness  both  in  the  patients  and  in 
their  attendants.  In  every  instance,  the  patients 
found  relief  by  these  evacuations,  especially  from 
the  pains  in  the  head  and  limbs. 

In  those  cases,  where  the  prejudices  of  the 
patients  against  an  emetic,  or  where  an  advanced 
state  of  pregnancy,  or  a  habitual  predisposition  to 
a  vomitting  of  blood  occurred,  I  discharged  the 
bile  entirely  by  means  of  the  lenient  purges  that 
have  been  mentioned.  In  this  practice  I  had  the 
example  of  Doctor  Cleghorn,  who  prescribed 
purges  with  great  success  in  a  fever  of  the  same 
kind  in  Minorca,  with  that  which  has  been  de- 
scribed*. Doctor  Lining  prescribed  purges  with 
equal  success  in  an  autumnal  pleurisy  in  South 
Carolina,  which  I  take  to  have  been  a  form  of  a 
bilious  remittent,  accompanied  by  an  inflammatory 
affection  of  the  breast. 

After  evacuating  the  contents  of  the  stomach 
and  bowels,  I  gave  small  doses  of  tartar  emetic, 
mixed  with  Glauber's  salt.  This  medicine  excited 
a  general  perspiration.  It  likewise  kept  the  bowels 
gently  open,  by  which  means  the  bile  was  dis- 
charged as  fast  as  it  was  accumulated. 

*  The  tertiana  interposita  remissione  tantum  of  Dr.  Cullen. 


128  ACCOUNT    OF    THE 

I  constantly  recommended  to  my  patients,  in  this 
stage  of  the  disorder,  to  lie  in  bed.  This  favoured 
the  eruption  of  the  rash,  and  the  solution  of  the 
disease  by  perspiration.  Persons  who  struggled 
against  the  fever  by  sitting  up,  or  who  attempted 
to  shake  it  off  by  labour  or  exercise,  either  sunk 
under  it,  or  had  a  slow  recovery. 

A  clergyman  of  a  respectable  character  from 
the  country,  who  was  attacked  by  the  disease  in 
the  city,  returned  home,  from  a  desire  of  being 
attended  by  his  own  family,  and  died  in  a  few 
days  afterwards.  This  is  only  one,  of  many  cases, 
in  which  I  have  observed  travelling,  even  in  the 
easiest  carriages,  to  prove  fatal  in  fevers  after  they 
were  formed,  or  after  the  first  symptoms  had 
shown  themselves.  The  quickest  and  most  effec- 
tual way  of  conquering  a  fever,  in  most  cases,  is, 
by  an  early  submission  to  it. 

The  drinks  I  recommended  to  my  patients  were 
sage  and  balm  teas,  weak  punch,  lemonade,  wine 
whey,  tamarind  and  apple  water. 

The  apple  water  should  be  made  by  pouring 
boiling  water  upon  slices  of  raw  apples.  It  is 
more  lively  than  that  which  is  made  by  pouring 
the  water  on  roasted  apples. 


BILIOUS    REMITTING    FEVER.  129 

I  found  obvious  advantages,  in  many  cases,  from 
the  use  of  pediluvia,  every  night. 

In  every  case,  I  found  the  patients  refreshed  and 
relieved  by  frequent  changes  of  their  linen. 

On  the  third  or  fourth  day,  in  the  forenoon, 
the  pains  in  the  head  and  back  generally  abated, 
with  a  sweat  which  was  diffused  over  the  whole 
body.  The  pulse  at  this  time  remained  quick  and 
weak.  This  was,  however,  no  objection  to  the 
use  of  the  bark,  a  few  doses  of  which  immediately 
abated  its  quickness,  and  prevented  a  return  of  the 
fever. 

If  the  fever  continued  beyond  the  third  or  fourth 
day  without  an  intermission,  I  always  had  recourse 
to  blisters.  Those  which  were  applied  to  the 
neck,  and  behind  the  ears,  produced  the  most 
immediate  good  effects.  They  seldom  failed  of 
producing  an  intermission  in  the  fever,  the  day 
after  they  were  applied.  Where  delirium  or  coma 
attended,  I  applied  the  blister  to  the  neck  on  the 
first  day  of  the  disease.  A  worthy  family  in  this 
city  will  always  ascribe  the  life  of  a  promising  boy, 
of  ten  years  old,  to  the  early  application  of  a  blis- 
ter to  the  neck,  in  this  fever. 

VOL.    I.  R 


130  ACCOUNT    OF    THE 

Where  the  fever  did  not  yield  to  blisters,  and 
assumed  malignant,  or  typhus  symptoms,  I  gave 
the  medicines  usually  exhibited  in  both  those 
states  of  fever. 

I  took  notice,  in  the  history  of  this  fever,  that  it 
was  sometimes  accompanied  with  symptoms  of 
a  dysentery.  Where  this  disease  appeared,  I 
prescribed  lenient  purges  and  opiates.  Where 
these  failed  of  success,  I  gave  the  bark  in  the  in- 
termissions of  the  pain  in  the  bowels,  and  applied 
blisters  to  the  wrists.  The  good  effects  of  these 
remedies  led  me  to  conclude,  that  the  dysentery 
was  the  febris  introversa  of  Dr.  Sydenham. 

I  am  happy  in  having  an  opportunity,  in  this 
place,  of  bearing  a  testimony  in  favour  of  the  use- 
fulness of  opium  in  this  disease,  after  the  neces- 
sary evacuations  had  been  made.  I  yielded,  in 
prescribing  it  at  first,  to  the  earnest  solicitations  of 
my  patients  for  something  to  give  them  relief 
from  their  insupportable  pains,  particularly  when 
they  were  seated  in  the  eyeballs  and  head.  Its 
salutary  effects  in  procuring  sweat,  and  a  remission 
of  the  fever,  led  me  to  prescribe  it  afterwards  in 
almost  every  case,  and  always  with  the  happiest 
effects.  Those  physicians  enjoy  but  little  pleasure 
in  practising  physic,  who  know  not  how  much 


BILIOUS    REMITTING    FEVER.  131 

of  the  pain  and  anguish  of  fevers,  of  a  certain 
kind,  may  be  lessened  by  the  judicious  use  of 
opium.  ■ 

In  treating  of  the  remedies  used  in  this  disease, 
I  have  taken  no  notice  of  blood-letting.  Out  of 
several  hundred  patients  whom  I  visited  in  this 
fever,  I  did  not  meet  with  a  single  case,  before  the 
27th  of  September,  in  which  the  state  of  the  pulse 
indicated  this  evacuation.  It  is  true,  the  pulse 
was  fillip  but  never  hard,  I  acknowledge  that  I 
was  called  to  several  patients  who  had  been  bled 
without  the  advice  of  a  physician,  who  recovered 
afterwards  on  the  usual  days  of  the  solution  of 
the  fever.  This  only  can  be  ascribed  to  that  dis- 
position which  Doctor  Cleghorn  attributes  to  fevers, 
to  preserve  their  types  under  every  variety  of  treat- 
ment, as  well  as  constitution.  But  I  am  bound  to 
declare  further,  that  I  heard  of  several  cases  in 
which  bleeding  was  followed  by  a  fatal  termination 
of  the  disease. 

In  this  fever  relapses  were  very  frequent,  from 
exposure  to  the  rain,  sun,  or  night  air,  and  from 
an  excess  in  eating  or  drinking. 

The  convalescence  from  this  disease  was  marked 
by  a  number  of  extraordinary  symptoms,  which 


132  ACCOUNT    OF     THE 

rendered  patients  the  subjects  of  medical  attention 
for  many  days  after  the  pulse  became  perfectly 
regular,  and  after  the  crisis  of  the  disease. 

A  bitter  taste  in  the  mouth,  accompanied  by  a 
yellow  colour  on  the  tongue,  continued  for  near  a 
week. 

Most  of  those  who  recovered  complained  of 
nausea,  and  a  total  want  of  appetite.  A  faintness, 
especially  upon  sitting  up  in  bed,  or  in  a  chair, 
followed  this  fever.  A  weakness  in  the  knees  was 
universal.  I  met  with  two  patients,  who  were  most 
sensible  of  this  weakness  in  the  right  knee.  An 
inflammation  in  one  eye,  and  in  some  instances  in 
both  eyes,  occurred  in  several  patients  after  their 
recovery. 

But  the  most  remarkable  symptom  of  the  con- 
valescence from  this  fever,  was  an  uncommon  de- 
jection of  the  spirits.  I  attended  two  young  ladies, 
who  shed  tears  while  they  vented  their  complaints 
of  their  sickness  and  weakness.  One  of  them  very 
aptly  proposed  to  me  to  change  the  name  of  the 
disease,  and  to  call  it,  in  its  present  stage,  instead 
of  the  break-bone,  the  break-heart  fever. 


BILIOUS    REMITTING    FEVER.  133 

To  remove  these  symptoms,  I  gave  the  tincture 
of  bark  and  elixir  of  vitriol  in  frequent  doses.  I 
likewise  recommended  the  plentiful  use  of  ripe 
fruits ;  but  1  saw  the  best  effects  from  temperate 
meals  of  oysters,  and  a  liberal  use  of  porter.  To 
these  was  added,  gentle  exercise  in  the  open  air, 
which  gradually  completed  the  cure. 


AN  ACCOUNT 


OF  THE 


SCARLATINA  ANGINOSA, 


AS   IT 


APPEARED  IN  PHILADELPHIA, 


IN  THE  YEARS  1783  AND  1784. 


AN  ACCOUNT 


OF    THE 


SCARLATINA  ANGINOSA,  he. 


THE  beginning  of  the  month  of  July  was 
unusually  cool ;  insomuch  that  the  mercury  in  Fah- 
renheit's thermometer  stood  at  61°  in  the  day  time, 
and  fires  were  very  comfortable,  especially  in  the 
evening.  In  the  last  week  but  one  of  this  month, 
the  weather  suddenly  became  so  warm,  that  the 
mercury  rose  to  94i°,  at  which  it  remained  for 
three  days.  As  this  heat  was  accompanied  by  no 
breeze  from  any  quarter,  the  sense  of  it  was  ex- 
tremely distressing  to  many  people.  Upwards  of 
twenty  persons  died  in  the  course  of  those  three 
days,  from  the  excess  of  the  heat,  and  from  drink- 
ing cold  water.  Three  old  people  died  suddenly 
within  this  space  of  time.  This  extreme  heat  was 
succeeded  by  cool  weather,  the  mercury  having 
vol.  i.  s 


138  ACCOUNT    OF    THE 

fallen  to  60°,  and  the  month  closed  with  producing 
a  few  intermitting  and  remitting  fevers,  together 
with  several  cases  of  inflammatory  angina. 

The  weather  in  the  month  of  August  was  ex- 
tremely variable.  The  mercury,  after  standing  for 
several  days  at  92°,  suddenly  fell  so  low,  as  not 
only  to  render  fires  necessary,  but  in  many  places 
to  produce  frost. 

Every  form  of  fever  made  its  appearance  in  this 
month.  The  synocha  was  so  acute,  in  several 
cases,  as  to  require  from  three  to  four  bleedings. 
The  remitting  fever  was  accompanied  by  an  un- 
common degree  of  nausea  and  faintness.  Several 
people  died,  after  a  few  days'  illness,  of  the  malig- 
nant bilious  fever,  or  typhus  gravior,  of  Dr.  Cul- 
len.  The  intermittents  had  nothing  peculiar  in 
them,  in  their  symptoms  or  method  of  cure. 

Towards  the  close  of  the  month,  the  scarlatina 
anginosa  made  its  appearance,  chiefly  among  chil- 
dren. 

The  month  of  September  was  cool  and  dry,  and 
the  scarlatina  anginosa  became  epidemic  among 
adults  as  well  as  young  people.  In  most  of  the 
patients  who  were  affected  by  it,  it  came  on  with 


SCARLATINA    ANGINOSA.  139 

a  chilliness  and  a  sickness  at  the  stomach,  or  a  vo- 
miting ;  which  last  was  so  invariably  present,  that 
it  was  with  me  a  pathognomonic  sign  of  the  dis- 
ease. The  matter  discharged  from  the  stomach 
was  always  bile.  The  swelling  of  the  throat  was 
in  some  instances  so  great,  as  to  produce  a  diffi- 
culty of  speaking,  swallowing,  and  breathing.  In 
a  few  instances,  the  speech  was  accompanied  by  a 
squeaking  voice,  resembling  that  which  attends 
the  cynanche  trachealis.  The  ulcers  on  the  ton- 
sils were  deep,  and  covered  with  white,  and,  in 
some  instances,  with  black  sloughs.  In  several 
cases,  there  was  a  discharge  of  a  thick  mucus  from 
the  nose,  from  the  beginning,  but  it  oftener  occur- 
red in  the  decline  of  the  disease,  which  most  fre- 
quently happened  on  the  fifth  day.  Sometimes  the 
subsiding  of  the  swelling  of  the  throat  was  follow- 
ed by  a  swelling  behind  the  ears. 

An  eruption  on  the  skin  generally  attended  the 
symptoms  which  have  been  described.  But  this 
symptom  appeared  with  considerable  variety.  In 
some  people  it  preceded,  and  in  others  it  followed 
the  ulcers  and  swelling  of  the  throat.  In  some,  it 
appeared  only  on  the  outside  of  the  throat,  and  on 
the  breast;  in  others,  it  appeared  chiefly  on  the 
limbs.  In  a  few  it  appeared  on  the  second  or  third 
day  of  the  disease,  and  never  returned  afterwards. 


140  ACCOUNT    OF    THE 

I  saw  two  cases  of  eruption  without  a  single  symp- 
tom of  sore  throat.  The  face  of  one  of  those  pa- 
tients was  swelled,  as  in  the  erisypelas.  In  the 
other,  a  young  girl  of  seven  years  old,  there  was 
only  a  slight  redness  on  the  skin.  She  was  seized 
with  a  vomiting,  and  died  delirious  in  fifty-four 
hours.  Soon  after  her  death,  a  livid  colour  appear- 
ed on  the  outside  of  her  throat. 

The  bowels,  in  this  degree  of  the  disease,  were 
in  general  regular.  I  can  recollect  but  few  cases 
which  were  attended  by  a  diarrhoea. 

The  fever  which  accompanied  the  disease  was 
generally  the  typhus  mitior  of  Doctor  Cullen.  In 
a  lew  cases  it  assumed  symptoms  of  great  malig- 
nity. 

The  disease  frequently  went  off  with  a  swelling 
of  the  hands  and  feet.  I  saw  one  instance  in  a 
gentlewoman,  in  whom  this  swelling  was  absent, 
who  complained  of  very  acute  pains  in  her  limbs, 
resembling  those  of  the  rheumatism. 

In  two  cases  which  terminated  fatally,  there  were 
large  abscesses ;  the  one  on  the  outside,  and  the 
other  on  the  inside  of  the  throat.  The  first  of 
these  cases  was  accompanied  by  troublesome  sores 


SCARLATINA    ANGINOSA.  141 

on  the  ends  of  the  fingers.  One  of  these  patients 
lived  twenty-eight,  and  the  other  above  thirty  days, 
and  both  appeared  to  die  from  the  discharge  which 
followed  the  opening  of  their  abscesses. 

Between  the  degrees  of  the  disease  which  I  have 
described,  there  were  many  intermediate  degrees 
of  indisposition  which  belonged  to  this  disease. 

I  saw  in  several  cases  a  discharge  from  behind 
the  ears,  and  from  the  nose,  with  a  slight  eruption, 
and  no  sore  throat.  All  these  patients  were  able 
to  sit  up,  and  walk  about. 

I  saw  one  instance  of  a  discharge  from  the  inside 
of  one  of  the  ears  in  a  child,  who  had  ulcers  in 
his  throat,  and  the  squeaking  voice. 

In  some,  a  pain  in  the  jaw,  with  swellings  be- 
hind the  ears,  and  a  slight  fever,  constituted  the 
whole  of  the  disease. 

In  one  case,  the  disease  came  on  with  a  coma, 
and  in  several  patients  it  went  off  with  this  symp- 
tom. 

A  few  instances  occurred  of  adults,  who  walked 
about,  and  even  transacted  business,  until  a  few 
hours  before  they  died. 


142  ACCOUNT    OF    THE 

The  intermitting  fever,  which  made  its  appear- 
ance in  August,  was  not  lost  during  the  month  of 
September.  It  continued  to  prevail,  but  with  se- 
veral peculiar  symptoms.  In  many  persons  it  was 
accompanied  by  an  eruption  on  the  skin,  and  a 
swelling  of  the  hands  and  feet.  In  some,  it  was 
attended  by  a  sore  throat  and  pains  behind  the  ears. 
Indeed,  such  was  the  predominance  of  the  scarla- 
tina anginosa,  that  many  hundred  people  complained 
of  sore  throats,  without  any  other  symptom  of  in- 
disposition. The  slightest  occasional  or  exciting 
cause,  and  particularly  cold,  seldom  failed  of  pro- 
ducing the  disease. 

The  month  of  October  was  much  cooler  than 
September,  and  the  disease  continued,  but  with  less 
alarming  symptoms.  In  several  adults,  who  were 
seized  with  it,  the  hardness  of  the  pulse  indicated 
blood-letting.  The  blood,  in  one  case,  was  co- 
vered with  a  buffy  coat,  but  beneath  its  surface  it 
was  dissolved. 

In  the  month  of  November,  the  disease  assumed 
several  inflammatory  symptoms,  and  was  attended 
with  much  less  danger  than  formerly.  I  visited 
one  patient  whose  symptoms  were  so  inflammatory 
as  to  require  two  bleedings.  During  the  decline 
of  the  disease,  many  people  complained  of  trouble- 


SCARLATINA    ANGINOSA.  143 

some  sores  on  the  ends  of  their  fingers.  A  number 
of  children  likewise  had  sore  throats  and  fevers, 
with  eruptions  on  their  skins,  which  resembled  the 
chicken-pox.  I  am  disposed  to  suspect  that  this 
eruption  was  the  effect  of  a  spice  of  the  scarlatina 
anginosa,  as  several  instances  occurred  of  patients 
who  had  all  the  symptoms  of  this  disease,  in  whom 
an  eruption  of  white  blisters  succeeded  their  re- 
covery. This  form  of  the  disease  has  been  called 
by  Sauvage,  the  scarlatina  variolosa. 

I  saw  one  case  of  sore  throat,  which  was  suc- 
ceeded not  only  by  swellings  in  the  abdomen  and 
limbs,  but  by  a  catarrh,  which  brought  on  a  fatal 
consumption. 

A  considerable  shock  of  an  earthquake  was  felt 
on  the  29th  of  this  month,  at  ten  o'clock  at  night, 
in  the  city  of  Philadelphia ;  but  no  change  was 
perceived  in  the  disease,  in  consequence  of  it. 

In  December,  January,  and  February,  the  wea- 
ther was  intensely  cold.  There  was  a  thaw  for  a 
few  days  in  January,  which  broke  the  ice  of  the 
Delaware,  but  it  was  followed  by  cold  so  excessive, 
as  to  close  the  river  till  the  beginning  of  March. 
The  mercury,  on  the  28th  and  29th  of  February, 
stood  below  0  in  Fahrenheit's  thermometer. 


144  ACCOUNT    OF     THE 

For  a  few  weeks  in  the  beginning  of  December, 
the  disease  disappeared  in  the  circle  of  my  patients, 
but  it  broke  out  with  great  violence  the  latter  end 
of  that  month,  and  in  the  January  following. 
Some  of  the  worst  cases  that  I  met  with  (three  of 
which  proved  fatal)  were  in  those  two  months. 

The  disease  disappeared  in  the  spring,  but  it 
spread  afterwards  through  the  neighbouring  states 
of  New-Jersey,  Delaware,  and  Maryland. 

I  shall  now  add  an  account  of  the  remedies 
which  I  administered  in  this  disease. 

In  every  case  that  I  was  called  to,  I  began  the 
cure  by  giving  a  vomit  joined  with  calomel.  The 
vomit  was  either  tartar  emetic  or  ipecacuanha,  ac- 
cording to  the  prejudices,  habits,  or  constitutions 
of  my  patients.  A  quantity  of  bile  was  generally 
discharged  by  this  medicine.  Besides  evacuating 
the  contents  of  the  stomach,  it  cleansed  the  throat 
in  its  passage  downwards.  To  ensure  this  effect 
from  the  calomel,  I  always  directed  it  to  be  given 
mixed  with  syrup  or  sugar  and  water,  so  as  to 
diffuse  it  generally  over  every  part  of  the  throat. 
The  calomel  seldom  failed  to  produce  two  or 
three  stools.  In  several  cases  I  was  obliged,  by 
the  continuance  of  nausea,  to  repeat  the  emetics, 


SCARLATINA    ANGINOSA.  145 

and  always  with  immediate  and  obvious  advantage. 
I  gave  the  calomel  in  moderate  doses  in  every 
stage  of  the  disease.  To  restrain  its  purgative  ef- 
fects, when  necessary,  I  added  to  it  a  small  quan- 
tity of  opium. 

During  the  whole  course  of  the  disease,  where 
the  calomel  failed  of  opening  the  bowels,  I  gave 
lenient  purges,  when  a  disposition  to  costiveness 
required  them. 

The  throat  was  kept  clean  by  detergent  gargles. 
In  several  instances  I  saw  evident  advantages  from 
adding  a  few  grains  of  calomel  to  them.  In  cases 
of  great  difficulty  of  swallowing  or  breathing,  the 
patients  found  relief  from  receiving  the  steams  of 
warm  water  mixed  with  a  little  vinegar,  through  a 
funnel  into  the  throat. 

A  perspiration  kept  up  by  gentle  doses  of  anti- 
monials,  and  diluting  drinks,  impregnated  with 
wine,  always  gave  relief. 

In  every  case  which  did  not  yield  to  the  above 
remedies  on  the  third  day,  I  applied  a  blister  be- 
hind each  ear,  or  one  to  the  neck,  and,  I  think, 
always  with  good  effects. 

VOL.  i.  x 


146  ACCOUNT    OF    THE,    &X. 

I  met  with  no  cases  in  which  the  bark  appeared 

to  be  indicated,   except  the  three  in  which  the 

disease  proved  fatal.      Where  the  sore  throat  was 

blended  with  the  intermitting  fever,  the  bark  was 

given  with  advantage.     But  in  common  cases  it 
was  unnecessary.     Subsequent  observations  have 

led  me  to  believe,  with  Doctor  Withering,  that 

it  is  sometimes  hurtful  in  this  disease. 

It  proved  fatal  in  many  parts  of  the  country., 
upon  its  first  appearance  ;  but  wherever  the  mode 
of  treatment  here  delivered  was  adopted,  its  morta- 
lity was  soon  checked.  The  calomel  was  used 
very  generally  in  New-Jersey  and  New- York.  In 
the  Delaware  state,  a  physician  of  character  made 
it  a  practice  not  only  to  give  calomel,  but  to  anoint 
the  outside  of  the  throat  with  mercurial  ointment, 


ADDITIONAL  OBSERVATIONS 


UPON    THB 


Scarlatina  Anginosa. 


s 


THIS  disease  has  prevailed  in  Philadelphia, 
at  different  seasons,  ever  since  the  year  1783.  It 
has  blended  itself  occasionally  with  all  our  epide- 
mics. Many  cases  have  come  under  my  notice 
since  its  first  appearance,  in  which  dropsical  swell- 
ings have  succeeded  the  fever.  In  some  instances 
there  appeared  to  be  effusions  of  water  not  only  in 
the  limbs  and  abdomen,  but  in  the  thorax.  They 
yielded,  in  every  case  that  I  attended,  to  purges  of 
calomel  and  jalap.  Where  these  swellings  were 
neglected,  they  sometimes  proved  fatal. 

In  the  winter  of  1786-7,  the  scarlatina  anginosa 
was  blended  with  the  cynanche  parotidea,  and  in 
one  instance  with  a  typhus  mitior.     The  last  was 


148  ADDITIONAL    OBSERVATIONS 

in  a  young  girl  of  nine  years  of  age.  She  was 
seized  with  a  vomiting  of  bile  and  an  efflorescence 
on  her  breast,  but  discovered  no  other  symptoms 
of  the  scarlatina  anginosa  till  the  sixteenth  day  of 
her  fever,  when  a  swelling  appeared  on  the  outside 
of  her  throat,  and  after  her  recovery,  a  pain  and 
swelling  in  one  of  her  knees. 

In  the  month  of  July,  1787,  a  number  of  peo- 
ple were  affected  by  sudden  swellings  of  their  lips 
and  eyelids.  These  swellings  generally  came  on 
in  the  night,  were  attended  with  little  or  no  pain, 
and  went  off  in  two  or  three  days.  I  met  with 
only  one  case  in  which  there  was  a  different  issue 
to  these  symptoms.  It  was  in  a  patient  in  the 
Pennsylvania  hospital,  in  whom  a  swelling  in  the 
,  lips  ended  in  a  suppuration,  which,  notwithstand- 
ing the  liberal  use  of  bark  and  wine,  proved  fatal 
in  the  course  of  twelve  days. 

In  the  months  of  June  and  July,  1788,  a  num- 
ber of  people  were  affected  by  sudden  swellings, 
not  only  of  the  lips,  but  of  the  cheeks  and  throat. 
At  the  same  time  many  persons  were  affected  by 
an  inflammation  of  the  eyes.  The  swellings  were 
attended  with  more  pain  than  they  were  the  year 
before,  and  some  of  them  required  one  or  two 


UPON    THE    SCARLATINA    ANGINOSA.     149 

purges  to  remove  them  ;  but  in  general  they  went 
without  medicine,  in  two  or  three  days. 

Is  it  proper  to  refer  these  complaints  to  the 
same  cause  which  produces  the  scarlatina  an- 
ginosa  ? 

The  prevalence  of  the  scarlatina  anginosa  at 
the  same  time  in  this  city ;  its  disposition  to  pro- 
duce swellings  in  different  parts  of  the  body  ;  and 
the  analogy  of  the  intermitting  fever,  which  often 
conceals  itself  under  symptoms  that  are  foreign 
to  its  usual  type ;  all  seem  to  render  this  con- 
jecture probable.  In  one  of  the  cases  of  an  in- 
flammation of  the  eye,  which  came  under  my 
notice,  the  patient  was  affected  by  a  vomiting  a 
few  hours  before  the  inflammation  appeared,  and 
complained  of  a  sickness  at  his  stomach  for  two 
or  three  days  afterwards.  Now  a  vomiting  and 
nausea  appear  to  be  veiy  generally  symptoms  of 
the  scarlatina  anginosa. 

In  the  autumn  of  1788,  the  scarlatina  anginosa 
appeared  with  different  degrees  of  violence  in 
many  parts  of  the  city.  In  two  instances  it  ap- 
peared with  an  obstinate  diarrhoea ;  but  it  was  in 
young  subjects,  and  not  in  adults,  as  described  by 
Doctor  Withering.     In   both  cases,   the  disease 


150  ADDITIONAL    OBSERVATIONS 

proved  fatal ;  the  one  on  the  third,  the  other  on 
the  fifth  day. 

In  the  month  of  December  of  the  same  year, 
I  saw  one  case  in  which  a  running  from  one  of 
the  ears,  and  a  deafness  came  on,  on  the  fifth 
day,  immediately  after  the  discharge  of  mucus  from 
the  nose  had  ceased.  This  case  terminated  fa- 
vourably on  the  ninth  day,  but  was  succeeded, 
for  several  days  afterwards,  by  a  troublesome 
cough. 

I  shall  conclude  this  essay  by  the  following 
remarks : 

1.  Camphor  has  often  been  suspended  in  a 
bag  from  the  neck,  as  a  preservative  against  this 
disease.  Repeated  observations  have  taught  me, 
that  it  possesses  little  or  no  efficacy  for  this  pur- 
pose. I  have  had  reason  to  entertain  a  more  fa- 
vourable opinion  of  the  benefit  of  washing  the 
hands  and  face  with  vinegar,  and  of  rinsing  the 
mouth  and  throat  with  vinegar  and  water  every 
morning,  as  means  of  preventing  this  disease. 

2.  Whenever  I  have  been  called  to  a  patient 
where  the  scarlatina  appeared  to  be  in  a.  forming 
state,  a   vomit  of  ipecacuanha  or  tartar  emetic, 


UPON     THE     SCARLATINA    ANGINOSA.      151 

mixed  with  a  few  grains  of  calomel,  has  never 
failed  of  completely  checking  the  disease,  or  of  so 
far  mitigating  its  violence,  as  to  dispose  it  to  a 
favourable  issue  in  a  few  davs  ;  and  if  these  obser- 
vations  should  serve  no  other  purpose  than  to 
awaken  the  early  attention  of  patients  and  physi- 
cians to  this  speedy  and  effectual  remedy,  they  will 
not  have  been  recorded  in  vain. 

3.  When  the  matter  which  produces  this  dis- 
ease has  been  received  into  the  body,  a  purge  has 
prevented  its  being  excited  into  action,  or  rendered 
it  mild,  throughout  a  whole  family.  For  this 
practice  I  am  indebted  to  some  observations  on  the 
scarlatina,  published  by  Dr.  Sims  in  the  first  vo- 
lume of  the  Medical  Memoirs. 

4.  During  the  prevalence  of  the  inflammatory 
constitution  of  the  atmosphere,  between  the  years 
1793  and  1800,  this  disease  occurred  occasionally 
in  Philadelphia,  and  yielded,  like  the  other  epide- 
mics of  those  years,  to  copious  blood-letting,  and 
other  depleting  remedies. 


AN  INQUIRY 


INTO 


THE   CAUSE   AND   CURE 


OF 


THE  CHOLERA  INFANTUM. 


VOL.   I.  U 


AN  INQUIRY 


INTO 


THE    CAUSE   AND    CURE 


OF 


THE  CHOLERA  INFANTUM. 


BY  this  name  I  mean  to  designate  a  dis- 
ease, called,  in  Philadelphia,  the  "  vomiting  and 
purging  of  children."  From  the  regularity  of  its 
appearance  in  the  summer  months,  it  is  likewise 
known  by  the  name  of  "  the  disease  of  the  season." 
It  prevails  in  most  of  the  large  towns  of  the  United 
States.  It  is  distinguished  in  Charleston,  in  South 
Carolina,  by  the  name  of  "  the  April  and  May 
disease,"  from  making  its  first  appearance  in 
those  two  months.  It  seldom  appears  in  Phila- 
delphia till  the  middle  of  June,  or  the  beginning  of 
July,  and  generally  continues  till  near  the  middle 


156  THE    CAUSE    AND    CURE    OF 

of  September.  Its  frequency  and  danger  are  al- 
ways in  proportion  to  the  heat  of  the  weather.  It 
affects  children  from  the  first  or  second  week  after 
their  birth,  till  they  are  two  years  old.  It  some- 
times begins  with  a  diarrhoea,  which  continues  for 
several  days  without  any  other  symptom  of  indis- 
position ;  but  it  more  frequently  comes  on  with  a 
violent  vomiting  and  purging,  and  a  high  fever. 
The  matter  discharged  from  the  stomach  and  bowels 
is  generally  yellow  or  green,  but  the  stools  are 
sometimes  slimy  and  bloody,  without  any  tincture 
of  bile.  In  some  instances  they  are  nearly  as  lim- 
pid as  water.  Worms  are  frequently  discharged 
in  each  kind  of  the  stools  that  has  been  described. 
The  children,  in  this  stage  of  the  disease,  appear  to 
suffer  a  good  deal  of  pain.  They  draw  up  their 
feet,  and  are  never  easy  in  one  posture.  The 
pulse  is  quick  and  weak.  The  head  is  unusually 
warm,  while  the  extremities  retain  their  natural 
heat,  or  incline  to  be  cold.  The  fever  is  of  the 
remitting  kind,  and  discovers  evident  exacerba- 
tions, especially  in  the  evenings.  The  disease  af- 
fects the  head  so  much,  as  in  some  instances  to 
produce  symptoms  not  only  of  delirium,  but  of 
mania,  insomuch  that  the  children  throw  their 
heads  backwards  and  forwards,  and  sometimes 
make  attempts  to  scratch,  and  to  bite  their  parents, 
nurses,  and  even  themselves.      A  swelling  fre- 


THE    CHOLERA    INFANTUM.  157 

quently  occurs  in  the  abdomen,  and  in  the  face  and 
limbs.  An  intense  thirst  attends  every  stage  of 
the  disease.  The  eyes  appear  languid  and  hollow, 
and  the  children  generally  sleep  with  them  half 
closed.  Such  is  the  insensibility  of  the  system  in 
some  instances  in  this  disease,  that  flies  have  been 
seen  to  alight  upon  the  eyes  when  open,  without 
exciting  a  motion  in  the  eyelids  to  remove  them. 
Sometimes  the  vomiting  continues  without  the 
purging,  but  more  generally  the  purging  continues 
without  the  vomiting,  through  the  whole  course  of 
the  disease.  The  stools  are  frequently  large,  and 
extremely  foetid,  but  in  some  instances  they  are 
without  smell,  and  resemble  drinks  and  aliment 
which  have  been  taken  into  the  body.  The  disease 
is  sometimes  fatal  in  a  few  days.  I  once  saw  it 
carry  off  a  child  in  four  and  twenty  hours.  Its 
duration  is  varied  by  the  season  of  the  year,  and 
by  the  changes  in  the  temperature  of  the  weather. 
A  cool  day  frequently  abates  its  violence,  and  dis- 
poses it  to  a  favourable  termination.  It  often  con- 
tinues, with  occasional  variations  in  its  appearance, 
for  six  weeks  or  two  months.  Where  the  disease 
has  been  of  long  continuance,  the  approach  of 
death  is  gradual,  and  attended  by  a  number  of  dis- 
tressing symptoms.  An  emaciation  of  the  body 
to  such  a  degree,  as  that  the  bones  come  through 
the  skin,  livid  spots,  a  singultus,  convulsions,  a 


158       THE  CAUSE  AND  CURE  OF 

strongly  marked  hippocratic  countenance,  and  a 
sore  mouth,  generally  precede  the  fatal  termination 
of  this  disease.  Few  children  ever  recover,  after 
the  last  symptoms  which  have  been  mentioned 
make  their  appearance. 

This  disease  has  been  ascribed  to  several  causes  ; 
of  each  of  which  I  shall  take  notice  in  order. 

I.  It  has  been  attributed  to  dentition.  To  refute 
this  opinion,  it  will  be  necessary  to  observe,  that 
it  appears  only  in  one  season  of  the  year.  Den- 
tition, I  acknowledge,  sometimes  aggravates  it; 
hence  we  find  it  is  most  severe  in  that  period  of 
life,  when  the  greatest  number  of  teeth  make  their 
appearance,  which  is  generally  about  the  10th 
month.  I  think  I  have  observed  more  children  to 
die  of  this  disease  at  that  age,  than  at  any  other. 

II.  Worms  have  likewise  been  suspected  of 
being  the  cause  of  this  disease.  To  this  opinion, 
I  object  the  uncertainty  of  worms  ever  producing 
an  idiopathic  fever,  and  the  improbability  of  their 
combining  in  such  a  manner  as  to  produce  an 
annual  epidemic  disease  of  any  kind.  But  fur- 
ther, we  often  see  the  disease  in  all  its  force, 
before  that  age,  in  which  worms  usually  produce 
diseases  ;  we  likewise  often  see  it  resist  the  most 


THE    CHOLERA    INFANTUM.  159 

powerful  anthelmintic  medicines ;  and,  lastly,  it 
appears  from  dissection,  where  the  disease  has 
proved  fatal,  that  not  a  single  worm  has  been  dis- 
covered in  the  bowels.  It  is  true,  worms  are  in 
some  instances  discharged  in  this  disease,  but 
they  are  frequently  discharged  in  greater  numbers 
in  the  hydrocephalus  intemus,  and  in  the  small- 
pox, and  yet  who  will  assert  either  of  those  dis^ 
eases  to  be  produced  by  worms. 

III.  The  summer  fruits  have  been  accused  of 
producing  this  disease.  To  this  opinion  I  object, 
that  the  disease  is  but  little  known  in  country 
places,  where  children  eat  much  more  fruit  than 
in  cities.  As  far  as  I  have  observed,  I  am  dispos- 
ed to  believe,  that  the  moderate  use  of  ripe  fruits, 
rather  tends  to  prevent,  than  to  induce  the  disease. 

From  the  discharge  of  bile  which  generally 
introduces  the  disease,  from  the  remissions  and 
exacerbations  of  the  fever  which  accompanies  it, 
and  from  its  occurring  nearly  in  the  same  season 
with  the  cholera  and  remitting  fever  in  adults, 
I  am  disposed  to  consider  it  as  a  modification  of 
the  same  diseases.  Its  appearance  earlier  in  the 
season  than  the  cholera  and  remitting:  fever  in 
adults,  must  be  ascribed  to  the  constitutions  of 
children  being  more  predisposed  from  weakness 


160  THE     CAUSE    AND    CURE    OF 

to  be  acted  upon,  by  the  remote  causes  which 
produce  those  diseases. 

I  shall  now  mention  the  remedies  which  are 
proper  and  useful  in  this  disease. 

I.  The  first  indication  of  cure  is  to  evacuate 
the  bile  from  the  stomach  and  bowels.  This 
should  be  done  by  gentle  doses  of  ipecacuanha,  or 
tartar  emetic.  The  vomits  should  be  repeated 
occasionally,  if  indicated,  in  every  stage  of  the 
disease.  The  bowels  should  be  opened  by  means 
of  calomel,  manna,  castor  oil,  or  magnesia.  I  have 
generally  found  rhubarb  improper  for  this  purpose, 
while  the  stomach  was  in  a  very  irritable  state. 
In  those  cases,  where  there  is  reason  to  believe 
that  the  offending  contents  of  the  primae  viae 
have  been  discharged  by  nature  (which  is  often 
the  case),  the  emetics  and  purges  should  by  no 
means  be  given ;  but,  instead  of  them,  recourse 
must  be  had  to 

II.  Opiates.  A  few  drops  of  liquid  laudanum, 
combined  in  a  testaceous  julep,  with  peppermint 
or  cinnamon- water,  seldom  fail  of  composing  the 
stomach  and  bowels.  In  some  instances,  this  me- 
dicine alone  subdues  the  disease  in  two  or  three 
days ;  but  where  it  does  not  prove  so  successful, 


THE    CHOLERA    INFANTUM.  161 

it  produces  a  remission  of  pain,  and  of  other  dis- 
tressing symptoms,  in  every  stage  of  the  disease. 

III.  Demulcent  and  diluting  drinks  have  an 
agreeable  effect  in  this  disease.  Mint  and  mallow 
teas,  or  a  tea  made  of  blackberry  roots  infused 
in  cold  water,  together  with  a  decoction  of  the 
shavings  of  hartshorn  and  gum  arabic  with  cinna- 
mon, should  all  be  given  in  their  turns  for  this 
purpose. 

IV.  Glysters  made  of  flaxseed  tea,  or  of  mut- 
ton broth,  or  of  starch  dissolved  in  water,  with 
a  few  drops  of  liquid  laudanum  in  them,  give  ease, 
and  produce  other  useful  effects. 

V.  Plasters  of  Venice  treacle  applied  to  the  re- 
gion of  the  stomach,  and  flannels  dipped  in  infu- 
sions of  bitter  and  aromatic  herbs  in  warm  spirits, 
or  Madeira  wine,  and  applied  to  the  region  of  the 
abdomen,  often  afford  considerable  relief. 

VI.  As  soon  as  the  more  violent  symptoms  of 
the  disease  are  composed,  tonic  and  cordial  medi- 
cines should  be  given.  The  bark  in  decoction, 
or  in  substance  (where  it  can  be  retained  in  that 
form),  mixed  with  a  little  nutmeg,  often  produces 
the  most  salutary  effects.      Port  wine  or  claret 

vol.  r,  x 


162  THE    CAUSE    AND    CURE    Of 

mixed  with  water  are  likewise  proper  in  this  stage 
of  the  disease.  After  the  disease  has  continued 
for  some  time,  we  often  see  an  appetite  suddenly 
awakened  for  articles  of  diet  of  a  stimulating  na- 
ture. I  have  seen  many  children  recover  from 
being  gratified  in  an  inclination  to  eat  salted  fish, 
and  the  different  kinds  of  salted  meat.  In  some  in- 
stances they  discover  an  appetite  for  butter,  and 
the  richest  gravies  of  roasted  meats,  and  eat  them 
with  obvious  relief  to  all  their  symptoms.  I  once 
saw  a  child  of  sixteen  months  old,  perfectly  re- 
stored, from  the  lowest  stage  of  this  disease,  by 
eating  large  quantities  of  rancid  English  cheese, 
and  drinking  two  or  three  glasses  of  port  wine 
every  day.  She  would  in  no  instance  eat  bread 
with  the  cheese,  nor  taste  the  wine,  if  it  was  mix- 
ed with  water. 

We  sometimes  see  relief  given  by  the  use  of 
the  warm  bath,  in  cases  of  obstinate  pain.  The 
bath  is  more  effectual,  if  warm  wine  is  used,  in- 
stead of  water. 

I  have  had  but  few  opportunities  of  trying  the 
effects  of  cold  water  applied  to  the  body  in  this 
disease ;  but  from  the  benefit  which  attended  its 
use  in  the  cases  in  which  it  was  prescribed,  I  am 
4isposed  to  believe  that  it  would  do  great  service, 


THE    CHOLERA    INFANTUM.  163 

could  we  overcome  the  prejudices  which  subsist  in 
the  minds  of  parents  against  it. 

After  all  that  has  been  said  in  favour  of  the 
remedies  that  have  been  mentioned,  I  am  sorry  to 
add,  that  I  have  very  often  seen  them  all  admini- 
stered without  effect.  My  principal  dependence, 
therefore,  for  many  years,  has  been  placed  upon 

VII.  Country  air.  Out  of  many  hundred  chil- 
dren whom  I  have  sent  into  the  country,  in  every 
stage  of  this  disease,  I  have  lost  but  three ;  two 
of  whom  were  sent,  contrary  to  my  advice,  into 
that  unhealthy  part  of  the  neighbourhood  of  Phi- 
ladelphia called  the  Neck,  which  lies  between  the 
city  and  the  conflux  of  the  rivers  Delaware  and 
Schuylkill.  I  have  seen  one  cure  performed  by 
this  remedy,  after  convulsions  had  taken  place. 
To  derive  the  utmost  benefit  from  the  country  aii% 
children  should  be  carried  out  on  horseback,  or  in 
a  carriage,  every  day  ;  and  they  should  be  exposed 
to  the  open  air  as  much  as  possible  in  fair  weather, 
in  the  day  time.  Where  the  convenience  of  the 
constant  benefit  of  country  air  cannot  be  obtained, 
I  have  seen  evident  advantages  from  taking  chil- 
dren out  of  the  city  once  or  twice  a  day.  It  is 
extremely  agreeable  to  see  the  little  sufferers  revive 


164  THE    CAUSE    AND    CURE    OF 

as  soon  as  they  escape  from  the  city  air,  and  in- 
spire the  pure  air  of  the  country. 

I  shall  conclude  this  inquiry,  by  recommending 
the  following  methods  of  preventing  this  disease, 
all  of  which  have  been  found  by  experience  to  be 
useful. 

1.  The  daily  use  of  the  cold  bath. 

2.  A  faithful  and  attentive  accommodation  of 
the  dresses  of  children,  to  the  state  and  changes  of 
the  air. 

3.  A  moderate  quantity  of  salted  meat  taken 
occasionally  in  those  months  in  which  this  disease 
usually  prevails.  It  is  perhaps  in  part  from  the 
daily  use  of  salted  meat  in  diet,  that  the  children 
of  country  people  escape  this  disease. 

4.  The  use  of  sound  old  wine  in  the  summer 
months.  From  a  tea- spoon- full,  to  half  a  wine 
glass  full,  according  to  the  age  of  the  child,  may 
be  given  every  day.  It  is  remarkable,  that  the 
children  of  persons  in  easy  circumstances,  wTho  sip 
occasionally  with  their  parents  the  remains  of  a 
glass  of  wine  after  dinner,  are  much  less  subject  to 


THE    CHOLERA    INFANTUM.  165 

this  disease,  than  the  children  of  poor  people,  who 
are  without  the  benefit  of  that  article  of  diet. 

5.  Cleanliness,  both  with  respect  to  the  skin 
and  clothing  of  children.  Perhaps  the  neglect  of 
this  direction  may  be  another  reason  why  the  chil- 
dren of  the  poor,  are  most  subject  to  this  disease. 

6.  The  removal  of  children  into  the  country 
before  the  approach  of  warm  weather.  This  ad- 
vice is  peculiarly  necessary  during  the  whole  pe- 
riod of  dentition.  I  have  never  known  but  one 
instance  of  a  child  being  affected  by  this  disscee, 
who  had  been  carried  into  the  country  in  order  to 
avoid  it. 

I  have  only  to  add  to  the  above  observations, 
that  since  the  prevalence  of  the  yellow  fever  in 
Philadelphia  after  the  year  1793,  the  cholera  infan- 
tum has  assumed  symptoms  of  such  malignity,  as  to 
require  bleeding  to  cure  it.  In  some  cases,  two 
and  three  bleedings  were  necessary  for  that  purpose. 


OBSERVATIONS 


ON  THE 


CYNANCHE   TRACHEALIS. 


OBSERVATIONS 


ON    THE 


CYNANCHE   TRACHEALIS. 


THE  vulgar  name  of  this  disease  in  Penn- 
sylvania is  hives.  It  is  a  corruption  of  the  word 
heaves,  which  took  its  rise  from  the  manner  in 
which  the  lungs  heave  in  breathing.  The  worst 
degree  of  the  disease  is  called  the  bowel  hives, 
from  the  great  motion  of  the  abdominal  muscles  in 
respiration. 

It  has  been  called  suffocatio  stridula  by  Dr. 
Home,  and  cynanche  trachealis  by  Dr.  Cullen. 
Professor  Frank  calls  it  trachitis,  and  Dr.  Darwin 
considers  it  as  a  pleurisy  of  the  windpipe.  By  the 
two  latter  names,  the  authors  mean  to  convey  the 
correct  idea,  that  the  disease  is  the  same  in  its  na- 
ture with  the  common  diseases  of  other  internal 
parts  of  the  body. 

vox.  I.  Y 


170  OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE 

It  is  brought  on  by  the  same  causes  which  in- 
duce fever,  particularly  by  cold.  I  have  seen  it 
accompany,  as  well  as  succeed,  the  small-pox, 
measles,  scarlet T fever,  and  apthous  sore  throat.  In 
the  late  Dr.  Foulke  it  succeeded  acute  rheuma- 
tism. The  late  Dr.  Say  re  informed  me,  he  had 
seen  it  occur  in  a  case  of  yellow  fever,  in  the  year 
1798, 

It  sometimes  comes  on  suddenly,  but  it  more 
frequently  creeps  on  in  the  form  of  a  common  cold. 
Its  symptoms  are  sometimes  constant,  but  they 
more  generally  remit,  particularly  during  the  day. 
It  attacks  children  of  all  ages,  from  three  months 
to  five  years  old.  But  it  occasionally  attacks  adults. 
It  generally  runs  its  course  in  three  or  four  days, 
but  we  now  and  then  see  it  protracted  in  a  chro- 
nic and  feeble  form,  for  eight  and  ten  days. 

Dissections  show  the  following  appearances  in 
the  trachea.  1.  A  slight  degree  of  inflammation. 
2.  A  thick  matter  resembling  mucus.  3.  A  mem- 
brane similar  to  that  which  succeeds  inflammation 
in  the  pleura  and  bowels,  formed  from  the  coagu- 
lating lymph  of  the  blood.  4.  In  some  cases  the 
trachea  exhibits  no  marks  of  disease  of  any  kind. 
These  cases  are  generally  violent,  and  terminate 
suddenly.    The  morbid  excitement  here  transcends 


CYNANCHE    TRACHEALZS.  171 

inflammation.  Similar  instances  of  the  absence  of 
the  common  signs  of  disease  after  death,  occur  in 
other  parts  of  the  body.  Where  the  cynanche  tra- 
chealis  has  appeared  in  the  high  grade  which  has 
been  last  mentioned,  it  has  been  called  spasmodic. 
Where  the  serous  vessels  of  the  trachea  have  been 
tinged  with  red  blood,  it  has  been  considered  as 
inflammatory.  Where  a  liquid  matter  has  been 
found  in  the  trachea,  it  has  been  called  humoral ; 
and  where  a  membrane  has  been  seen  adhering  to 
the  trachea,  it  has  received  from  Dr.  Michaelis  the 
name  of  angina  polyposa.  But  all  these  different 
issues  of  the  cynanche  trachealis  are  the  effects  of 
a  difference  only  in  its  force,  or  in  its  duration  : 
they  all  depend  upon  one  remote,  and  one  proxi- 
mate cause. 

In  the  forming  state  of  this  disease,  which  may 
be  easily  known  by  a  hoarseness,  and  a  slight  de- 
gree of  stertorous  cough,  a  puke  of  antimonial 
wine,  tartar  emetic,  ipecacuanha,  or  oxymel  of 
squills,  is  for  the  most  part  an  immediate  cure. 
To  be  effectual,  it  should  operate  four  or  five 
limes.  Happily  children  are  seldom  injured  by  a 
little  excess  in  the  operation  of  this  class  of  medi- 
cines. I  have  prevented  the  formation  of  this  dis- 
ease many  hundred  times,  and  frequently  in  my 
own  family,  by  means  of  this  remedy. 


172  OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE 

After  the  disease  is  completely  formed,  and  ap* 
pears  with  the  usual  symptoms  described  by  au- 
thors, the  remedies  should  be 

1.  Blood-letting.  The  late  Dr.  Bailie  of  New- 
York  used  to  bleed  until  fainting  was  induced.  His 
practice  has  been  followed  by  Dr.  Dick  of  Alex- 
andria, and  with  great  success.  I  have  generally 
preferred  small,  but  frequent,  to  copious  bleedings. 
I  once  drew  twelve  ounces  of  blood,  at  four  bleed- 
ings, in  one  day,  from  a  son  of  Mr.  John  Carrol, 
then  in  the  fourth  year  of  his  age.  Dr.  Physick 
bled  a  child,  of  but  three  months  old,  three  times 
in  one  day.  Life  was  saved  in  both  these  cases. 
Powerful  as  the  lancet  is,  in  this  disease,  its  vio- 
lence and  danger  require  that  it  should  be  aided  by 

2.  Vomits.  These  should  be  given  every  day, 
or  oftener,  during  the  continuance  of  the  disease. 
Their  good  effects  are  much  more  obvious  and 
certain  in  a  disease  of  the  trachea,  than  of  the 
lungs,  and  hence  their  greater  utility,  as  I  shall  say 
hereafter,  in  a  consumption  from  a  catarrh,  than 
from  any  other  of  its  causes. 

3.  Purges.  These  should  consist  of  calomel 
and  jalap,    or  rhubarb,  and  should  always  follow 


CYNANCHE    TRACH£AJ,I$.  173 

the  use  of  emetics,  if  they  fail  of  opening  the 
bowels. 

4.  Calomel  should  likewise  be  given  in  large 
doses.  Dr.  Physick  gave  half  a  drachm  of  this 
medicine,  in  one  day,  to  the  infant  whose  ease  has 
been  mentioned.  I  have  never  known  it  excite 
a  salivation  when  given  to  children  whose  ages 
rendered  them  subjects  of  it,  probably  because  it 
has  been  given  in  such  large  quantities  as  to  pass 
rapidly  through  the  bowels.  Its  good  effects  seem 
to  depend  upon  its  exciting  a  counter-action  in  the 
whole  intestinal  canal,  and  thereby  lessening  the 
disposition  of  the  tracheal  blood-vessels  to  dis- 
charge the  mucus,  or  form  the  membrane,  which 
have  been  described. 

5.  Blisters  should  be  applied  to  the  throat, 
breast,  neck,  and  even  to  the  limbs. 

6.  Dr.  Archer  of  Maryland  commends,  in  high 
terms,  the  use  of  polygola,  or  Seneka  snake-root, 
in  this  disease.  I  can  say  nothing  in  favour  of  its 
exclusive  use,  from  my  own  experience,  having 
never  given  it,  but  as  an  auxiliary  to  other  remedies. 

7.  I  have  seen  great  relief  given  by  the  use  of 
the  warm  bath,  especially  when  it  has  been  follow- 
ed by  a  gentle  perspiration. 


174  OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE 

8.  Towards  the  close  of  the  disease,  after  the 
symptoms  of  great  morbid  action  begin  to  decline, 
a  few  drops  of  liquid  laudanum,  by  quieting  the 
cough  which  generally  succeeds  it,  often  produce 
the  most  salutary  effects.  They  should  be  given 
in  flaxseed,  or  bran,  or  onion  tea,  of  which  drinks 
the  patient  should  drink  freely  in  every  stage  of  the 
disease. 

The  cynanche  trachealis  is  attended  with  most 
danger,  when  the  patient  labours  under  a  constant 
and  audible  stertorous  breathing.  The  danger  is 
less,  when  a  dry  stertorous  cough  attends,  with 
easy  respiration  in  its  intervals.  The  danger  is 
is  nearly  over,  when  the  cough,  though  stertorous, 
is  loose,  and  accompanied  with  a  discharge  of  mu- 
cus from  the  trachea. 

An  eruption  of  little  red  blotches,  which  fre- 
quently appears  and  disappears  two  or  three  times 
in  the  course  of  this  disease,  is  always  a  favourable 
Symptom. 

I  once  attended  a  man  from  Virginia,  of  the 
name  of  Bampfield,  who,  after  an  attack  of  this 
disease,  was  much  distressed  with  the  stertorous 
breathing  and  cough  which  belong  to  it.  I  sus- 
pected both  to  arise  from  a  membrane  formed  by 


CYNANCHE    TRACHEALIS.  175 

inflammation  in  his  trachea.  This  membrane  I 
supposed  to  be  in  part  detached  from  the  trachea, 
from  the  rattling  noise  which  attended  his  breath- 
ing. He  had  used  many  remedies  for  it  to  no 
purpose.  I  advised  a  salivation,  which  in  less  than 
three  weeks  perfectly  cured  him. 

Since  the  general  adoption  of  the  remedies 
which  have  been  enumerated,  for  the  cynanche  tra- 
chealis,  instances  of  its  mortality  have  become  very 
uncommon  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia. 


AN  ACCOUNT 


OF    THE    EFFICACY    OF 


BLISTERS   AND    BLEEDING, 


IN   THE    CURE    OF    OBSTINATE 


Intermitting  Fevers 


VOL.   I.  7, 


AN  ACCOUNT,  &a 


THE  efficacy  of  these  remedies  will  proba- 
bly be  disputed  by  every  regular-bred  physician, 
who  has  not  been  a  witness  of  their  utility  in  the 
above  disease ;  but  it  becomes  such  physicians, 
before  they  decide  upon  this  subject,  to  remember, 
that  many  things  are  true  in  medicine,  as  well  as 
in  other  branches  of  philosophy,  which  are  very 
improbable. 

In  all  those  cases  of  autumnal  intermittents,  whe- 
ther quotidian,  tertian,  or  quartan,  in  which  the 
bark  did  not  succeed  after  three  or  four  days  trial, 
I  have  seldom  found  it  fail  after  the  application  of 
blisters  to  the  wrists. 

But  in  those  cases  where  blisters  had  been  ne- 
glected, or  applied  without  effect,  and  where  the 


180    OF    THE    EFFECTS    OF    BLISTERS,    &C. 

disease  had  been  protracted  into  the  winter  months, 
I  have  generally  cured  it  by  means  of  one  or  two 
moderate  bleedings. 

The  pulse  in  those  cases  is  generally  full,  and 
sometimes  a  little  hard,  and  the  blood  when  drawn 
for  the  most  part  appears  sizy. 

The  bark  is  seldom  necessary  to  prevent  the 
return  of  the  disease.  It  is  always  ineffectual, 
where  blood-letting  is  indicated.  I  have  known 
several  instances  where  pounds  of  that  medicine 
have  been  taken  without  effect,  in  which  the  loss 
of  ten  or  twelve  ounces  of  blood  has  immediately 
cured  the  disease. 

I  once  intended  to  have  added  to  this  account 
of  the  efficacy  of  blisters  and  bleeding  in  curing 
obstinate  intermittents,  testimonies  from  a  number 
of  medical  gentlemen,  of  the  success  with  which 
they  have  used  them ;  but  these  vouchers  have 
become  so  numerous,  that  they  would  swell  this 
essay  far  beyond  the  limits  I  wish  to  prescribe  to  it. 


AN  ACCOUNT 


OF 


THE  DISEASE  OCCASIONED 


BY 


DRINKING  COLD   WATER 


IN  WARM  WEATHER, 


AND    THE    METHOD    OF    CURXNG    IT. 


AN  ACCOUNT,  &c. 


FEW  summers  elapse  in  Philadelphia,  in 
which  there  are  not  instances  of  many  persons  be- 
ing diseased  by  drinking  cold  water.  In  some  sea- 
sons, four  or  five  persons  have  died  suddenly  from 
this  cause,  in  one  day.  This  mortality  falls  chiefly 
upon  the  labouring  part  of  the  community,  who 
.seek  to  allay  their  thirst  by  drinking  the  water  from 
the  pumps  in  the  streets,  and  who  are  too  impatient, 
or  too  ignorant,  to  use  the  necessary  precautions 
for  preventing  its  morbid  or  deadly  effects  upon 
them.  These  accidents  seldom  happen,  except 
when  the  mercury  rises  above  85°  in  Fahrenheit's 
thermometer. 

Three  circumstances  generally  concur  to  pro- 
duce disease  or  death,  from  drinking  cold  water. 
1.  The  patient  is  extremely  warm.     2.  The  water 


184       OF  THE   DISORDER   OCCASIONED   BY 

is  extremely  cold.      And  3.  A  large  quantity  of 
it  is  suddenly  taken  into  the  body.     The  danger 
from  drinking  the  cold  water  is  always  in  propor- 
tion to  the  degrees  of  combination  which  occur  in 
the  three  circumstances  that  have  been  mentioned. 

The  following  symptoms  generally  follow,  where 
cold  water  has  been  taken,  under  the  above  cir- 
cumstances, into  the  body : 

In  a  few  minutes  after  the  patient  has  swallowed 
the  water,  he  is  affected  by  a  dimness  of  sight ;  he 
staggers  in  attempting  to  walk,  and,  unless  sup- 
ported, falls  to  the  ground ;  he  breathes  with  diffi- 
culty ;  a  rattling  is  heard  in  his  throat ;  his  nos- 
trils and  cheeks  expand  and  contract  in  every  act 
of  respiration ;  his  face  appears  suffused  with  blood, 
and  of  a  livid  colour ;  his  extremities  become  cold, 
and  his  pulse  imperceptible  ;  and,  unless  relief  be 
speedily  obtained,  the  disease  terminates  in  death, 
in  four  or  live  minutes. 

This  description  includes  only  the  less  common 
cases  of  the  effects  of  drinking  a  large  quantity  of 
cold  water,  when  the  body  is  preternaturally  heat- 
ed. More  frequently,  patients  are  seized  with 
acute  spasms  in  the  breast  and  stomach.  These 
spasms  are  so  painful  as  to  produce  syncope,  and 


DRINKING    COLD    WATER.  185 

even  asphyxia.  They  are  sometimes  of  the  tonic, 
but  more  frequently  of  the  clonic  kind.  In  the 
intervals  of  the  spasms,  the  patient  appears  to  be 
perfectly  well.  The  intervals  between  each  spasm 
become  longer  or  shorter,  according  as  the  disease 
tends  to  life  or  death. 

It  may  not  be  improper  to  take  notice,  that 
punch,  beer,  and  even  toddy,  when  drunken  under 
the  same  circumstances  as  cold  water,  have  all 
been  known  to  produce  the  same  morbid  and  fatal 
effects. 

I  know  of  but  one  certain  remedy  for  this  dis- 
ease, and  that  is  liquid  laudanum.  The  doses 
of  it,  as  in  other  cases  of  spasm,  should  be  propor- 
tioned to  the  violence  of  the  disease.  From  a  tea- 
spoonful  to  near  a  table- spoonful  have  been  given 
in  some  instances,  before  relief  has  been  obtained. 
Where  the  powers  of  life  appear  to  be  suddenly 
suspended,  the  same  remedies  should  be  used, 
which  have  been  so  successfully  employed  in  re- 
covering persons  supposed  to  be  dead  from  drown- 
ing. 

Care  should  be  taken  in  every  case  of  disease,  or 
apparent  death,  from  drinking  cold  water,  to  pre- 
vol.  i.  2  a 


186        OF   THE   DISORDER   OCCASIONED   BY 

vent  the  patient's  suffering  from  being  surrounded, 
or  even  attended  by  too  many  people. 

Persons  who  have  been  recovered  from  the  im- 
mediate danger  which  attends  this  disease,  are 
sometimes  affected  after  it,  by  inflammations  and 
obstructions  in  the  breast  or  liver.  These  gene- 
rally yield  to  the  usual  remedies  which  are  admi- 
nistered in  those  complaints,  when  they  arise  from 
other  causes. 

If  neither  the  voice  of  reason,  nor  the  fatal  ex- 
amples of  those  who  have  perished  from  this  cause, 
are  sufficient  to  produce  restraint  in  drinking  a 
large  quantity  of  cold  liquors,  when  the  body  is 
preter naturally  heated,  then  let  me  advise  to 

1.  Grasp  the  vessel  out  of  which  you  are  about 
to  drink  for  a  minute  or  longer,  with  both  your 
hands.  This  will  abstract  a  portion  of  heat  from 
the  body,  and  impart  it  at  the  same  time  to  the 
cold  liquor,  provided  the  vessel  be  made  of  metal, 
glass,  or  earth ;  for  heat  follows  the  same  laws,  in 
many  instances,  in  passing  through  bodies,  with 
regard  to  its  relative  velocity,  which  we  observe  to 
take  place  in  electricity. 


DRINKING    COLD    WATER.  187 

2.  If  you  are  not  furnished  with  a  cup,  and  are 
obliged  to  drink  by  bringing  your  mouth  in  con- 
tact with  the  stream  which  issues  from  a  pump,  or 
a  spring,  always  wash  your  hands  and  face,  previ- 
ously to  your  drinking,  with  a  little  of  the  cold 
water.  By  receiving  the  shock  of  the  water  first 
upon  those  parts  of  the  body,  a  portion  of  its  heat 
is  conveyed  away,  and  the  vital  parts  are  thereby 
defended  from  the  action  of  the  cold. 

By  the  use  of  these  preventives,  inculcated  by 
advertisements  pasted  upon  pumps  by  the  Humane 
Society,  death  from  drinking  cold  water  has  be- 
come a  rare  occurrence  for  many  years  past  in 
Philadelphia. 


AN  ACCOUNT 


OF    THE 


EFFICACY  OF  COMMON  SALT, 


IN  THE  CURE  OF 


HEMOPTYSIS. 


AN  ACCOUNT,  &c. 


FROM  the  present  established  opinions 
and  practice  respecting  the  cause  and  cure  of  hae- 
moptysis, the  last  medicine  that  would  occur  to  a 
regular- bred  physician  for  the  cure  of  it,  is  com- 
mon salt  ;  and  yet  I  have  seen  and  heard  of  a 
great  number  of  cases,  in  which  it  has  been  admi- 
nistered with  success. 

The  mode  of  giving  it  is  to  pour  down  from  a 
tea  to  a  table -spoonful  of  clean  fine  salt,  as  soon 
as  possible  after  the  haemorrhage  begins  from  the 
lungs.  This  quantity  generally  stops  it ;  but  the 
dose  must  be  repeated  daily  for  three  or  four  days, 
to  prevent  a  return  of  the  disease.  If  the  bleed- 
ing continue,  the  salt  must  be  continued  till  it  is 
checked,  but  in  larger  doses.  I  have  heard  of  se- 
veral instances  in  which  two  table  spoons- full  were 
taken  at  one  time  for  several  days. 


192       THE    EFFICACY    OF    COMMON    SALT 

It  sometimes  excites  a  sickness  at  the  stomach, 
and  never  fails  to  produce  a  burning  sensation  in 
the  throat,  in  its  passage  into  the  stomach,  and 
considerable  thirst  afterwards. 

I  have  found  this  remedy  to  succeed  equally- 
well  in  haemorrhages,  whether  they  occurred  in 
young  or  in  old  people,  or  with  a  weak  or  active 
pulse. 

I  had  prescribed  it  for  several  years  before  I 
could  satisfy  myself  with  a  theory,  to  account  for 
its  extraordinary  action  upon  the  human  body. 
My  inquiries  led  me  to  attend  more  particularly 
to  the  following  facts : 

1.  Those  persons  who  have  been  early  instruct- 
ed in  vocal  music,  and  who  use  their  vocal  organs 
moderately  through  life,  are  seldom  affected  by  a 
haemorrhage  from  the  lungs. 

2.  Lawyers,  players,  public  cryers,  and  city 
watchmen,  all  of  whom  exercise  their  lungs  either 
by  long  or  loud  speaking,  are  less  affected  by  this 
disease,  than  persons  of  other  occupations. 

I  acknowledge  I  cannot  extend  this  observation 
to  the  public  teachers  of  religion.     I  have  known 


IN    THE    CURE    OF    HAEMOPTYSIS.  193 

several  instances  of  their  being  affected  by  hae- 
moptysis ;  but  never  but  one  in  which  the  disease 
came  on  in  the  pulpit,  and  that  was  in  a  person 
who  had  been  recently  cured  of  it.  The  cases 
which  I  have  seen,  have  generally  been  brought  on 
by  catarrhs. 

To  this  disease,  the  practice  of  some  of  our 
American  preachers  disposes  them  in  a  peculiar 
manner ;  for  it  is  very  common  with  this  class  of 
them,  to  expose  themselves  to  the  cold  or  evening 
air,  immediately  after  taking  what  a  celebrated  and 
eloquent  preacher  used  to  call  a  pulpit  sweat, 

3.  This  haemorrhage  chiefly  occurs  in  debili- 
tated habits,  or  in  persons  afflicted  by  such  a  pre- 
disposition to  consumption,  as  indicates  a  weak  and 
relaxed  state  of  the  lungs. 

4.  It  generally  occurs  when  the  lungs  are  in  a 
passive  state  ;  as  in  sitting,  walking,  and  more  fre- 
quently in  lying.  Many  of  the  cases  that  I  have 
known,  have  occurred  during  sleepy  in  the  middle 
of  the  night. 

From  these  facts,  is  it  not  probable  that  the 
common  salt,  by  acting  primarily  and  with  great 
force  upon  the  throat,  extends  its  stimulus  to  the 

vol.  i.  2  b 


194        THE    EFFICACY    OF    COMMON    SALT 

bleeding  vessel,  and  by  giving  it  a  tone,  checks  the 
further  effusion  of  blood  ? 

I  shall  only  add  to  this  conjecture  the  following 
observations : 

1.  I  have  never  known  the  common  salt  per- 
form a  cure,  where  the  haemorrhage  from  the  lungs 
has  been  a  symptom  of  a  confirmed  consumption. 
But  even  in  this  case  it  gives  a  certain  temporary- 
relief. 

2.  The  exhibition  of  common  salt  in  the  hae- 
moptysis, should  by  no  means  supersede  the  use 
of  occasional  bleeding  when  indicated  by  plethora, 
nor  of  that  diet  which  the  state  of  the  pulse,  or  of 
the  stomach,  may  require. 

3.  I  have  given  the  common  salt  in  one  case 
with  success,  in  a  haemorrhage  from  the  stomach, 
accompanied  by  a  vomiting ;  and  have  heard  of 
several  cases  in  which  it  has  been  supposed  to  have 
checked  a  discharge  of  blood  from  the  nose  and 
uterus,  but  I  can  say  nothing  further  in  its  favour 
in  these  last  haemorrhages,  from  my  own  expe- 
rience. 


IN    THE    CURE    OF    HEMOPTYSIS.  195 

It  may  perhaps  serve  to  lessen  the  prejudices 
of  physicians  against  adopting  improvements  in 
medicine,  that  are  not  recommended  by  the  autho- 
rity of  colleges  or  universities,  to  add,  that  we  are 
indebted  to  an  old  woman,  for  the  discovery  of  the 
efficacy  of  common  salt  in  the  cure  of  haemoptysis. 


THOUGHTS 


UPON 


THE  CAUSE  AND  CURE 


OF    THE 


PULMONARY  CONSUMPTION. 


THOUGHTS,  &c. 


THE  ancient  Jews  used  to  say,  that  a  man 
does  not  fulfil  his  duties  in  life,  who  passes  through 
it,  without  building  a  house,  planting  a  tree,  and 
leaving  a  child  behind  him.  A  physician,  in  like 
manner,  should  consider  his  obligations  to  his  pro- 
fession and  society  as  undischarged,  who  has  not  at- 
tempted to  lessen  the  number  of  incurable  diseases. 
This  is  my  apology  for  presuming  to  make  the 
consumption  the  object  of  a  medical  inquiry. 

Perhaps  I  may  suggest  an  idea,  or  fact,  that  may 
awaken  the  ideas  and  facts  which  now  lie  useless 
in  the  memories  or  common-place  books  of  other 
physicians  ;  or  I  may  direct  their  attention  to  some 
useful  experiments  upon  this  subject. 

I  shall  begin  my  observations  upon  the  consump- 
tion, by  remarking, 


200       THOUGHTS   ON   THE   CONSUMPTION. 

1.  That  it  is  unknown  among  the  Indians  in 
North- America. 

2.  It  is  scarcely  known  by  those  citizens  of  the 
United  States,  who  live  in  the  first  stage  of  civi- 
lized life,  and  who  have  lately  obtained  the  title  of 
the  first  settlers* 

The  principal  occupations  of  the  Indian  consist 
in  war,  fishing,  and  hunting.  Those  of  the  first 
settler,  are  fishing,  hunting,  and  the  laborious 
employments  of  subduing  the  earth,  cutting  down 
forests,  building  a  house  and  barn,  and  distant 
excursions,  in  all  kinds  of  weather,  to  mills  and 
courts,  all  of  which  tend  to  excite  and  preserve  in 
die  system,  something  like  the  Indian  vigour  of 
constitution. 

3.  It  is  less  common  in  country  places  than  in 
cities,  and  increases  in  both,  with  intemperance 
and  sedentary  modes  of  life. 

4.  Ship  and  house  carpenters,  smiths,  and  all 
those  artificers  whose  business  requires  great  ex- 
ertions of  strength  in  the  open  air,  in  all  seasons  of 
the  year,  are  less  subject  to  this  disease,  than  men 
who  work  under  cover,  and  at  occupations  which 
do  not  require  the  constant  action  of  their  limbs. 


THOUGHTS   ON    THE   CONSUMPTION1.        201 

5.  Women,  who  sit  more  than  men,  and  whose 
work  is  connected  with  less  exertion,  are  most  sub- 
ject to  the  consumption. 

From  these  facts  it  would  seem,  that  the  most 
probable  method  of  curing  the  consumption,  is 
to  revive  in  the  constitution,  by  means  of  exer- 
cise or  labour,  that  vigour  which  belongs  to  the 
Indians,  or  to  mankind  in  their  first  stage  of  civi- 
lization. 

The  efficacy  of  these  means  of  curing  consump- 
tion will  appear,  when  we  inquire  into  the  relative 
merit  of  the  several  remedies  which  have  been 
used  by  physicians  in  this  disease. 

I  shall  not  produce  among  these  remedies  the 
numerous  receipts  for  syrups,  boluses,  electuaries, 
decoctions,  infusions,  pills,  medicated  waters,  pow- 
ders, draughts,  mixtures,  and  diet-drinks,  which 
have -so  long  and  so  steadily  been  used  in  this 
disease ;  nor  shall  I  mention  as  a  remedy,  the  best 
accommodated  diet,  submitted  to  with  the  most 
patient  self-denial ;  for  not  one  of  them  all,  without 
the  aid  of  exercise,  has  ever,  I  believe,  cured  a 
single  consumption. 

vol.  i-.  2  c 


202   THOUGHTS  ON  THE  CONSUMPTION. 

1.  Sea-voyages  have  cured  consumptions; 
but  it  has  been  only  when  they  have  been  so  long, 
or  so  frequent,  as  to  substitute  the  long  continu- 
ance of  gentle,  to  violent  degrees  of  exercise  of  a 
shorter  duration,  or  where  they  have  been  accom- 
panied by  some  degree  of  the  labour  and  care  of 
navigating  the  ship. 

2.  A  change  of  c  l  i  m  a  t  e  has  often  been  pre- 
scribed for  the  cure  of  consumptions,  but  I  do  not 
recollect  an  instance  of  its  having  succeeded,  ex- 
cept when  it  has  been  accompanied  by  exercise,  as 
in  travelling,  or  by  some  active  laborious  pursuit. 

Doctor  Gordon  of  Madeira,  ascribes  the  ineffi- 
cacy  of  the  air  of  Madeira  in  the  consumption,  in 
part  to  the  difficulty  patients  find  of  using  exercise 
in  carriages,  or  even  on  horseback,  from  the  bad- 
ness  of  the  roads  in  that  island. 

3.  Journies  have  often  performed  cures  in  the 
consumption,  but  it  has  been  chiefly  when  they 
have  been  long,  and  accompanied  by  difficulties 
which  have  roused  and  invigorated  the  powers  of 
the  mind  and  body. 

4.  Vomits  and  nauseating  medicines  have 
been  much  celebrated  for  the  cure  of  consump 


THOUGHTS  ON  THE  CONSUMPTION.   203 

tions.  These,  by  procuring  a  temporary  determi- 
nation to  the  surface  of  the  body,  so  far  lessen  the 
pain  and  cough,  as  to  enable  patients  to  use  pro- 
fitable exercise.  Where  this  has  not  accompanied 
or  succeeded  the  exhibition  of  vomits,  I  believe 
they  have  seldom  afforded  any  permanent  relief. 

5.  Blood-letting  has  often  relieved  con- 
sumptions ;  but  it  has  been  only  by  removing  the 
troublesome  symptoms  of  inflammatory  diathesis, 
and  thereby  enabling  the  patients  to  use  exercise, 
or  labour,  with  advantage. 

6.  Vegetable  bitters  and  some  of  the  sti- 
mulating gums  have  in  some  instances  afforded 
relief  in  consumptions ;  but  they  have  done  so 
only  in  those  cases  where  there  wras  great  debility, 
accompanied  by  a  total  absence  of  inflammatory 
diathesis.  They  have  most  probably  acted  by 
their  tonic  qualities,  as  substitutes  for  labour  and 
exercise. 

7.  A  plentiful  and  regular  perspira- 
tion, excited  by  means  of  a  flannel  shirt,  worn 
next  to  the  skin,  or  by  means  of  a  stove-room,  or 
by  a  warm  climate,  has  in  many  instances  prolonged 
life  in  consumptive  habits  ;  but  all  these  remedies 
have  acted  as  palliatives  only,  and  thereby  hav^ 


£04   THOUGHTS  ON  THE  CONSUMPTION. 

enabled  the  consumptive  patients  to  enjoy  the  more 
beneficial  effects  of  exercise. 

8.  Blisters,  setons,  and  issues,  by  deter- 
mining the  perspirable  matter  from  the  lungs  to 
the  surface  of  the  body,  lessen  pain  and  cough, 
and  thereby  prepare  die  system  for  the  more  salu- 
tary effects  of  exercise. 

9.  The  effects  of  swinging  upon  the  pulse  and 
respiration,  leave  us  no  room  to  doubt  of  its  being 
a  tonic  remedy,  and  therefore  a  safe  and  agreeable 
substitute  for  exercise. 

From  all  these  facts  it  is  evident,  that  the  reme- 
dies for  consumptions  must  be  sought  for  in  those 
exercises  and  employments  "which  ghe  the  greatest 
vigour  to  the  constitution.  And  here  I  am  happy 
in  being  able  to  produce  several  facts  which  de- 
monstrate the  safety  and  certainty  of  this  method 
of  cure. 

During  the  late  war,  I  saw  three  instances  of 
persons  in  confirmed  consumptions,  who  were  per- 
fectly cured  by  the  hardships  of  a  military  life. 
They  had  been  my  patients  previously  to  their 
entering  into  the  army.  Besides  these,  I  have 
heard  of  four  well-attested  cases  of  similar  reco- 


THOUGHTS   ON    THE   CONSUMPTION.        205 

veries  from  nearly  the  same  remedies.  One  of 
these  was  the  son  of  a  farmer  in  New- Jersey,  who 
was  sent  to  sea  as  the  last  resource  for  a  consump- 
tion. Soon  after  he  left  the  American  shore,  he 
was  taken  by  a  British  cruiser,  and  compelled  to 
share  in  all  the  duties  and  hardships  of  a  common 
sailor.  After  serving  in  this  capacity  for  twenty- 
two  months,  he  made  his  escape,  and  landed  at 
Boston,  from  whence  he  travelled  on  foot  to  his 
father's  house  (nearly  four  hundred  miles),  where 
he  arrived  in  perfect  health. 

Doctor  Way  of  Wilmington  informed  me,  that 
a  certain  Abner  Cloud,  who  was  reduced  so  low 
by  a  pulmonary  consumption  as  to  be  beyond  all 
relief  from  medicine,  was  so  much  relieved  by 
sleeping  in  the  open  air,  and  by  the  usual  toils  of 
building  a  hut,  and  improving  a  farm,  in  the  un- 
settled parts  of  a  new  country  in  Pennsylvania, 
that  he  thought  him  in  a  fair  way  of  a  perfect  re- 
covery. 

Doctor  Latimer  of  Wilmington  had  been  long 
afflicted  with  a  cough  and  an  occasional  haemop- 
tysis. He  entered  into  the  American  army  as  a 
surgeon,  and  served  in  that  capacity  till  near  the 
end  of  the  war ;  during  which  time  he  was  per- 
fectly  free   from   all    pulmonary    disease.       The 


206        THOUGHTS  ON   THE   CONSUMPTION. 

spitting  of  blood  returned  soon  after  he  settled  in 
private  practice.  To  remedy  this  complaint,  he 
had  recourse  to  a  low  diet,  but  finding  it  ineffec- 
tual, he  partook  liberally  of  the  usual  diet  of  healthy 
men,  and  he  now  enjoys  a  perfect  exemption  from 
it. 

It  would  be  very  easy  to  add  many  other  cases, 
in  which  labour,  the  employments  of  agriculture, 
and  a  life  of  hardship  by  sea  and  land,  have  pre- 
vented, relieved,  or  cured,  not  only  the  consump- 
tion, but  pulmonary  diseases  of  all  kinds. 

To  the  cases  that  have  been  mentioned,  I  shall 
add  only  one  more,  which  was  communicated  to 
me  by  the  venerable  Doctor  Franklin,  whose  con- 
versation at  all  times  conveyed  instruction,  and  not 
less  in  medicine  than  upon  other  subjects.-     In  tra- 
velling, many  years  ago,  through  New- England, 
the  doctor  overtook  the  post-rider ;  and  after  some 
inquiries  into  the  history  of  his  life,  he  informed 
him  that  he  was  bred  a  shoemaker ;  that  his  con- 
finement, and  other  circumstances,  had  brought  on 
a  consumption,  for  which  he  was  ordered  by  a 
physician  to   ride   on   horseback.       Finding  this 
mode  of  exercise  too  expensive,  he  made  interest, 
upon  the  death  of  an  old  post-rider,  to  succeed  to 
his  appointment,  in  which  he  perfectly  recovered 


THOUGHTS  ON  THE  CONSUMPTION.   207 

his  health  in  two  years.  After  this  he  returned  to 
his  old  trade,  upon  which  his  consumption  return- 
ed. He  again  mounted  his  horse,  and  rode  post 
in  all  seasons  and  weathers,  between  New- York 
and  Connecticut  river  (about  140  miles),  in  which 
emplo)Tment  he  continued  upwards  of  thirty  years, 
in  perfect  health. 

i  These  facts,  I  hope,  are  sufficient  to  establish 
the  advantages  of  restoring  the  original  vigour  of 
the  constitution,  in  every  attempt  to  effect  a  radical 
cure  of  consumption. 

But  how  shall  these  remedies  be  applied  in  the 
time  of  peace,  or  in  a  country  where  the  want  of 
woods,  and  brooks  without  bridges,  forbid  the  at- 
tainment of  the  laborious  pleasures  of  the  Indian 
mode  of  hunting  ;  or  where  the  universal  extent  of 
civilization  does  not  admit  of  our  advising  the  toils 
of  a  new  settlement,  and  improvements  upon  bare 
creation  ?  Under  these  circumstances,  I  conceive 
substitutes  may  be  obtained  for  each  of  them, 
nearly  of  equal  efficacy,  and  attainable  with  much 
less  trouble. 

1.  Doctor  Sydenham  pronounced  riding  on 
horseback,  to  be  as  certain  a  cure  for  consumptions 
as  bark  is  for  an  intermitting  fever.     I  have  no 


208    THOUGHTS  ON  THE  CONSUMPTION". 

more  doubt  of  the  truth  of  this  assertion,  than  I 
have  that  inflammatory  fevers  are  now  less  frequent 
in  London  than  thev  were  in  the  time  of  Doctor 
Sydenham.  If  riding  on  horseback  in  consump- 
tions has  ceased  to  be  a  remedy  in  Britain,  the 
fault  is  in  the  patient,  and  not  in  the  remedy.  "  It 
"  is  a  sign  that  the  stomach  requires  milk  (says 
"  Doctor  Cadogan),  when  it  cannot  bear  it."  In 
like  manner,  the  inability  of  the  patient  to  bear  this 
manly  and  wholesome  exercise,  serves  only  to  de- 
monstrate the  necessity  and  advantages  of  it.  I 
suspect  the  same  objections  to  this  exercise  which 
have  been  made  in  Britain,  will  not  occur  in  the 
United  States  of  America ;  for  the  Americans, 
with  respect  to  the  symptoms  and  degrees  of  epi- 
demic and  chronic  diseases,  appear  to  be  nearly  in 
the  same  state  that  the  inhabitants  of  England  were 
in  the  seventeenth  century.  We  find,  in  propor. 
tion  to  the  decline  of  the  vigour  of  the  body,  that 
many  occasional  causes  produce  fever  and  inflam- 
mation, which  would  not  have  done  it  a  hundred 
years  ago. 

2.  The  laborious  employments  of  agriculture) 
if  steadily  pursued,  and  accompanied  at  the  same 
time  by  the  simple,  but  wholesome  diet  of  a  farm- 
house, and  a  hard  bed,  would  probably  afford  a 


THOUGHTS  ON  THE  CONSUMPTION.   209 

good  substitute  for  the  toils  of  a  savage  or  military 
life. 

,3.   Such  occupations  or  professions  as  require 
constant  labour  or  exercise  in  the  open  air,  in  all 
kinds  of  weather,  may  easily  be  chosen  for  a  young 
man  who,  either  from  hereditary  predisposition,  or 
an  accidental  affection  of  the  lungs,  is  in  danger  of 
falling  into  a  consumption.      In  this  we  should 
imitate  the  advice  given  by  some  wise  men,  always 
to  prefer  those  professions  for  our  sons,  which  are 
the  least  favourable  to  the  corrupt  inclinations  of 
their  hearts.     For  example,  where  an  undue  pas- 
sion for  money,  or  a  crafty  disposition,  discover 
themselves  in  early  life,  we  are  directed  to  oppose 
them  by  the  less  profitable  and  more  disinterested 
professions  of  divinity  or  physic,  rather  than  che- 
rish them  by  trade,  or  the  practice  of  the  law. 
Agreeably  to  this  analogy,  weakly  children  should 
be  trained  to  the  laborious,  and  the  robust,  to  the 
sedentary  occupations.      From  a  neglect  of  this 
practice,    many   hundred   apprentices    to  taylors, 
shoemakers,    conveyancers,   watchmakers,   silver- 
smiths, and  mantua- makers,  perish  every  year  by 
consumptions. 

4.  There  is  a  case  recorded  by  Dr.  Smollet,  of 
the  efficacy  of  the  cold  bath  in  a  consumption  ;  and 
vol.  i.  2d 


210   THOUGHTS  ON  THE  CONSUMPTION. 

I  have  heard  of  its  having  been  used  with  success, 
in  the  case  of  a  negro  man,  in  one  of  the  West- 
India  islands.  To  render  this  remedy  useful,  or 
even  safe,  it  will  be  necessary  to  join  it  with  la- 
bour, or  to  use  it  in  degrees  that  shall  prevent  the 
alternation  of  the  system  with  vigour  and  debility ; 
for  I  take  the  cure  of  consumption  ultimately  to  de- 
pend upon  the  simple  and  constant  action  of  tonic 
remedies.  It  is  to  be  lamented  that  it  often  requires 
so  much  time,  or  such  remedies  to  remove  the  in- 
flammatory diathesis,  which  attends  the  first  stage 
of  consumption,  as  to  reduce  the  patient  too  low 
to  make  use  of  those  tonic  remedies  afterwards, 
which  would  effect  a  radical  cure. 

If  it  were  possible  to  graduate  the  tone  of  the 
system  by  means  of  a  scale,  I  would  add,  that  to 
cure  consumption,  the  system  should  be  raised  to 
the  highest  degree  of  this  scale.  Nothing  short  of 
an  equilibrium  of  tone,  or  a  free  and  vigorous  ac- 
tion of  every  muscle  and  viscus  in  the  body,  will 
fully  come  up  to  a  radical  cure  of  this  disease. 

In  regulating  the  diet  of  consumptive  patients, 
I  conceive  it  to  be  as  necessary  to  feel  the  pulse, 
as  it  is  in  determining  when  and  in  what  quantity 
to  draw  blood.  Where  inflammatory  diathesis 
prevails,  a  vegetable  diet  is  certainly  proper ;  but 


THOUGHTS  ON  THE  CONSUMPTION.   211 

where  the  patient  has  escaped,  or  passed  this  stage 
of  the  disease,  I  believe  a  vegetable  diet  alone  to 
be  injurious  ;  and  am  sure  a  moderate  quantity  of 
animal  food  may  be  taken  with  advantage. 

The  presence  or  absence  of  this  inflammatory 
diathesis,  furnishes  the  indications  for  administering 
or  refraining  from  the  use  of  the  bark  and  balsamic 
medicines.  With  all  the  testimonies  of  their  hav- 
ing done  mischief,  many  of  which  I  could  produce, 
I  have  known  several  cases  in  which  they  have 
been  given  with  obvious  advantage ;  but  it  was 
only  when  there  was  a  total  absence  of  inflammatory 
diathesis. 

Perhaps  the  remedies  I  have  recommended,  and 
the  opinions  I  have  delivered,  may  derive  some 
support  from  attending  to  the  analogy  of  ulcers  on 
the  legs,  and  in  other  parts  of  the  body.  The  first 
of  these  occur  chiefly  in  habits  debilitated  by  spi- 
ritous  liquors,  and  the  last  frequently  in  habits  de- 
bilitated by  the  scrophula.  In  curing  these  dis- 
eases, it  is  in  vain  to  depend  upon  internal  or  ex- 
ternal medicines.  The  whole  system  must  be 
strengthened,  or  we  do  nothing ;  and  this  is  to  be 
effected  only  by  exercise  and  a  generous  diet. 


212    THOUGHTS  ON  THE  CONSUMPTION. 

In  relating  the  facts  that  are  contained  in  this 
inquiry,  I  wish  I  could  have  avoided  reasoning  upon 
them  ;  especially  as  I  am  confident  of  the  certainty 
of  the  facts,  and  somewhat  doubtful  of  the  truth  of 
my  reasonings. 

I  shall  only  add,  that  if  the  cure  of  consumptions 
should  at  last  be  effected  by  remedies  in  every  re- 
spect the  opposites  of  those  palliatives  which  are 
now  fashionable  and  universal,  no  more  will  happen 
than  what  we  have  already  seen  in  the  tetanus,  the 
small-pox,  aiKjfcthe  management  of  fractured  limbs. 

Should  this  be  the  case,  we  shall  not  be  sur- 
prised to  hear  of  physicians,  instead  of  prescribing 
any  one,  or  all  of  the  medicines  formerly  enume- 
rated for  consumptions,  ordering  their  patients  to 
exchange  the  amusements,  or  indolence  of  a  city, 
for  the  toils  of  a  country  life ;  of  their  advising 
farmers  to  exchange  their  plentiful  tables,  and  com- 
fortable fire-sides,  for  the  scanty  but  solid  subsist- 
ence, and  midnight  exposure  of  the  herdsman  ;  or 
of  their  recommending,  not  so  much  the  exercise 
of  a  passive  sea  voyage,  as  the  active  labours  and 
dangers  of  a  common  sailor.  Nor  should  it  sur- 
prise us,  after  what  we  have  seen,  to  hear  patients 
relate  the  pleasant  adventures  of  their  excursions 


THOUGHTS  ON  THE  CONSUMPTION,   213 

or  labours,  in  quest  of  their  recovery  from  this  dis- 
ease, any  more  than  it  does  now  to  see  a  strong  or 
well- shaped  limb  that  has  been  broken  ;  or  to  hear 
a  man  talk  of  his  studies,  or  pleasures,  during  the 
time  of  his  being  inoculated  and  attended  for  the 
small-pox. 

I  will  not  venture  to  assert,  that  there  does  not 
exist  a  medicine  which  shall  supply,  at  least  in 
some  degree,  the  place  of  the  labour  or  exercises, 
whose  usefulness  in  consumptions  has  been  esta- 
blished by  the  facts  that  have  been  mentioned. 
Many  instances  of  the  analogous  effects  of  medi- 
cines, and  of  exercise  upon  the  human  body,  for- 
bid the  supposition.  If  there  does  exist  in  nature 
such  a  medicine,  I  am  disposed  to  believe  it  will 
be  found  in  the  class  of  tonics.  If  this  should 
be  the  case,  I  conceive  its  strength,  or  its  dose, 
must  far  exceed  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge 
or  practice,  with  respect  to  the  efficacy  or  dose  of 
tonic  medicines. 

I  except  the  disease,  which  arises  from  recent 
abscesses  in  the  lungs,  from  the  general  observa- 
tion which  has  been  made,  respecting  the  ineffi- 
cacy  of  the  remedies  that  were  formerly  enume- 
rated for  the  cure  of  consumptions  without  labour 


214   THOUGHTS  ON  THE  CONSUMPTION. 

or  exercise.  These  abscesses  often  occur  without 
being  preceded  by  general  debility,  or  accompanied 
by  a  consumptive  diathesis,  and  are  frequently 
cured  by  nature,  or  by  very  simple  medicines. 


OBSERVATIONS  UPON  WORMS 


IN    THE 


ALIMENTARY  CANAL, 


AND    UPON 


ANTHELMINTIC  MEDICINES. 


OBSERVATIONS,  &c. 


WITH  great  diffidence  I  venture  to  lay  be- 
fore the  public  my  opinions  upon  worms :  nor 
should  I  have  presumed  to  do  it,  had  I  not  enter- 
tained a  hope  of  thereby  exciting  further  inquiries 
upon  this  subject. 

When  we  consider  how  universally  worms  are 
found  in  all  young  animals,  and  how  frequently 
they  exist  in  the  human  body,  without  producing 
disease  of  any  kind,  it  is  natural  to  conclude,  that 
they  serve  some  useful  and  necessary  purposes  in 
the  animal  economy.  Do  they  consume  the  super- 
fluous aliment  which  all  young  animals  are  dis- 
posed to  take,  before  they  have  been  taught,  by  ex- 
perience or  reason,  the  bad  consequences  which 
arise  from  it  ?  It  is  no  objection  to  this  opinion, 
that  worms  are  unknown  in  the  human  body  in 

voi,.  i.  2  E 


218  OBSERVATIONS    UPON    WORMS 

some  countries.  The  laws  of  nature  are  diversi- 
fied, and  often  suspended  under  peculiar  circum- 
stances in  many  cases,  where  the  departure  from 
uniformity  is  still  more  unaccountable,  than  in  the 
present  instance.  Do  worms  produce  diseases 
from  an  excess  in  their  number,  and  an  error  in 
their  place,  in  the  same  manner  that  blood,  bile, 
and  air  produce  diseases  from  an  error  in  their 
place,  or  from  excess  in  their  quantities  ?  Before 
these  questions  are  decided,  I  shall  mention  a  few 
facts  which  have  been  the  result  of  my  own  obser- 
vations upon  this  subject. 

1.  In  many  instances,  I  have  seen  worms  dis- 
charged in  the  small-pox  and  measles,  from  chil- 
dren who  were  in  perfect  health  previously  to  their 
being  attacked  by  those  diseases,  and  who  never 
before  discovered  a  single  symptom  of  worms.  I 
shall  say  nothing  here  of  the  swarms  of  worms 
which  are  discharged  in  fevers  of  all  kinds,  until  I 
attempt  to  prove  that  an  idiopathic  fever  is  never 
produced  by  worms. 

2.  Nine  out  of  ten  of  the  cases  which  I  have 
seen  of  worms,  have  been  in  children  of  the  gross- 
est habits  and  most  vigorous  constitutions.  This 
is  more  especially  the  case  where  the  worms  are 
dislodged  by  the  small-pox  and  measles.     Doctor 


AND    ANTHELMINTIC    MEDICINES.        219 

Capelle  of  Wilmington,  in  a  letter  which  I  received 
from  him,  informed  me,  that  in  the  livers  of  six- 
teen, out  of  eighteen  rats  which  he  dissected,  he 
found  a  number  of  the  tasnia  worms.  The  rats 
were  fat,  and  appeared  in  other  respects  to  have 
been  in  perfect  health.  The  two  rats  in  which  he 
found  no  worms,  he  says,  "  were  very  lean,  and 
"  their  livers  smaller  in  proportion  than  the  others." 

3.  In  weakly  children,  I  have  often  known  the 
most  powerful  anthelmintics  given  without  bring- 
ing away  a  single  worm.  If  these  medicines  have 
afforded  any  relief,  it  has  been  by  their  tonic  qua- 
lity. From  this  fact,  is  it  not  probable — the  con- 
jecture, I  am  afraid,  is  too  bold,  but  I  will  risk  it: 
— is  it  not  probable,  I  say,  that  children  are  some- 
times disordered  from  the  want  of  worms  ?  Per- 
haps the  tonic  medicines  which  have  been  men- 
tioned, render  the  bowels  a  more  quiet  and  com- 
fortable asylum  for  them,  and  thereby  provide  the 
system  with  the  means  of  obviating  the  effects  of 
crapulas,  to  which  all  children  are  disposed.  It  is 
in  this  way  that  nature,  in  many  instances,  cures 
evil  by  evil.  I  confine  the  salutary  office  of  worms 
only  to  that  species  of  them  which  is  known  by 
the  name  of  the  round  worm,  and  which  occurs 
most  frequently  in  children. 


220  OBSERVATIONS    UPON    WORMS 

Is  there  any  such  disease  as  an  idiopathic  worm- 
fever  ?  The  Indians  in  this  country  say  there  is 
not,  and  ascribe  the  discharge  of  worms  to  a  fever, 
and  not  a  fever  to  the  worms*. 

By  adopting  this  opinion,  I  am  aware  that  I 
contradict  the  observations  of  many  eminent  and 
respectable  physicians. 

Doctor  Huxham  describes  an  epidemic  pleurisy, 
in  the  month  of  March,  in  the  year  1740,  which 
he  supposes  was  produced  by  his  patients  feeding 
upon  some  corn  that  had  been  injured  by  the  rain 
the  August  beforef .  He  likewise  mentions  that  a 
number  of  people,  and  those  too  of  the  elderly 
sort  J,  were  afflicted  at  one  time  with  worms,  in 
the  month  of  April,  in  the  year  1743. 

Lieutade  gives  an  account  of  an  epidemic  wor^ 
feyer  from  Velchius,  an  Italian  physician %  ;  ancj 
Sauvages  describes,  from  Vandermond^  an  epide- 
mic dysentery  from  worms,  which  yielded  finally 
only  to  worm  medicines^.     Sly  John  Pringle,  mid 


*  See  the  Inquiry  into  the  Diseases  of  the  Indi-- 
f  Vol.  II.  of  his  Epidemics,  p.  56.  ' 

\  P.  136-  IJ  Vol.  I,p- 

$  Vol.  II.  p.  329.  '  76# 


AND    ANTHELMINTIC    MEDICINES.       221 

Doctor  Monro,  likewise  frequently  mention  worms 
as  accompanying  the  dysentery  and  remitting  fever, 
and  recommend  the  use  of  calomel  as  an  antidote 
to  them. 

I  grant  that  worms  appear  more  frequently  in 
some  epidemic  diseases  than  in  others,  and  oftener 
in  some  years  than  in  others.  But  may  not  the 
same  heat,  moisture,  art**  diet  which  produced  the 
diseases,  aav£  produced  the  worms  ?  And  may  not 
uieir  discharge  from  the  bowels  have  been  occa- 
sioned in  those  epidemics,  as  in  the  small-pox  and 
measles,  by  the  increased  heat  of  the  body,  by  the 
want  of  nourishment,  or  by  an  anthelmintic  quality 
being  accidentally  combined  with  some  of  the  me- 
dicines that  are  usually  given  in  fevers  ? 

In  answer  to  this,  we  are  told  that  we  often  see 
the  crisis  of  a  fever  brought  on  by  the  discharge 
of  worms  from  the  bowels  by  means  of  a  purge, 
or  by  an  anthelmintic  medicine.  Whenever  this 
is  the  case,  I  believe  it  is  occasioned  by  offending 
bile  being  dislodged  by  means  of  the  purge,  at  the 
same  time  with  the  worms,  or  by  the  anthelmintic 
medicine  (if  not  a  purge)  having  been  given  on,  or 
near  one  of  the  usual  critical  days  of  the  fever. 
What  makes  the  latter  supposition  probable  is, 
that  worms  are  seldom  suspected  in  the  beginning 


222  OBSERVATIONS    UPON    WORMS 

of  fevers,  and  anthelmintic  medicines  seldom  given, 
till  every  other  remedy  has  failed  of  success  ;  and 
this  generally  happens  about  the  usual  time  in 
which  fevers  terminate  in  life  or  death. 

It  is  very  remarkable,  that  since  the  discovery 
and  description  of  the  hydrocephalus  interims,  we 
hear  and  read  much  less  than  formerly  of  worm- 
fevers.  I  suspect  that  disease  of  the  brain  has  laid 
the  foundation  for  the  principal  part  of  the  cases  of 
worm-fevers  which  are  upon  record  in  books  of 
medicine.  I  grant  that  worms  sometimes  increase 
the  danger  from  fevers,  and  often  confound  the 
diagnosis  and  prognosis  of  them,  by  a  number  of 
new  and  anomalous  symptoms.  But  here  we  see 
nothing  more  than  that  complication  of  symptoms 
which  often  occurs  in  diseases  of  a  very  different 
and  opposite  nature. 

Having  rejected  worms  as  the  cause  of  fevers,  I 
proceed  to  remark,  that  the  diseases  most  com- 
monly produced  by  them,  belong  to  Dr.  Cullen's 
class  of  neuroses.  And  here  I  might  add,  that 
there  is  scarcely  a  disease,  or  a  symptom  of  a  dis- 
ease, belonging  to  this  class,  which  is  not  produced 
by  worms.  It  would  be  only  publishing  extracts 
from  books,  to  describe  them. 


AND    ANTHELMINTIC    MEDICINES.        223 

The  chronic  and  nervous  diseases  of  children, 
which  are  so  numerous  and  frequently  fatal,  are,  I 
believe,  frequently  occasioned  by  worms.  There 
is  no  great  danger,  therefore,  of  doing  mischief,  by 
prescribing  anthelmintic  medicines  in  all  our  first 
attempts  to  cure  their  chronic  and  nervous  diseases. 

I  have  been  much  gratified  by  finding  myself 
supported  in  the  above  theory  of  worm- fevers,  by 
the  late  Dr.  William  Hunter,  and  by  Dr.  Butter, 
in  his  excellent  treatise  upon  the  infantile  remitting 
fever. 

I  have  taken  great  pains  to  find  out,  whether 
the  presence  of  the  different  species  of  worms  might 
not  be  discovered  by  certain  peculiar  symptoms ; 
but  all  to  no  purpose.  I  once  attended  a  girl  of 
twelve  years  of  age  in  a  fever,  who  discharged  four 
yards  of  a  taenia,  and  who  was  so  far  from  having 
discovered  any  peculiar  symptom  of  this  species 
of  worms,  that  she  had  never  complained  of  any 
other  indisposition,  than  now  and  then  a  slight 
pain  in  the  stomach,  which  often  occurs  in  young 
girls  from  a  sedentary  life,  or  from  errors  in  their 
diet.  I  beg  leave  to  add  further,  that  there  is  not 
a  symptom  which  has  been  said  to  indicate  the 
presence  of  worms  of  any  kind,  as  the  cause  of  a 
disease,  that  has  not  deceived  me ;  and  none  oftener 


224  OBSERVATIONS    UPON    WORMS' 

than  the  one  that  has  been  so  much  depended  up- 
on, viz.  the  picking  of  the  nose.  A  discharge  of 
worms  from  the  bowels,  is,  perhaps,  the  only  symp- 
tom that  is  pathognomonic  of  their  presence  in 
the  intestines. 

I  shall  now  make  a  few  remarks  upon  antheU 
mintic  remedies. 

But  I  shall  first  give  an  account  of  some  experi- 
ments which  I  made  in  the  year  1771,  upon  the 
common  earth-worm,  in  order  to  ascertain  the  an- 
thelmintic virtues  of  a  variety  of  substances.  I 
made  choice  of  the  earth-worm  for  this  purpose, 
as  it  is,  according  to  naturalists,  nearly  the  same 
in  its  structure,  manner  of  subsistence,  and  mode 
of  propagating  its  species,  with  the  round  worm  of 
the  human  body. 

In  the  first  column  I  shall  set  down,  under  dis- 
tinct heads,  the  substances  in  which  worms  were 
placed ;  and  in  the  second  and  third  columns  the 
time  of  their  death,  from  the  action  of  these  sub* 
stances  upon  them. 


AND    ANTHELMINTIC    MEDICINES. 


225 


I.  Bitter  and  astringent 

SUBSTANCES. 

Watery  infusion  of  aloes 

of  rhubarb 

of  Peruvian  bark 

II.  Purges. 

Watery  infusion  of  jalap 

,  , bear's-foot 

gamboge 

III.  Salts. 

1.  Acids. 
Vinegar 
Lime  juice 
Diluted  nitrous  acid 

2.  Alkali. 

A  watery  solution  of  salt  of 
tartar 

3.  Neutral  Salts. 

In  a  watery  solution  of  com- 
mon salt 

of  nitre 

of  sal  diuretic 

of  sal  ammoniac 

■  of  common  salt  and  su- 
gar. 

4.  Earthy  and  metallic  salts. 
In  a  watery  solution  of  Epsom 

salt 

of  rock  alum 

of  corrosive  sublimate 

of  calomel 

of  turpeth  mineral 

of  sugar  of  lead 

of  green  vitriol 

of  blue  vitriol 

of  white  vitriol 

VOL.  I.  2 


Hours. 

2 
1 
1 


Minutes. 

48 
30 
30 


17 


\\  convulsed. 


>i 


2  convulsed,  throw- 
ing  up  a  mucus 
on  the  surface  of 
the  water. 
1  convulsed, 
ditto, 
ditto. 

'l 

4 


-     I 


151 
10 

1^  convulsed. 
49 

1  convulsed. 

3 

1 
10 
30 


226 


OBSERVATIONS    UPON    WORMS 


IV.  Metals. 
Filings  of  steel 
Filings  of  tin 

V.  Calcareous  earth. 
Chalk 

VI.  Narcotic  substances. 
Watery  infusion  of  opium 

of  Carolina  pink-root 

of  tobacco 

VII.  Essential  oil? 
Oil  of  wormwood 

—  of  mint 

—  of  caraway  seed 

—  of  amber 

—  of  anniseed 

—  of  turpentine 

VIII.  Arsenic. 

A  watery  solution  of  white  ar- 
senic 

IX.  Fermented  liquors. 
In  Madeira  wine 
Claret 

X.  Distilled  spirit. 
Common  rum 

XI.  The  fresh  juices  of  ripe 

fruits. 
The  juice  of  red  cherries 

of  black  do. 

of  red  currants 

■  ■   ■  ■ of  gooseberries 

of  whortleberries 

of  blackberries 

■ of  raspberries 

of  plums 

— — — ■  of  peaches 


Hours. 


2 


Minutes. 

2i 


— r 

1 1 J  convulsed 

— 

33 

"W" 

14 

_ 

3  convulsed. 

— 

3 

— 

3 

— 

H 

6 

near 

2 

— 

3  convulsed. 

•— 

10 

1  convulsed. 

4 

5 

H 
H 

12 

r 
4 

13 

25 


AND    ANTHELMINTIC    MEDICINES.       227 


The  juice  of  water-melons,  no  jHours. 
effect 

XII.  Saccharine  substances. 
Honey 
Molasses 
Brown  sugar 
Manna 

XIII.  In  aromatic  substances. 
Camphor 
Pimento 
Black  pepper 

XIV.  Foetid  substances 
Juice  of  onions 
Watery  infusion  of  assafoetida 
Santonicum,  or  worm 

seed 


XV.  Miscellaneous  substan- 
ces. 
Sulphur  mixed  with  oil 
jEthiops  mineral 
Sulphur 
Solution  of  gunpowder 

^— -  of  soap 

Oxymel  of  squills 
Sweet  oil 


2 
2 

2 


Minutes. 


7 
7 

30 


31 

45 


27 


4 
19 

°* 
30 


In  the  application  of  these  experiments  to  the 
human  body,  an  allowance  must  always  be  made 
for  the  alteration  which  the  several  anthelmintic 
substances  that  have  been  mentioned,  may  undergo 
from  mixture  and  diffusion  in  the  stomach  and 
bowels. 


In  order  to  derive  any  benefit  from  these  expe- 


228  OBSERVATIONS    UPON    WORMS 

riments,  as  well  as  from  the  observations  that  have 
been  made  upon  anthelmintic  medicines,  it  will  be 
necessaiy  to  divide  them  into  such  as  act, 

1.  Mechanically, 

2.  Chemically  upon  worms ;  and, 

3.  Into  those  which  possess  a  power  composed 
of  chemical  and  mechanical  qualities. 

1.  The  mechanical  medicines  act  indirectly  and 
directly  upon  the  worms. 

Those  which  act  indirectly  are,  vomits,  purges, 
bitter  and  astringent  substances,  particularly  aloes, 
rhubarb,  bark,  bear's-foot,  and  worm-seed.  Sweet 
oil  acts  indirectly  and  very  feebly  upon  worms.  It 
was  introduced  into  medicine  from  its  efficacy  in 
destroying  the  botts  in  horses ;  but  the  worms 
which  infest  the  human  bowels,  are  of  a  different 
nature,  and  possess  very  different  organs  of  life 
from  those  which  are  found  in  the  stomach  of  a 
horse. 

Those  mechanical  medicines  which  act  directly 
upon  the  worms,  are  cowhage*  and  powder  of  tin. 

*  Dolichos  Pruriens,  of  Linnxus. 


AND    ANTHELMINTIC     MEDICINES.        229 

The  last  of  these  medicines  has  been  supposed  to 
act  chemically  upon  the  worms,  from  the  arsenic 
which  adheres  to  it ;  but  from  the  length  of  time 
a  worm  lived  in  a  solution  of  white  arsenic,  it  is 
probable  the  tin  acts  altogether  mechanically  upon 
them. 

2.  The  medicines  which  act  chemically  upon 
worms,  appear,  from  our  experiments,  to  be  very- 
numerous. 

Nature  has  wisely  guarded  children  against  the 
morbid  effects  of  worms,  by  implanting  in  them 
an  early  appetite  for  common  salt,  ripe  fruits,  and 
saccharine  substances ;  all  of  which  appeal'  to  be 
among  the  most  speedy  and  effectual  poisons  for 
worms. 

Let  it  not  be  said,  that  nature  here  counteracts 
her  own  purposes.  Her  conduct  in  this  business 
is  conformable  to  many  of  her  operations  in  the 
human  body,  as  well  as  throughout  all  her  works. 
The  bile  is  a  necessary  part  of  the  animal  fluids, 
and  yet  an  appetite  for  ripe  fruits  seems  to  be  im- 
planted chiefly  to  obviate  the  consequences  of  its 
excess,  or  acrimony,  in  the  summer  and  autumnal 
months. 


230  OBSERVATIONS    UPON    WORMS 

The  use  of  common  salt  as  an  anthelmintic  me- 
dicine, is  both  ancient  and  universal.  Celsus  re- 
commends it.  In  Ireland  it  is  a  common  practice 
to  feed  children,  who  are  afflicted  by  worms,  for  a 
week  or  two  upon  a  salt- sea  weed,  and  when  the 
bowels  are  well  charged  with  it,  to  give  a  purge  of 
wort  in  order  to  carry  off  the  worms,  after  they  are 
debilitated  by  the  salt  diet. 

I  have  administered  many  pounds  of  common 
salt  coloured  with  cochineal,  in  doses  of  half  a 
drachm,  upon  an  empty  stomach  in  the  morning, 
with  great  success  in  destroying  worms. 

Ever  since  I  observed  the  effects  of  sugar  and 
other  sweet  substances  upon  worms,  I  have  recom- 
mended the  liberal  use  of  all  of  them  in  the  diet  of 
children,  with  the  happiest  effects.  The  sweet  sub- 
stances probably  act  in  preventing  the  diseases  from 
worms  in  the  stomach  only,  into  which  they  often 
insinuate  themselves,  especially  in  the  morning. 
When  we  wish  to  dislodge  worms  from  the  bowels 
by  sugar  or  molasses,  we  must  give  these  sub- 
stances in  large  quantities,  so  that  they  may  escape 
in  part  the  action  of  the  stomach  upon  them. 

I  can  say  nothing  from  my  own  experience  of 
the  efficacy  of  the  mineral  salts,  composed  of  cop- 


AND    ANTHELMINTIC    MEDICINES.        231 

per,  iron,  and  zinc,  combined  with  vitriolic  acid, 
in  destroying  worms  in  the  bowels.  Nor  have  I 
ever  used  the  corrosive  sublimate  in  small  doses  as 
an  anthelmintic. 

I  have  heard  of  well-attested  cases  of  the  efficacy 
of  the  oil  of  turpentine  in  destroying  worms. 

The  expressed  juices  of  onions  and  of  garlic  are 
very  common  remedies  for  worms.  From  one  of 
the  experiments,  it  appears  that  the  onion  juice 
possesses  strong  anthelmintic  virtues. 

I  have  often  prescribed  a  tea-spoonful  of  gun- 
powder in  the  morning  upon  an  empty  stomach, 
with  obvious  advantage.  The  active  medicine 
here  is  probably  the  nitre. 

I  have  found  a  syrup  made  of  the  bark  of  the 
Jamaica  cabbage-tree*,  to  be  a  powerful  as  well  as 
a  most  agreeable  anthelmintic  medicine.  It  some- 
times purges  and  vomits,  but  its  good  effects  may 
be  obtained  without  giving  it  in  such  doses  as  to 
produce  these  evacuations. 

*  Geoffrea,  of  Lirmreus. 


232  OBSERVATIONS    UPON    WORMS 

There  is  not  a  more  certain  anthelmintic  than 
Carolina  pink-root*.  But  as  there  have  been  in- 
stances of  death  having  followed  excessive  doses  of 
it,  imprudently  administered,  and  as  children  are 
often  affected  by  giddiness,  stupor,  and  a  redness 
and  pain  in  the  eyes  after  taking  it,  I  acknowledge 
that  I  have  generally  preferred  to  it,  less  certain, 
but  more  safe  medicines  for  destroying  worms. 

3.  Of  the  medicines  whose  action  is  compound- 
ed of  mechanical  and  chemical  qualities,  calomel, 
jalap,  and  the  powder  of  steel,  are  the  principal. 

Calomel,  in  order  to  be  effectual,  must  be  given 
in  large  doses.  It  is  a  safe  and  powerful  anthel- 
mintic. Combined  with  jalap,  it  often  brings 
away  worms  when  given  for  other  purposes. 

Of  all  the  medicines  that  I  have  administered, 
I  know  of  none  more  safe  and  certain  than  the 
simple  preparations  of  iron,  whether  they  be  given 
in  the  form  of  steel-filings  or  of  the  rust  of  iron. 
If  ever  they  fail  of  success,  it  is  because  they  are 
given  in  too  small  doses.  I  generally  prescribe 
from  five  to  thirty  grains  every  morning,  to  chil- 
dren between  one  year,  and  ten  years  old ;  and  I 

*  Spigelia  Marylandica,  of  Linnseus. 


AND    ANTHELMINTIC    MEDICINES.        233 

have  been  taught  by  an  old  sea-captain,  who  was 
cured  of  a  taenia  by  this  medicine,  to  give  from 
two  drachms  to  half  an  ounce  of  it,  every  morning, 
for  three  or  four  days,  not  only  with  safety,  but 
with  success. 

I  shall  conclude  this  essay  with  the  following 
remarks  : 

1.  Where  the  action  of  medicines  upon  worms 
in  the  bowels  does  not  agree  exactly  with  their 
action  upon  the  earth-worms  in  the  experiments 
that  have  been  related,  it  must  be  ascribed  to  the 
medicines  being  more  or  less  altered  by  the  action 
of  the  stomach  upon  them.  I  conceive  that  the 
superior  anthelmintic  qualities  of  pink-root,  steel- 
filings,  and  calomel  (all  of  which  acted  but  slowly 
upon  the  earth-worms  compared  with  many  other 
substances)  are  in  a  great  degree  occasioned  by 
their  escaping  the  digestive  powers  unchanged,  and 
acting  in  a  concentrated  state  upon  the  worms. 

2.  In  fevers  attended  with  anomalous  symptoms, 
which  are  supposed  to  arise  from  worms,  I  have 
constantly  refused  to  yield  to  the  solicitations  of 
my  patients,  to  abandon  the  indications  of  cure  in 
the  fever,  and  to  pursue  worms  as  the  principal 
cause  of  the  disease.     While  I  have  adhered  stea- 

vol.  i.  2  G 


234       OBSERVATIONS    UPON    WORMS,    &C. 

dily  to  the  usual  remedies  for  the  different  states  of 
fever,  in  all  their  stages,  I  have  at  the  same  time 
blended  those  remedies  occasionally  with  anthel- 
mintic medicines.  In  this  I  have  imitated  the 
practice  of  physicians  in  many  other  diseases,  in 
which  troublesome  and  dangerous  symptoms  are 
pursued,  without  seducing  the  attention  from  the 
original  disease.  The  anthelmintic  medicines  pre- 
scribed in  these  cases,  should  not  be  the  rust  of 
iron,  and  common  salt,  which  are  so  very  useful 
in  chronic  diseases  from  worms,  but  calomel  and 
jalap,  and  such  other  medicines  as  aid  in  the  cure 
of  fevers. 


AN  ACCOUNT 


OF     THE 


EXTERNAL  USE  OF  ARSENIC, 


IN    THE 


CURE  OF  CANCERS. 


AN  ACCOUNT,  &'c, 


A  FEW  years  ago,  a  certain  Doctor  Hugh 
Martin,  a  surgeon  of  one  of  the  Pennsylvania  regi- 
ments stationed  at  Pittsburg,  during  the  latter  part 
of  the  late  war,  came  to  this  city,  and  advertised 
to  cure  cancers  with  a  medicine  which  he  said  he 
had  discovered  in  the  woods,  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  the  garrison.  As  Dr.  Martin  had  once  been 
my  pupil,  I  took  the  liberty  of  waiting  upon  him, 
and  asked  him  some  questions  respecting  his  dis- 
covery. His  answers  were  calculated  to  make  me 
believe,  that  his  medicine  was  of  a  vegetable  na- 
ture, and  that  it  was  originally  an  Indian  remedy. 
He  showed  me  some  of  the  medicine,  which  ap- 
peared to  be  the  powder  of  a  well-dried  root  of 
some  kind.  Anxious  to  see  the  success  of  this 
medicine  in  cancerous  sores,  I  prevailed  upon  the 
doctor  to  admit  me  to  see  him  apply  it  in  two  or 


238        ACCOUNT  OF   THE  USE   OF   ARSENIC 

three  cases.  I  observed,  in  some  instances,  he 
applied  a  powder  to  the  parts  affected,  and  in  others 
only  touched  them  with  a  feather  dipped  in  a  liquid 
which  had  a  white  sediment,  and  which  he  made 
me  believe  was  the  vegetable  root  diffused  in 
water.  It  gave  me  great  pleasure  to  witness  the 
efficacy  of  the  doctor's  applications.  In  several 
cancerous  ulcers,  the  cures  he  performed  were 
complete.  Where  the  cancers  were  much  con- 
nected with  the  lymphatic  system,  or  accompanied 
with  a  scrophulous  habit  of  body,  his  medicine 
always  failed,  and,  in  some  instances,  did  evident 
mischief. 

Anxious  to  discover  a  medicine  that  promised 
relief  in  even  a  few  cases  of  cancers,  and  sup- 
posing that  all  the  caustic  vegetables  were  nearly 
alike,  I  applied  the  phytolacca  or  poke-root,  the 
stramonium,  the  arum,  and  one  or  two  others,  to 
foul  ulcers,  in  hopes  of  seeing  the  same  effects 
from  them  which  I  had  seen  from  Doctor  Mar- 
tin's powder;  but  in  these  I  was  disappointed. 
They  gave  some  pain,  but  performed  no  cures. 
At  length  I  was  furnished  by  a  gentleman  from 
Pittsburg  with  a  powder  which  I  had  no  doubt, 
from  a  variety  of  circumstances,  was  of  the  same 
kind  as  that  used  by  Dr.  Martin.  I  applied  it  to 
a  fungous  ulcer,  but  without  producing  the  de- 


IN    THE     CURE    OF    CANCERS.  239 

grees  of  pain,  inflammation,  or  discharge,  which 
I  had  been  accustomed  to  see  from  the  application 
of  Dr.  Martin's  powder.  After  this,  I  should 
have  suspected  that  the  powder  was  not  a  simple 
root,  had  not  the  doctor  continued  upon  all  occa- 
sions to  assure  me,  that  it  was  wholly  a  vegetable 
preparation. 

In  the  beginning  of  the  year  1784,  the  doctor 
died,  and  it  was  generally  believed  that  his  medi- 
cine had  died  with  him.  A  few  weeks  after  his 
death  I  procured,  from  one  of  his  administrators, 
a  few  ounces  of  the  doctor's  powder,  partly  with 
a  view  of  applying  it  to  a  cancerous  sore  which 
then  offered,  and  partly  with  a  view  of  examining 
it  more  minutely  than  I  had  been  able  to  do  dur- 
ing the  doctor's  life.  Upon  throwing  the  pow- 
der, which  was  of  a  brown  colour,  upon  a  piece 
of  white  paper,  I  perceived  distinctly  a  number  of 
white  particles  scattered  through  it.  I  suspected 
at  first  that  they  were  corrosive  sublimate,  but  the 
usual  tests  of  that  metallic  salt  soon  convinced  me, 
that  I  was  mistaken.  Recollecting  that  arsenic 
was  the  basis  of  most  of  the  celebrated  cancer 
powders  that  have  been  used  in  the  world,  I  had 
recourse  to  the  tests  for  detecting  it.  Upon  sprink- 
ling a  small  quantity  of  the  powder  upon  some 
coals  of  fire,  it  emitted  the  garlick  smell  so  per- 


240   ACCOUNT  OF  THE  USE  OF  ARSENIC 

ceptibly  as  to  be  known  by  several  persons  whom 
I  called  into  the  room  where  I  made  the  experi- 
ment, and  who  knew  nothing  of  the  object  of  my 
inquiries.     After  this,  with  some  difficulty  I  picked 
out  about  three  or  four  grains  of  the  white  pow- 
der, and  bound  them  between  two  pieces  of  cop- 
per, which  I  threw  into  the  fire.     After  the  cop- 
per pieces  became  red  hot,  I  took  them  out  of 
the  fire,  and  when  they  had  cooled,  discovered  an 
evident  whiteness  imparted  to  both  of  them.     One 
of  the  pieces  afterwards  looked  like  dull  silver. 
These  two  tests  have  generally  been  thought  suffi- 
cient to  distinguish  the  presence  of  arsenic  in  any 
bodies ;   but  I  made  use  of  a  third,  which  has 
lately  been  communicated  to  the  world  by  Mr. 
Bergman,  and  which  is  supposed  to  be  in  all  cases 
infallible. 

I  infused  a  small  quantity  of  the  powder  in  a 
solution  of  a  vegetable  alkali  in  water  for  a  few 
hours,  and  then  poured  it  upon  a  solution  of  blue 
vitriol  in  water.  The  colour  of  the  vitriol  was 
immediately  changed  to  a  beautiful  green,  and  af- 
terwards precipitated. 

I  shall  close  this  paper  with  a  few  remarks  upon 
this  powder,  and  upon  the  cure  of  cancers  and  foul 
ulcers  of  all  kinds. 


IN   THE   CURE   OF   CANCERS.  241 

1.  The  use  of  caustics  in  cancers  and  foul  ul- 
cers is  very  ancient,  and  universal.     But  I  believe 
arsenic  to  be  the  most  efficacious  of  any  that  has 
ever  been  used.     It  is  the  basis  of  Plunket's  and 
probably  of  Guy's  well-known  cancer  powders. 
The  great  art  of  applying  it  successfully,  is  to  di- 
lute and  mix  it  in  such  a  manner  as  to  mitigate  the 
violence  of  its  action.     Doctor  Martin's  composi- 
tion was  happily  calculated  for  this  purpose.      It 
gave  less  pain  than  the  common  or  lunar  caustic. 
It  excited  a  moderate  inflammation,  which  sepa- 
rated the  morbid  from  the  sound  parts,  and  pro- 
moted a  plentiful  afflux  of  humours  to  the  sore 
during  its  application.      It  seldom  produced  an 
escar ;    hence  it  insinuated  itself  into  the  deepest 
recesses  of  the  cancers,  and  frequently  separated 
those  fibres  in  an  unbroken  state,  which  are  gene- 
rally called  the  roots  of  the  cancer.     Upon  this 
account,  I  think,  in  some  ulcerated  cancers  it  is  to 
be  preferred  to  the  knife.     It  has  no  action  upon  the 
sound  skin.     This  Doctor  Hall  proved,  by  confin- 
ing a  small  quantity  of  it  upon  his  arm  for  many 
hours.     In  those  cases  where  Doctor  Martin  used 
it  to  extract  cancerous  or  schirrous  tumours  that 
were  not  ulcerated,  I  have  reason  to  believe  that 
he  always  broke  the  skin  with  Spanish  flies. 

VOL.   I.  2  H 


242   ACCOUNT  OF  THE  USE  OF  ARSENIC 

2.  The  arsenic  used  by  the  doctor  was  the  pure 
white  arsenic.     I  should  suppose  from  the  exami- 
nation I  made  of  the  powder  with  the  eye,  that 
the  proportion  of  arsenic  to  the  vegetable  powder, 
could  not  be  more  than  one-fortieth  part  of  the 
whole  compound.     I  have  reason  to  think  that  the 
doctor  employed  different  vegetable  substances  at 
different  times.     The  vegetable  matter  with  which 
the  arsenic  was  combined  in  the  powder  which  I 
used  in  my  experiments,  was  probably  nothing 
more  than  the  powder  of  the  root  and  berries  of  the 
solanum  lethale,  or  deadly  nightshade.      As  the 
principal,  and  perhaps  the  only  design  of  the  vege- 
table addition  was  to  blunt  the  activitv  of  the  arse- 
nic,  I  should  suppose  that  the  same  proportion  of 
common  wheat  flour  as  the  doctor  used  of  his 
caustic  vegetables,  would  answer  nearly  the  same 
purpose.     In  those  cases  where  the  doctor  applied 
a  feather  dipped  in  a  liquid  to  the  sore  of  his  pa- 
tient,  I  have  no  doubt  but  his  phial  contained 
nothing  but  a  weak  solution  of  arsenic  in  water. 
This  is  no  new  method  of  applying  arsenic  to  foul 
ulcers.     Doctor  Way  of  Wilmington  has  spoken 
in  the  highest  terms  to  me  of  a  wash  for  foulnesses 
on  the  skin,  as  well  as  old  ulcers,  prepared  by  boil- 
ing an  ounce  of  white  arsenic  in  two  quarts  of 
water  to  three  pints,  and  applying  it  once  or  twice 
a  day. 


IN   THE    CURE   OF   CANCERS.  243 

3.  I  mentioned,  formerly,  that  Doctor  Martin 
was  often  unsuccessful  in  the  application  of  his 
powder.  This  was  occasioned  by  his  using  it  in- 
discriminately in  all  cases.  In  schirrous  and  can- 
cerous tumours,  the  knife  should  always  be  pre- 
ferred to  the  caustic.  In  cancerous  ulcers  attended 
with  a  scrophulous  or  a  bad  habit  of  body,  such 
particularly  as  have  their  seat  in  the  neck,  in  the 
breasts  of  females,  and  in  the  axillary  glands,  it 
can  only  protract  the  patient's  misery.  Most  of 
the  cancerous  sores  cured  by  Doctor  Martin  were 
seated  on  the  nose,  or  cheeks,  or  upon  the  surface 
or  extremities  of  the  body.  It  remains  yet  to  dis- 
cover a  cure  for  cancers  that  taint  the  fluids,  or 
infect  the  whole  lymphatic  system.  This  cure  I 
apprehend  must  be  sought  for  in  diet,  or  in  the 
long  use  of  some  internal  medicine. 

To  pronounce  a  disease  incurable,  is  often  to 
render  it  so.  The  intermitting  fever,  if  left  to 
itself,  would  probably  prove  frequently,  and  per- 
haps more  speedily  fatal  than  cancers.  And  as 
cancerous  tumours  and  sores  are  often  neglected, 
or  treated  improperly  by  injudicious  people,  from 
an  apprehension  that  they  are  incurable  (to  which 
the  frequent  advice  of  physicians  "  to  let  them 
"  alone,"  has  no  doubt  contributed),  perhaps  the 
introduction  of  arsenic  into  regular  practice  as  a 


244       ACCOUNT   OF    THE   USE   OF   ARSENIC. 

remedy  for  cancers,  may  invite  to  a  more  early  ap- 
plication to  physicians,  and  thereby  prevent  the 
deplorable  cases  that  have  been  mentioned,  which 
are  often  rendered  so  by  delay  or  unskilful  ma- 
nagement. 

4.  It  is  not  in  cancerous  sores  only  that  Doctor 
Martin's  powder  has  been  found  to  do  service.  In 
sores  of  all  kinds,  and  from  a  variety  of  causes, 
where  they  have  been  attended  with  fungous  flesh 
or  callous  edges,  I  have  used  the  doctor's  powder 
with  advantage. 

I  flatter  myself  that  I  shall  be  excused  in  giving 
this  detail  of  a  quack  medicine,  when  we  reflect 
that  it  was  from  die  inventions  and  temerity  of 
quacks,  that  physicians  have  derived  some  of  their 
most  active  and  most  useful  medicines. 


OBSERVATIONS 


UPON 


THE    TETANUS. 


OBSERVATIONS,  &c. 


FOR  a  history  of  the  different  names  and 
symptoms  of  this  disease,  I  beg  leave  to  refer  the 
reader  to  practical  books,  particularly  to  Doctor 
Cullen's  First  Lines.  My  only  design  in  this  in- 
quiry, is  to  deliver  such  a  theory  of  the  disease,  as 
may  lead  to  a  new  and  successful  use  of  old  and 
common  remedies  for  it. 

All  the  remote  and  predisposing  causes  of  the 
tetanus  act  by  inducing  preternatural  debility,  and 
irritability  in  the  muscular  parts  of  the  body.  In 
many  cases,  the  remote  causes  act  alone,  but  they 
more  frequently  require  the  co-operation  of  an  ex- 
citing cause.  I  shall  briefly  enumerate,  without 
discriminating  them,  or  pointing  out  when  they 
act  singly,  or  when  in  conjunction  with  each  other. 


248        OBSERVATIONS   ON   THE   TETANUS. 

I.  Wounds  on  different  parts  of  the  body  are 
the  most  frequent  causes  of  this  disease.  It  was 
formerly  supposed  it  was  the  effect  only  of  a  wound, 
which  partially  divided  a  tendon,  or  a  nerve  ;  but 
we  now  know  it  is  often  the  consequence  of  laesions 
which  affect  the  body  in  a  superficial  manner.  The 
following  is  a  list  of  such  wounds  and  laesions  as 
have  been  known  to  induce  the  disease : 

1.  Wounds  in  the  soles  of  the  feet,  in  the 
palms  of  the  hands,  and  under  the  nails,  by  means 
of  nails  or  splinters  of  wood. 

2.  Amputations,  and  fractures  of  limbs. 

3.  Gun-shot  wounds. 

4.  Venesection. 

5.  The  extraction  of  a  tooth,  and  the  insertion, 
of  new  teeth. 

6.  The  extirpation  of  a  schirrus. 

7.  Castration. 

8.  A  wound  on  the  tongue. 


OBSERVATIONS   ON    THE    TETANUS.        249 

9.  The  injury  which  is  done  to  the  feet  by  frost. 

10.  The  injury  which  is  sometimes  done  to  one 
of  the  toes,  by  stumping  it  (as  it  is  called)  in 
walking. 

11.  Cutting  a  nail  too  closely.     Also, 

12.  Cutting  a  corn  too  closely. 

13.  Wearing  a  shoe  so  tight  as  to  abrade  the 
skin  of  one  of  the  toes. 

14.  A  wound,  not  more  than  an  eighth  part  of  an 
inch,  upon  the  forehead. 

15.  The  stroke  of  a  whip  upon  the  arm,  which 
only  broke  the  skin. 

16.  Walking  too  soon  upon  a  broken  limb. 

17.  The  sting  of  a  wasp  upon  the  glands  penis, 

18.  A  fish  bone  sticking  in  the  throat. 

19.  Cutting  the  navel  string  in  new-born  in- 
fants. 

vol.  i.  2  I 


£50        OBSERVATIONS  ON   THE   TETANUS. 

Between  the  time  in  which  the  body  is  thus 
wounded  or  injured,  and  the  time  in  which  the 
disease  makes  its  appearance,  there  is  an  interval 
which  extends  from  one  day  to  six  weeks.  In  the 
person  who  injured  his  toe  by  stumping  it  in 
walking,  the  disease  appeared  the  next  day.  The 
trifling  wound  on  the  forehead  which  I  have  men- 
tioned, produced  both  tetanus  and  death,  the  day 
after  it  wras  received.  I  have  known  two  instances 
of  tetanus,  from  running  nails  in  the  feet,  which 
did  not  appear  until  six  weeks  afterwards.  In  most 
of  the  cases  of  this  disease  from  wounds  which  I 
have  seen,  there  was  a  total  absence  of  pain  and 
inflammation,  or  but  very  moderate  degrees  of 
them,  and  in  some  of  them  the  wounds  had  entirely 
healed,  before  any  of  the  symptoms  of  the  disease 
had  made  their  appearance.  Wounds  and  lsesions 
are  most  apt  to  produce  tetanus,  after  the  long  con- 
tinued application  of  heat  to  the  body ;  hence  its 
greater  frequency,  from  these  causes,  in  warm  than 
in  cold  climates,  and  in  warm  than  in  cold  wea- 
ther, in  northern  countries. 

II.   Cold  applied  suddenly  to  the  body,  after  it 
has  been  exposed  to  intense  heat.     Of  this  Dr. 
Girdlestone  mentions  many  instances,  in  his  Trea- 
tise upon  Spasmodic  Affections  in  India.     It  was 
most  commonly   induced  by   sleeping   upon   the 


OBSERVATIONS   ON   THE   TETANUS.        251 

ground,  after  a  warm  day.  Such  is  the  dampness 
and  unwholesome  nature  of  the  ground,  in  some 
parts  of  that  country,  that  "  fowls  (the  doctor 
says)  put  into  coops  at  night,  in  the  sickly  season 
of  the  year,  and  on  the  same  soil  that  the  men  slept, 
were  always  found  dead  the  next  morning,  if 
the  coop  was  not  placed  at  a  certain  height  above 
the  surface  of  the  earth*."  It  was  brought  on  by 
sleeping  on  a  damp  pavement  in  a  servant  girl  of 
Mr.  Alexander  Todd  of  Philadelphia,  in  the  eve- 
ning of  a  day  in  which  the  mercury  in  Fahrenheit's 
thermometer  stood  at  90°.  Dr.  Chalmers  relates 
an  instance  of  its  having  been  induced  by  a  person's 
sleeping  without  a  nightcap,  after  shaving  his  head. 
The  late  Dr.  Bartram  informed  me,  that  he  had 
known  a  draught  of  cold  water  produce  it  in  a 
man  who  was  in  a  preternaturally  heated  state. 
The  cold  air  more  certainly  brings  on  this  disease, 
if  it  be  applied  to  the  body  in  the  form  of  a  current. 
The  stiff  neck  which  is  sometimes  felt  after  expo- 
sure to  a  stream  of  cool  air  from  an  open  window, 
is  a  tendency  to  a  locked  jaw,  or  a  feeble  and  par- 
tial tetanus. 


III.  Worms  and  certain  acrid  matters  in  the 
alimentary  canal.     Morgagni  relates  an  instance  of 


*  Page  55, 


252        OBSERVATIONS  ON   THE   TETANUS. 

the  former,  and  I  shall  hereafter  mention  instances 
of  the  latter  in  new-born  infants. 

IV.  Certain  poisonous  vegetables.  There  are 
several  cases  upon  record  of  its  being  induced  by 
the  hemlock  drop  wort,  and  the  datura  stramonium, 
or  Jamestown  weed  of  our  country. 

V.  It  is  sometimes  a  symptom  of  the  bilious 
remitting  and  intermitting  fever.  It  is  said  to  oc- 
cur more  frequently  in  those  states  of  fever  in  the 
island  of  Malta,  than  in  any  other  part  of  the  world. 

VI.  It  is  likewise  a  symptom  of  that  malignant 
state  of  fever  which  is  brought  on  by  the  bite  of  a 
rabid  animal,  also  of  hysteria  and  gout. 

VII.  The  grating  noise  produced  by  cutting 
with  a  knife  upon  a  pewter  plate  excited  it  in  a 
servant,  while  he  was  "waiting  upon  his  master's 
table  in  London.     It  proved  fatal  in  three  days. 

VIII.  The  sight  of  food,  after  long  fasting. 

IX.  Drunkenness. 

X.  Certain  emotions  and  passions  of  the  mind. 
Terror  brought  it  on  a  brewer  in  this  city.     He 


OBSERVATIONS   ON   THE     TETANUS.        253 

had  been  previously  debilitated  by  great  labour,  in 
warm  weather.  I  have  heard  of  its  having  been 
induced  in  a  man  by  agitation  of  mind,  occasioned 
by  seeing  a  girl  tread  upon  a  nail.  Fear  excited 
it  in  a  soldier  who  kneeled  down  to  be  shot.  Upon 
being  pardoned  he  was  unable  to  rise,  from  a  sud- 
den attack  of  tetanus.  Grief  produced  it  in  a 
case  mentioned  by  Di\  Willan. 

XL   Parturition. 

All  these  remote  and  exciting  causes  act  with 
more  or  less  certainty  and  force,  in  proportion  to 
the  greater  or  less  degrees  of  fatigue  which  have 
preceded  them. 

It  has  been  customary  with  authors  to  call  all 
those  cases  of  tetanus,  which  are  not  brought  on 
by  wounds,  symptomatic.  They  are  no  more  so 
than  those  which  are  said  to  be  idiopathic.  They 
all  depend  alike  upon  irritating  impressions,  made 
upon  one  part  of  the  body,  producing  morbid  ex- 
citement, or  disease  in  another.  It  is  immaterial, 
whether  the  impression  be  made  upon  the  intes- 
tines by  a  worm,  upon  the  ear  by  an  ungrateful 
noise,  upon  the  mind  by  a  strong  emotion,  or  upon 
the  sole  of  the  foot  by  a  nail ;   it  is  alike  commu- 


254        OBSERVATIONS  ON    THE   TETANUS. 

nicated  to  the  muscles,  which,  from  their  previous 
debility  and  irritability,  are  thrown  into  commo- 
tions by  it.  In  yielding  to  the  impression  of  irri- 
tants, they  follow  in  their  contractions  the  order  of 
their  predisposing  debility.  The  muscles  which 
move  the  lower  jaw  are  affected  more  early,  and 
more  obstinately  than  any  of  the  other  external 
muscles  of  the  body,  only  because  they  are  more 
constantly  in  a  relaxed,  or  idle  state. 

The  negroes  in  the  West- Indies  are  more  sub- 
ject to  this  disease  than  white  people.  This  has 
been  ascribed  to  the  greater  irritability  of  their 
muscular  systems,  which  constitutes  a  part  of  its 
predisposing  cause.  It  is  remarkable  that  their  sen- 
sibility lessens  with  the  increase  of  their  irritability ; 
and  hence,  Dr.  Moseley  says,  they  bear  surgical 
operations  much  better  than  white  people. 

New-born  infants  are  often  affected  by  this  dis- 
ease in  the  West- Indies.  I  have  seen  a  few  cases 
of  it  in  Philadelphia.  It  is  known  by  the  name  of 
the  jaw-fall.     Its  causes  are  : 

1.  The  cutting  of  the  navel  string.  This  is 
often  done  with  a  pair  of  dull  scissars,  by  which 
means  the  cord  is  bruised. 


OBSERVATIONS   ON    THE    TETANUS.        255 

r '  2.  The  acrimony  of  the  meconium  retained  in 
the  bowels. 

3.  Cold  air  acting  upon  the  body,  after  it  hast 
been  heated  by  the  air  of  a  hot  room. 

4.  Smoke  is  supposed  to  excite  it,  in  the  negro 
quarters  in  the  West- Indies. 

It  is  unknown,  Dr.  Winterbottom  informs  us, 
among  the  native  Africans  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Sierra  Leone. 

I  am  aware  that  it  is  ascribed  by  many  physi- 
cians to  only  one  of  the  above  causes ;  but  I  see 
no  reason  why  it  should  not  be  induced  by  more 
than  one  cause  in  infants,  when  we  see  it  brought 
on  by  so  many  different  causes  in  grown  people. 

The  tetanus  is  not  confined  to  the  human  species. 
It  often  affects  horses  in  the  West-Indies.  I  have 
seen  several  cases  of  it  in  Philadelphia. 

The  want  of  uniform  success  in  the  treatment  of 
this  disease,  has  long  been  a  subject  of  regret 
among  physicians.  It  may  be  ascribed  to  the  use 
of  the  same  remedies,  without  any  respect  to  the 
nature  of  the  causes  which  produce  it,  and  to  an 


256        OBSERVATIONS   ON    THE    TETANUS. 

undue  reliance  upon  some  one  remedy,  under  a 
belief  of  its  specific  efficacy.  Opium  has  been 
considered  as  its  antidote,  without  recollecting  that 
it  was  one  only,  of  a  numerous  class  of  medicines, 
that  are  all  alike  useful  in  it. 

Tetanus,  from  all  its  causes,  has  nearly  the  same 
premonitory  symptoms.  These  are  a  stiffness  in  the 
neck,  a  disposition  to  bend  forward,  in  order  to 
relieve  a  pain  in  the  back,  costiveness,  a  pain  about 
the  external  region  of  the  stomach,  and  a  disposi- 
tion to  start  in  sleep.  In  this  feeble  state  of  the 
disease,  an  emetic,  a  strong  dose  of  laudanum,  the 
w arm  bath,  or  a  few  doses  of  bark,  have  often  pre- 
vented its  being  completely  formed.  When  it  has 
arisen  from  a  wound,  dilating  it  if  small  or  healed, 
and  afterwards  inflaming  it,  by  applying  to  it  tur- 
pentine, common  salt,  corrosive  sublimate,  or  Spa- 
nish flies,  have,  in  many  hundred  instances,  been 
attended  with  the  same  salutary  effects. 

The  disease  I  have  said  is  seated  in  the  muscles, 
and,  while  they  are  preternaturally  excited,  the 
blood-vessels  are  in  a  state  of  reduced  excitement. 
This  is  evident  from  the  feebleness  and  slowness 
of  the  pulse.  It  sometimes  beats,  according  to 
Dr.  Lining,  but  forty  strokes  in  a  minute.  By 
stimulating  the  wound,   we  not  only  restore  the 


OBSERVATIONS  ON    THE   TETANUS.        257 

natural  excitement  of  the  blood-vessels,  but  we 
produce  an  inflammatory  diathesis  in  them,  which 
abstracts  morbid  excitement  from  the  muscular 
system,  and,  by  equalizing  it,  cures  the  disease. 
This  remedy  I  acknowledge  has  not  been  as  suc- 
cessfully employed  in  the  West- Indies  as  in  the 
United  States,  and  that  for  an   obvious   reason. 
The  blood-vessels  in  a  warm  climate  refuse  to  as- 
sume  an   inflammatory    action.       Stimuli    hurry 
them  on  suddenly  to  torpor  or  gangrene.     Hence 
the  danger  and  even  fatal  effects  of  blood-letting, 
in  the  fevers  which  affect  the  natives  of  the  islands, 
a  few  hours  after  they  are  formed.     But  widely 
different  is  the  nature  of  wounds,  and  of  the  ten- 
sion of  the  blood-vessels,  in  the  inhabitants  of  nor- 
thern countries.     While  Dr.  Dallas  deplores  the 
loss  of  49  out  of  50  affected  with  tetanus  from 
wounds,  in  the  West- India  islands,  I  am  sure  I 
could  mention  many  hundred  instances  of  the  dis- 
ease being  prevented,  and  a  very  different  propor- 
tion of  cures  being  performed,  by  inflaming  the 
wounds,  and  exciting  a  counter  morbid  action  in 
the  blood-vessels. 

When  the  disease  is  the  effect  of  fever,  the 
same  remedies  should  be  given,  as  are  employed 
in  the  cure  of  that  fever.  I  have  once  unlocked 
the  jaw  of  a  woman  who  was  seized  at  the  same 

vol.  i.  2  K 


258        OBSERVATIONS   ON   THE   TETANUS. 

time  with  a  remitting  fever,  by  an  emetic,  and  I 
have  heard  of  its  being  cured  in  a  company  of  sur- 
veyors, in  whom  it  was  the  effect  of  an  intermit- 
tent, by  large  doses  of  bark.  When  it  accom- 
panies malignant  fever,  hysteria,  or  gout,  the  reme- 
dies for  those  forms  of  disease  should  be  employed. 
Bleeding  was  highly  useful  in  it  in  a  case  of  yellow 
fever  which  occurred  in  Philadelphia  in  the  year 
1794. 

When  it  is  produced  by  the  suppression  of  per- 
spiration by  means  of  cold,  the  warm  bath  and 
sweating  medicines  have  been  found  most  useful 
in  it.  Nature  has  in  one  instance  pointed  out  the 
use  of  this  remedy,  by  curing  the  disease  by  a  mi- 
liary eruption  on  the  skin*. 

If  it  be  the  effect  of  poisonous  substances  taken 
into  the  stomach,  or  of  worms  in  the  bowels,  the 
cure  should  be  begun  by  emetics,  purges,  and  an- 
thelmintic medicines. 

Where  patients  are  unable  to  swallow,  from  the 
teeth  of  the  upper  and  lower  jaw  pressing  upon 
each  other,  a  tooth  or  two  should  be  extracted, 
to  open  a  passage  for  our  medicines  into  the  throat. 

*  fiurserus. 


OBSERVATIONS   ON   THE   TETANUS.        259 

If  this  be  impracticable  or  objected  to,  they  should 
be  injected  by  way  of  glyster. 

In  the  locked  jaw  which  arises  from  the  extrac- 
tion of  a  tooth,  an  instrument  should  be  introduced 
to  depress  the  jaw.  This  has  been  done  by  a 
noted  English  dentist  in  London,  with  success. 

As  the  habit  of  diseased  action  often  continues 
after  the  removal  of  its  causes,  and  as  some  of  the 
remote  causes  of  this  disease  are  beyond  the  reach 
of  medicine,  such  remedies  should  be  given  as  are 
calculated,  by  their  stimulating  power,  to  overcome 
the  morbid  or  spasmodic  action  of  the  muscles. 
These  are : 

1.  Opium.  It  should  be  given  in  large  and 
frequent  doses.  Dr.  Streltz  says  he  has  found 
from  one  to  two  drachms  of  an  alkali,  taken  in  the 
course  of  a  day,  greatly  to  aid  the  action  of  the 
opium  in  this  disease. 

2.  Wine.  This  should  be  given  in  quarts,  and 
even  gallons  daily.  Dr.  Currie  relates  a  case  of  a 
man  in  the  infirmary  of  Liverpool,  who  was  cured 
of  tetanus,  by  drinking  nearly  a  quarter  cask  of 
Madeira  wine.  Dr.  Hosack  speaks  in  high  terms 
of  it,  in  a  letter  to  Dr.  Duncan,  and  advises  its 


260        OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE   TETANUS. 

being  given  without  any  other  stimulating  medi- 
cine. 

3.  Ardent  spirits.  A  quack  in  New-Eng- 
land has  lately  cured  tetanus,  by  giving  ardent  spi- 
rits in  such  quantities  as  to  produce  intoxication. 
Upon  being  asked  his  reason  for  this  strange  prac- 
tice, he  said,  he  had  always  observed  the  jaw  to  fall 
in  drunken  men,  and  any  thing  that  would  produce 
that  effect,  he  supposed  to  be  proper  in  the  locked 
jaw. 

4.  The  bark  has  of  late  vears  been  used  in  this 
disease  with  success.  I  had  the  pleasure  of  first 
seeing  its  good  effects  in  the  case  of  Colonel  Stone, 
in  whom  a  severe  tetanus  followed  a  wound  in  the 
foot,  received  at  the  battle  of  Germantown,  in  Oc- 
tober, 1777. 

5.  The  cold  bath.  This  remedy  has  been 
revived  by  Dr.  Wright  of  Jamaica,  and  has  in  many 
instances  performed  cures  of  this  disease.  In  one 
of  two  cases  in  which  I  have  used  it  with  success, 
the  patient's  jaw  opened  in  a  few  minutes  after  the 
affusion  of  a  single  bucket  of  water  upon  her  body. 
The  disease  was  occasioned  by  a  slight  injury  done 
to  one  of  her  toes,  by  wearing  a  tight  shoe.  The 
•signals  for  continuing  the  use  of  the  cold  bath,  are 


OBSERVATIONS   ON   THE    TETANUS.        261 

its  being  followed  by  a  slight  degree  of  fever,  and 
a  general  warmth  of  the  skin.  Where  these  do 
not  occur,  there  is  reason  to  believe  it  will  do  no 
service,  or  perhaps  do  harm.  We  have  many 
proofs  of  the  difference  in  the  same  disease,  and  in 
die  operation  of  the  same  medicine,  in  different  and 
opposite  climates.  Dr.  Girdlestone  has  mentioned 
the  result  of  the  use  of  the  cold  bath  in  tetanus  in 
the  East- Indies,  which  furnishes  a  striking  addition 
to  the  numerous  facts  that  have  been  collected  upon 
that  subject.  He  tells  us  the  cold  bath  uniformly 
destroyed  life,  in  every  case  in  which  it  was  used. 
The  reason  is  obvious.  In  that  extremely  debili- 
tating climate,  die  system  in  tetanus  was  prostrated 
too  low  to  re-act,  under  the  sedative  operation  of 
the  cold  water. 

6.  The  warm  bath  has  often  been  used  with 
success  in  this  disease.  Its  temperature  should  be 
regulated  by  our  wishes  to  promote  sweats,  or  to 
produce  excitement  in  the  blood-vessels.  In  the 
latter  case  it  should  rise  above  the  heat  of  the  hu- 
man body. 

7.  The  oil  of  amber  acts  powerfully  upon 
the  muscular  system.  I  have  seen  the  happiest 
effects  from  the  exhibition  of  six  or  eight  drops  of 
it,  every  two  hours,  in  this  disease. 


262        OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  TETANUS. 

8.  A  salivation  has  been  often  recommended 
for  the  cure  of  tetanus,  but  unfortunately  it  can 
seldom  be  excited  in  time  to  do  service.  I  once 
saw  it  complete  the  cure  of  a  sailor  in  the  Pennsyl- 
vania hospital,  whose  life  was  prolonged  by  the 
alternate  use  of  bark  arid  wine.  The  disease  was 
brought  on  him  by  a  mortification  of  his  feet,  in 
consequence  of  their  being  frost-bitten. 

9.  Dr.  Girdlestone  commends  blisters  in 
high  terms  in  this  disease.  He  says  he  never  saw 
it  prove  fatal,  even  where  they  only  produced  a 
redness  on  the  skin. 

10.  I  have  heard  of  electricity  having  been 
used  with  advantage  in  tetanus,  but  I  can  say  no- 
thing in  its  favour  from  my  own  experience. 

In  order  to  ensure  the  utmost  benefit  from  the 
use  of  the  above  remedies,  it  will  be  necessary  for 
a  physician  always  to  recollect,  that  the  disease  is 
attended  with  great  morbid  action,  and  of  course 
each  of  the  stimulating  medicines  that  has  been 
mentioned  should  be  given,  1st,  in  large  doses ; 
2dly,  in  succession ;  3dly,  in  rotation ;  and  4thly, 
by  way  of  glyster,  as  well  as  by  the  mouth. 


OBSERVATIONS  ON   THE   TETANUS.        263 

The  jaw-fall  in  new-born  infants  is,  I  believe, 
always  fatal.  Purging  off  the  meconium  from  the 
bowels  immediately  after  birth  has  often  prevented 
it  from  one  of  its  causes  ;  and  applying  a  rag  wet- 
ted with  spirit  of  turpentine  to  the  navel-string,  im- 
mediately after  it  is  cut,  Dr.  Chisholm  says,  pre- 
vents it  from  another  of  its  causes  which  has  been 
mentioned. 

This  disease,  I  have  said,  sometimes  affects 
horses.  I  have  twice  seen  it  cured  by  applying  a 
potential  caustic  to  the  neck  under  the  mane,  by 
large  doses  of  the  oil  of  amber,  and  by  plunging 
one  of  them  into  a  river,  and  throwing  buckets  of 
cold  water  upon  the  other. 

I  shall  conclude  my  observations  upon  the  teta- 
nus with  the  following  queries  : 

1.  What  would  be  the  effects  of  copious  blood- 
Jetting  in  this  disease  ?  There  is  a  case  upon  re- 
cord of  its  efficacy,  in  the  Medical  Journal  of  Paris, 
and  I  have  now  in  my  possession  a  letter  from  the 
late  Dr.  Hopkins  of  Connecticut,  containing  the 
history  of  a  cure  performed  by  it.  Where  tetanus 
is  the  effect  of  primary  gout,  hysteria,  or  fever,  at- 
tended with  highly  inflammatory  symptoms,  bleed- 
ing is  certainly  indicated,  but,  in  general,  the  dis- 


264        OBSERVATIONS   ON   THE   TETANUS. 

i 

ease  is  so  completely  insulated  in  the  muscles,  and 
the  arteries  are  so  far  below  their  par  of  excite, 
ment  in  frequency  and  force,  that  little  benefit  can 
be  expected  from  that  remedy.  The  disease,  in 
these  cases,  seems  to  call  for  an  elevation,  instead 
of  a  diminution,  of  the  excitement  of  the  blood- 
vessels. 

2.  What  would  be  the  effect  of  extreme  cold  in 
this  disease  ?  Mr.  John  Hunter  used  to  say,  in 
his  lectures,  "  Were  he  to  be  attacked  by  it,  he 
would,  if  possible,  fly  to  Nova-Zembla,  or  throw 
himself  into  an  ice-house."  I  have  no  doubt  of 
the  efficacy  of  intense  cold,  in  subduing  the  inordi- 
nate morbid  actions  which  occur  in  the  muscular 
system ;  but  it  offers  so  much  violence  to  the 
fears  and  prejudices  of  sick  people,  or  their  friends, 
that  it  can  seldom  be  applied  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  derive  much  benefit  from  it.  Perhaps  the  seda- 
tive effects  of  cold  miffht  be  obtained  with  less 
difficulty,  by  wrapping  the  body  in  sheets,  and 
wetting  them  occasionally  for  an  hour  or  two  with 
cold  water. 

3.  What  would  be  the  effect  of  exciting  a  strong 
counter- action  in  the  stomach  and  bowels  in  this 
disease  ?  Dr.  Brown  of  Kentucky  cured  a  tetanus 
by  inflaming  the  stonuch,  by  means  of  the  tincture 


OBSERVATIONS   ON   THE    TETANUS.        265 

of  cantharides.  It  has  likewise  been  cured  by  a 
severe  cholera  morbus,  induced  by  a  large  dose  of 
corrosive  sublimate.  The  stomach  and  bowels,  and 
the  external  muscles  of  the  body,  discover  strong 
associations  in  many  diseases.  A  sick  stomach  is 
always  followed  by  general  weakness,  and  the  dry 
gripes  often  paralyze  the  muscles  of  the  arms  and 
limbs.  But  further,  one  of  the  remote  causes  of 
tetanus,  viz.  cold  air,  often  shows  the  near  relation- 
ship of  the  muscles  to  the  bowels,  and  the  vicarious 
nature  of  disease  in  each  of  them.  It  often  pro- 
duces in  the  latter,  in  the  West- Indies,  what  the 
French  physicians  call  a  "  crampe  seche,"  or,  in 
other  words,  if  I  may  be  allowed  the  expression,  a 
tetanus  in  the  bowels. 

4.  A  sameness  has  been  pointed  out  between 
many  of  the  symptoms  of  hydrophobia  and  te- 
tanus. A  similar  difficulty  of  swallowing,  and 
similar  convulsions  after  it,  have  been  remarked  in 
both  diseases.  Death  often  takes  place  suddenly 
in  tetanus,  as  it  does  in  hydrophobia,  without  pro- 
during  marks  of  fatal  disorganization  in  any  of  the 
internal  parts  of  the  body.  Dr.  Physick  supposes 
death  in  these  cases  to  be  the  effect  of  suffocation, 
from  a  sudden  spasm  and  closure  of  the  glottis, 
and  proposes  to  prevent  it  in  the  same  manner  that 
he  has  proposed  to  prevent  death  from  hydropho- 

vol.  i.  2  L 


26.6        OBSERVATIONS  ON   THE   TETANUS. 

bia,  that  is,  by  laryngotomy*.  The  prospect  of 
success  from  it  appears  alike  reasonable  in  both 
cases. 

*  Medical  Repository* 


THE  RESULT  OF  OBSERVATIONS 

MADE    UPON 

THE  DISEASES 

WHICH  OCCURRED  IN 

THE  MILITARY  HOSPITALS 

OF  THE  UNITED  STATES, 

DURING    THE    REVOLUTIONARY    WAR    BETWEEN    GREAT    BRITAIN. 

AND    THE    TINITEB    STATES. 


RESULT  OF  OBSERVATIONS,  &c. 


1.  THE  army  when  in  tents,  was  always 
more  sickly,  than  in  the  open  air.  It  was  likewise 
more  healthy  when  it  was  kept  in  motion,  than 
when  it  lay  in  an  encampment. 

2.  Young  men  under  twenty  years  of  age,  were 
subject  to  the  greatest  number  of  camp  diseases. 

3.  The  southern  troops  were  more  sickly  than 
the  northern  or  eastern  troops. 

4.  The  native  Americans  were  more  sickly  than 
the  natives  of  Europe  who  served  in  the  Ameri- 
can army. 

5.  Men  above  thirty,  and  five  and  thirty  years 
of  age,  were  the  hardiest  soldiers  in  the  army. 
Perhaps  the  reason  why  the  natives  of  Europe 


270  OBSERVATIONS    UPON    THE 

were  more  healthy  than  the  native  Americans,  was, 
they  were  more  advanced  in  life. 

6.  The  southern  troops  sickened  from  the  want 
of  salt  provisions.  Their  strength  and  spirits  were 
restored  only  by  means  of  salted  meat.  I  once 
saw  a  private  in  a  Virginia  regiment,  throw  away 
his  ration  of  choice  fresh  beef,  and  give  a  dollar 
for  a  pound  of  salted  bacon. 

7.  Those  officers  who  wore  flannel  shirts  or 
waistcoats  next  to  their  skins,  in  general  escaped 
fevers  and  diseases  of  all  kinds. 

8.  The  principal  diseases  in  the  hospitals  were 
the  typhus  gravior  and  mitior  of  Ccc'or  Cullen. 
Men  who  came  into  the  hospitals  with  pleurisies 
or  rheumatisms,  soon  lost  the  types  of  their  ori- 
ginal diseases,  and  suffered,  or  died,  by  the  above- 
mentioned  states  of  fever. 

9.  The  typhus  mitior  always  prevailed  most,  and 
with  the  worst  symptoms  in  winter.  A  free  air, 
which  could  only  be  obtained  in  summer,  always 
prevented,  or  mitigated  it. 

10.  In  all  those  cases,  where  the  contagion 
was  received,  cold  seldom  failed  to  render  it  ac- 


DISEASES   OF  MILITARY  HOSPITALS.      271 

tive.  Whenever  an  hospital  was  removed  in  win- 
ter,  one  half  of  the  patients  generally  sickened  on 
the  way,  or  soon  after  their  arrival  at  the  place  to 
which  they  were  sent. 

11.  Drunken  soldiers  and  convalescents  wTere 
most  subject  to  this  fever. 

12.  Those  patients  in  this  fever  who  had  large 
ulcers  on  their  back  or  limbs,  generally  recover- 
ed. 

13.  I  met  with  several  instances  of  buboes,  also 
of  ulcers  in  the  throat,  as  described  by  Doctor 
Donald  Monro.  They  were  mistaken  by  some  of 
the  junior  surgeons  for  venereal  sores,  but  they 
yielded  to  the  common  remedies  of  the  hospital 
fever. 

14.  There  were  many  instances  of  patients  in 
this  fever,  who  suddenly  fell  down  dead,  upon 
being  moved,  without  any  previous  symptoms  of 
approaching  dissolution.  This  was  more  especially 
the  case,  when  they  arose  to  go  to  stool. 

16.  The  contagion  of  this  fever  was  frequently 
conveyed  from  the  hospital  to  the  camp,  by  means 
of  blankets  and  clothes. 


272  OBSERVATIONS    UPON    THE 

16.  Those  black  soldiers  who  had  been  pre- 
viously slaves,  died  in  a  greater  proportion  by  this 
fever,  or  had  a  much  slower  recovery  from  it,  than 
the  same  number  of  white  soldiers. 

17.  The  remedies  which  appeared  to  do  most 
service  in  this  disease  were  vomits  of  tartar  eme- 
tic, gentle  dozes  of  laxative  salts,  bark,  wine,  vola- 
tile salt,  opium,  and  blisters. 

18.  An  emetic  seldom  failed  of  checking  this 
fever  if  exhibited  while  it  was  in  a  forming  state, 
and  before  the  patient  was  confined  to  his  bed. 

19.  Many  causes  concurred  to  produce,  and 
increase  this  fever ;  such  as  the  want  of  cleanliness, 
excessive  fatigue,  the  ignorance  or  negligence  of 
officers  in  providing  suitable  diet  and  accommo- 
dations for  their  men,  the  general  use  of  linen 
instead  of  woollen  clothes  in  the  summer  months, 
and  the  crowding  too  many  patients  together  in 
one  hospital,  with  such  other  inconveniences  and 
abuses,  as  usually  follow  the  union  of  the  pur- 
veying and  directing  departments  of  hospitals  in  the 
same  persons.  But  there  is  one  more  cause  of  this 
fever  which  remains  to  be  mentioned,  and  that  is, 
the  sudden  assembling  of  a  great  number  of  per- 
sons together  of  different  habits  and  manners,  such 


it 


DISEASES  OF  MILITARY  HOSPITALS.      273 

as  the  soldiers  of  the  American  army  were  in  the 
years  1776  and  1777.  Doctor  Blane  informs  us, 
in  his  observations  upon  the  diseases  of  seamen, 
"  that  it  sometimes  happens  that  a  ship  with  a 
"  long  established  crew  shall  be  very  healthy^  yet 
if  strangers  are  introduced  among  them,  who 
tl  are  also  healthy ,  sickness  will  be  mutually  pro- 
*'  duced."  The  history  of  diseases  furnishes  many 
proofs  of  the  truth  of  this  assertion*.  It  is  very 
remarkable,  that  while  the  American  army  at 
Cambridge,  in  the  year  1775,  consisted  only  of 
New-Englandmen  (whose  habits  and  manners  were 
the  same)  there  was  scarcely  any  sickness  among 
them.  It  was  not  till  the  troops  of  the  eastern, 
middle,  and  southern  states  met  at  New- York  and 
Ticonderoga,  in  the  year  1776,  that  the  typhus 
became  universal,  and  spread  with  such  peculiar 
mortality  in  the  armies  of  the  United  States. 

20.  The  dysentery  prevailed,  in  the  summer  of 
1777,  in  the  military  hospitals  of  New- Jersey,  but 

*  "  Cleanliness  is  founded  on  a  natural  aversion  to  what 
is  unseemly  and  offensive  in  the  persons  of  others ;  and  there 
seems  also  to  be  an  instinctive  horror  at  strangers  implanted 
in  human  nature  for  the  same  purpose,  as  is  visible  in  young 
children,  and  uncultivated  people.  In  the  early  ages  of 
Rome,  the  same  word  signified  both  a  stranger  and  an  ene- 
my."    Dr.  Blane,  p.  225. 

VOL.  I.  2m 


274  OBSERVATIONS  UPON   THE 

with  very  few  instances  of  mortality.  This  dysen- 
tery was  frequently  followed  by  an  obstinate  diarr- 
hoea, in  which  the  warm  bath  was  found  in  many 
cases  to  be  an  effectual  remedy. 

21.  I  saw  several  instances  of  fevers  occasioned 
by  the  use  of  the  common  ointment  made  of  the 
flour  of  sulphur  and  hog's  lard,  for  the  cure  of  the 
itch.  The  fevers  were  probably  brought  on  by 
the  exposure  of  the  body  to  the  cold  air,  in  the 
usual  method  in  which  that  ointment  is  applied.  I 
have  since  learned,  that  the  itch  may  be  cured  as 
speedily  by  rubbing  the  parts  affected,  two  or  three 
times,  with  the  dry  flour  of  sulphur,  and  that  no 
inconvenience,  and  scarcely  any  smell,  follow  this 
mode  of  using  it. 

22.  In  gun-shot  wounds  of  the  joints,  Mr, 
Ranby's  advice  of  amputating  the  limb  was  fol- 
lowed with  success.  I  saw  two  cases  of  death  where 
this  advice  was  neglected. 

23.  There  was  one  instance  of  a  soldier  who 
lost  his  hearing,  and  another  of  a  soldier  who  had 
been  deaf  who  recovered  his  hearing,  by  the  noise 
of  artillery  in  a  battle. 


DISEASES  OF  MILITARY   HOSPITALS.      275 

24.  Those  soldiers  who  were  bilietted  in  private 
houses,  generally  escaped  the  hospital  fever,  and 
recovered  soonest  from  all  their  diseases. 

25.  Hospitals  built  of  coarse  logs,  with  ground 
floors,  with  fire-places  in  the  middle  of  them,  and 
a  hole  in  the  roof,  for  the  discharge  of  smoke, 
were  found  to  be  very  conducive  to  the  recovery 
of  the  soldiers  from  the  hospital  fever.  This  form 
of  a  military  hospital  was  introduced  into  the  army 
by  Dr.  Tilton  of  the  state  of  Delaware*. 

26.  In  fevers  and  dysenteries,  those  soldiers  re- 
covered most  certainly,  and  most  speedily,  who  lay 
at  the  greatest  distance  from  the  walls  of  the  hos- 
pitals. This  important  fact  was  communicated  to 
me  by  the  late  Dr.  Beardsley  of  Connecticut. 

27.  Soldiers  are  but  little  more  than  adult  chil- 
dren. That  officer,  therefore,  will  best  perform 
his  duty  to  his  men,  who  obliges  them  to  take  the 
most  care  of  their  health. 

*  "  It  is  proved,  in  innumerable  instances,  that  sick  men 
recover  health  sooner  and  better  in  sheds,  huts,  and  barns, 
exposed  occasionally  to  wind,  and  sometimes  to  rain,  than 
in  the  most  superb  hospitals  in  Europe."  Jackson's  Re- 
marks on  the  Constitution  of  the  Medical  Department  of 
the  British  Army,  p.  340. 


j27G  OBSERVATIONS  UPON"  THE,  &C 

28.  Hospitals  are  the  sinks  of  human  life  in  an 
army.  They  robbed  the  United  States  of  more 
citizens  than  the  sword.  Humanity,  economy, 
and  philosophy,  all  concur  in  giving  a  preference 
to  the  conveniences  and  wholesome  air  of  private 
houses  ;  and  should  war  continue  to  be  the  absurd 
and  unchristian  mode  of  deciding  national  disputes> 
it  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  progress  of  science  will 
so  far  mitigate  one  of  its  greatest  calamities,  as  to 
produce  an  abolition  of  hospitals  for  acute  diseases. 
Perhaps  there  are  no  cases  of  sickness  in  which 
reason  and  religion  do  not  forbid  the  seclusion  of 
our  fellow  creatures  from  the  offices  of  humanity  in 
private  families,  except  where  they  labour  under 
the  calamities  of  madness  and  the  venereal  disease, 
or  where  they  are  the  subjects  of  some  of  the  ope*, 
rations  of  surgery. 


AN  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  INFLUENCE 


OF  THE 


MILITARY  AND  POLITICAL  EVENTS 


OF    THE 


AMERICAN  REVOLUTION 


UPON    THE 


HUMAN    BODY. 


AN  ACCOUNT,  &c. 


THERE  were  several  circumstances  pecu- 
liar to  the  American  revolution,  which  should  be 
mentioned  previously  to  an  account  of  the  influence 
of  the  events  which  accompanied  it,  upon  the  hu- 
man body. 

1.  The  revolution  interested  every  inhabitant 
of  the  country  of  both  sexes,  and  of  every  rank  and 
age  that  was  capable  of  reflection.  An  indifferent, 
or  neutral  spectator  of  the  controversy,  was  scarcely 
to  be  found  in  any  of  the  states. 

2.  The  scenes  of  war  and  government  which  it 
introduced,  were  new  to  the  greatest  part  of  the 
inhabitants  of  the  United  States,  and  operated  with 
all  the  force  of  novelty  upon  the  human  mind. 


280        INFLUENCE    OF    THE    REVOLUTION 

3.  The  controversy  was  conceived  to  be  the 
most  important  of  any  that  had  ever  engaged  the 
attention  of  mankind.  It  was  generally  believed, 
by  the  friends  of  the  revolution,  that  the  very  ex- 
istence of  freedom  upon  our  globe,  was  involved 
in  the  issue  of  the  contest  in  favour  of  the  United 
States. 

4.  The  American  revolution  included  in  it  the 
cares  of  government,  as  well  as  the  toils  and  dan- 
gers of  war.  The  American  mind  was,  therefore, 
frequently  occupied  at  the  same  time,  by  the  diffi- 
cult and  complicated  duties  of  political  and  military 
life. 

5.  The  revolution  was  conducted  by  men  who 
had  been  born/m*,  and  whose  sense  of  the  blessings 
of  liberty  was  of  course  more  exquisite  than  if  they 
had  just  emerged  from  a  state  of  slavery. 

6.  The  greatest  part  of  the  soldiers  in  the  armies 
of  the  United  States  had  family  connections  and 
property  in  the  country. 

7.  The  war  was  carried  on  by  the  Americans 
against  a  nation,  to  whom  they  had  long  been  tied 
by  the  numerous  obligations  of  consanguinity,  laws, 
religion,  commerce,  language,  interest,  and  a  mu* 


UPON    THE    HUMAN    BODY.  281 

tual  sense  of  national  glory.  The  resentments  of 
the  Americans  of  course  rose,  as  is  usual  in  all 
disputes,  in  proportion  to  the  number  and  force  of 
these  ancient  bonds  of  affection  and  union. 

8.  A  predilection  to  a  limited  monarchy,  as  an 
essential  part  of  a  free  and  safe  government,  and  an 
attachment  to  the  reigning  king  of  Great-Britain 
(with  a  very  few  exceptions),  were  universal  in 
every  part  of  the  United  States. 

9.  There  was  at  one  time  a  sudden  dissolution 
of  civil  government  in  all,  and  of  ecclesiastical 
establishments  in  several  of  the  states. 

10.  The  expences  of  the  war  were  supported 
by  means  of  a  paper  currency,  which  was  continu- 
ally depreciating. 

From  the  action  of  each  of  these  causes,  and 
frequently  from  their  combination  in  the  same  per- 
sons, effects  might  reasonably  be  expected,  both 
upon  the  mind  and  body,  which  have  seldom  oc- 
curred ;  or  if  they  have,  I  believe  were  never  fully 
recorded  in  any  age  or  country. 

It  might  afford  some  useful  instruction,  to  point 
out  the  influence  of  the  military  and  political  events 
vol.  i,  2  N 


282   INFLUENCE  OF  THE  REVOLUTION 

of  the  revolution  upon  the  understandings,  passions, 
and  morals  of  the  citizens  of  the  United  States ; 
but  my  business  in  the  present  inquiry,  is  only  to 
take  notice  of  the  influence  of  those  events  upon 
the  human  body,  through  the  medium  of  the  mind. 

I  shall  first  mention  the  effects  of  the  military, 
and  secondly,  of  the  political  events  of  the  revolu- 
tion.    The  last  must  be  considered  in  a  two-fold 
view,  accordingly  as  they  affected  the  friends,  or 
the  enemies  of  the  revolution. 

I.  In  treating  of  the  effects  of  the  military  events, 
I  shall  take  notice,  first,  of  the  influence  of  actual 
war,  and,  secondly,  of  the  influence  of  the  military 
life. 

In  the  beginning  of  a  battle,  I  have  observed 
thirst  to  be  a  very  common  sensation  among  both 
officers  and  soldiers.  It  occurred  where  no  exer- 
cise, or  action  of  the  body,  could  have  excited  it. 

Many  officers  have  informed  me,  that  after  the 
first  onset  in  a  battle,  they  felt  a  glow  of  heat,  so 
universal  as  to  be  perceptible  in  both  their  ears. 
This  was  the  case,  in  a  particular  manner,  in  the 
battle  of  Princeton,  on  the  third  of  January,  in  the 


UPON     THE    HUMAN     BODY.  283 

year  1777,  on  which  day  the  weather  was  remark- 
ably cold. 

A  veteran  colonel  of  a  New- England  regiment, 
whom  I  visited  at  Princeton,  and  who  was  wound- 
ed in  the  hand  at  the  battle  of  Monmouth,  on  the 
28th  of  June,  1778  (a  day  in  which  the  mercury 
stood  at  90°  of  Fahrenheit's  thermometer),  after  de- 
scribing his  situation  at  the  time  he  received  his 
wound,  concluded  his  story  by  remarking,  that 
"  fighting  was  hot  work  on  a  cold  day,  but  much 
"  more  so  on  a  warm  day."  The  many  instances 
which  appeared  after  that  memorable  battle,  of 
soldiers  who  were  found  among  the  slain  without 
any  marks  of  wounds  or  violence  upon  their  bo- 
dies, were  probably  occasioned  by  the  heat  excited 
in  the  body,  by  the  emotions  of  the  mind,  being 
added  to  that  of  the  atmosphere. 

Soldiers  bore  operations  of  every  kind  immedi- 
ately after  a  battle,  with  much  more  fortitude  than 
they  did  at  any  -time  afterwards. 

The  effects  of  the  military  life  upon  the  human 
body  come  next  to  be  considered  under  this  head. 

In  another  place*  I  have  mentioned  three  cases 

*  Page  204. 


284    INFLUENCE  OF  THE  REVOLUTION 

of  pulmonary  consumption  being  perfectly  cured 
by  the  diet  and  hardships  of  a  camp  life. 

Doctor  Blane,  in  his  valuable  observations  on 
the  diseases  incident  to  seamen,  ascribes  the  ex- 
traordinary healthiness  of  the  British  fleet  in  the 
month  of  April,  1782,  to  the  effects  produced  on 
the  spirit  of  the  soldiers  and  seamen,  by  the  vic- 
tory obtained  over  the  French  fleet  on  the  12th 
of  that  month ;  and  relates,  upon  the  authority  of 
Mr.  Ives,  an  instance  in  the  war  between  Great- 
Britain  and  the  combined  powers  of  France  and 
Spain,  in  1744,  in  which  the  scurvy,  as  well  as 
other  diseases,  were  checked  by  the  prospect  of  a 
naval  engagement. 

The  American  army  furnished  an  instance  of 
the  effects  of  victory  upon  the  human  mind,  which 
may  serve  to  establish  the  inferences  from  the  facts 
related  by  Doctor  Blane.  The  Philadelphia  mi- 
litia who  joined  the  remains  of  General  Washing- 
ton's army,  in  December,  1776,  and  shared  with 
them  a  few  days  afterwards  in  the  capture  of  a 
large  body  of  Hessians  at  Trenton,  consisted  of 
1500  men,  most  of  whom  had  been  accustomed 
to  the  habits  of  a  city  life.  These  men  slept  in 
tents  and  barns,  and  sometimes  in  the  open  air 
during  the  usual  colds  of  December  and  January  ; 


UPON    THE    HUMAN    BODY.  285 

and  yet  there  were  but  two  instances  of  sickness, 
and  only  one  of  death,  in  that  body  of  men  in  the 
course  of  nearly  six  weeks,  in  those  winter  months. 
This  extraordinary  healthiness  of  so  great  a  num- 
ber of  men  under  such  trying  circumstances,  can 
only  be  ascribed  to  the  vigour  infused  into  the 
human  body  by  the  victory  of  Trenton  having 
produced  insensibility  to  all  the  usual  remote  causes 
of  diseases. 

Militia  officers  and  soldiers,  who  enjoyed  good 
health  during  a  campaign,  were  often  affected  by 
fevers  and  other  diseases,  as  soon  as  they  return- 
ed to  their  respective  homes.  I  knew  one  instance 
of  a  militia  captain,  who  was  seized  with  convul- 
sions the  first  night  he  lay  on  a  feather  bed,  after 
sleeping  several  months  on  a  mattrass,  or  upon  the 
ground.  These  affections  of  the  body  appeared 
to  be  produced  only  by  the  sudden  abstraction  of 
that  tone  in  the  system  which  was  excited  by  a 
sense  of  danger,  and  the  other  invigorating  objects 
of  a  military  life. 

The  nostalgia  of  Doctor  Cullen,  or  the 
home -sickness,  was  a  frequent  disease  in  the  Ame- 
rican army,  more  especially  among  the  soldiers  of 
the  New- England  states.  But  this  disease  was 
suspended  by  the  superior  action  of  the  mind  un- 


286        INFLUENCE    OF     THE    REVOLUTION 

der  the  influence  of  the  principles  which  governed 
common  soldiers  in  the  American  army.  Of  this 
General  Gates  furnished  me  with  a  remarkable  in- 
stance in  1776,  soon  after  his  return  from  the 
command  of  a  large  body  of  regular  troops  and 
militia  at  Ticonderoga.  From  the  effects  of  the 
nostalgia,  and  the  feebleness  of  the  discipline, 
which  was  exercised  over  the  militia,  desertions 
were  very  frequent  and  numerous  in  his  army,  in 
the  latter  part  of  the  campaign ;  and  yet  during 
the  three  weeks  in  which  the  general  expected  every 
hour  an  attack  to  be  made  upon  him  by  General 
Burgoyne,  there  was  not  a  single  desertion  from 
his  army,  which  consisted  at  that  time  of  10,000 
men. 

The  patience,  firmness,  and  magnanimity  with 
which  the  officers  and  soldiers  of  the  American 
army  endured  the  complicated  evils  of  hunger, 
cold,  and  nakedness,  can  only  be  ascribed  to  an 
insensibility  of  body  produced  by  an  uncommon 
tone  of  mind  excited  by  the  love  of  liberty  and 
their  country. 

Before  I  proceed  to  the  second  general  division 
of  this  subject,  I  shall  take  notice,  that  more  in- 
stances of  apoplexies  occurred  in  the  city  of  Phi- 
ladelphia>  in  the  winter  of  1774-5,  than  had  been 


UPON    THE    HUMAN    BODY.  287 

known  in  former  years.  I  should  have  hesitated 
in  recording  this  fact,  had  I  not  found  the  obser- 
vation supported  by  a  fact  of  the  same  kind,  and 
produced  by  a  nearly  similar  cause,  in  the  appendix 
to  the  practical  works  of  Doctor  Baglivi,  professor 
of  physic  and  anatomy  at  Rome.  After  a  very 
wet  season  in  the  winter  of  1694-5,  he  informs 
us,  that  "  apoplexies  displayed  their  rage ;  and 
"  perhaps  (adds  our  author)  that  some  part  of  this 
"  epidemic  illness  was  owing  to  the  universal  grief 
"  and  domestic  care,  occasioned  by  all  Europe  be- 
"  ing  engaged  in  a  war.  All  commerce  was  dis- 
"  turbed,  and  all  the  avenues  of  peace  blocked  up, 
"  so  that  the  strongest  heart  could  scarcely  bear 
"  the  thoughts  of  it."  The  winter  of  1774-5  was 
a  period  of  uncommon  anxiety  among  the  citizens 
of  America.  Every  countenance  wore  the  marks 
of  painful  solicitude,  for  the  event  of  a  petition  to 
the  throne  of  Britain,  which  was  to  determine  whe- 
ther reconciliation,  or  a  civil  war,  with  all  its  terri- 
ble and  distressing  consequences,  were  to  take 
place.  The  apoplectic  fit,  which  deprived  the 
world  of  the  talents  and  virtues  of  Peyton  Ran- 
dolph, while  he  filled  the  chair  of  congress,  in  1775, 
appeared  to  be  occasioned  in  part  by  the  pressure 
of  the  uncertainty  of  those  great  events  upon  his 
mind.  To  the  name  of  this  illustrious  patriot, 
several  others  might  be  added,  who  were  affected 


288   INFLUENCE  OE  THE  REVOLUTION 

by  the  apoplexy  in  the  same  memorable  year.  At 
this  time  a  difference  of  opinion  upon  the  subject 
of  the  contest  with  Great-Britain,  had  scarcely 
taken  place  among  the  citizens  of  America. 

II.  The  political  events  of  the  revolution  pro- 
duced different  effects  upon  the  human  body, 
through  the  medium  of  the  mind,  according  as 
they  acted  upon  the  friends  or  enemies  of  the  re- 
volution. 

I  shall  first  describe  its  effects  upon  the  former 
class  of  citizens  of  the  United  States. 

Many  persons,  of  infirm  and  delicate  habits, 
were  restored  to  perfect  health,  by  the  change  of 
place,  or  occupation,  to  which  the  war  exposed 
them.  This  was  the  case  in  a  more  especial  man- 
ner with  hysterical  women,  who  were  much  inte- 
rested in  the  successful  issue  of  the  contest.  The 
same  effects  of  a  civil  war  upon  the  hysteria,  were 
observed  by  Doctor  Cullen  in  Scotland,  in  the 
years  1745  and  1746.  It  may  perhaps  help  to 
extend  our  ideas  of  the  influence  of  the  passions 
upon  diseases,  to  add,  that  when  either  love,  jea- 
lousy, grief,  or  even  devotion,  wholly  engross  the 
female  mind,  they  seldom  fail,  In  like  manner,  to 
cure  or  to  suspend  hysterical  complaints. 


UPON    THE    HUMAN    BODY.  289 

All  uncommon  cheerfulness  prevailed  every 
where,  among  the  friends  of  the  revolution.  De- 
feats, and  even  the  loss  of  relations  and  property, 
were  soon  forgotten  in  the  great  objects  of  the 
war. 

The  population  in  the  United  States  was  more 
rapid  from  births  during  the  war,  than  it  had  ever 
been  in  the  same  number  of  years  since  die  settle- 
ment of  the  country. 

I  am  disposed  to  ascribe  this  increase  of  births 
chiefly  to  the  quantity  and  extensive  circulation  of 
money,  and  to  the  facility  of  procuring  the  means 
of  subsistence  during  the  war,  which  favoured 
marriages  among  the  labouring  part  of  the  peor 
pie*.  But  I  have  sufficient  documents  to  prove, 
that  marriages  were  more  fruitful  than  in  former 
years,  and  that  a  considerable  number  of  unfruit- 
ful marriages  became  fruitful  during  the  war.  In 
1783,  the  year  of  the  peace,  there  were  several 

*  Wheat,  which  was  sold  before  the  war  for  seven  shil- 
lings and  sixpence,  was  sold  for  several  years  during  the  war 
for  four,  and  in  some  places  for  two  and  sixpence  Pennsyl- 
vania currency  per  bushel.  Beggars  of  every  description 
disappeared  in  the  year  1776,  and  were  seldom  seen  till 
near  the  close  of  the  war. 

VOL.  I.  2  O 


&9Q   INFLUENCE  OF  THE  REVOLUTION 

children  born  of  parents  who  had  lived  many  years, 
together  without  issue. 

Mr.  Hume  informs  us,  in  his  History  of  Eng- 
land, that  some  old  people,  upon  hearing  the  news 
of  the  restoration  of  Charles  II,  died  suddenly 
of  joy.  There  was  a  time  when  I  doubted  the 
truth  of  this  assertion  ;  but  I  am  now  disposed  to 
believe  it,  from  having  heard  of  a  similar  effect 
from  an  agreeable  political  event,  in  the  course  of 
the  American  revolution.  The  door-keeper  of 
congress,  an  aged  man,  died  suddenly,  immedi- 
ately after  hearing  of  the  capture  of  Lord  Corn- 
wallis'  army.  His  death  was  universally  ascribed 
to  a  violent  emotion  of  political  joy.  This  species 
of  joy  appears  to  be  one  of  the  strongest  emotions 
that  can  agitate  the  human  mind. 

Perhaps  the  influence  of  that  ardour  in  trade 
and  speculation,  which  seized  many  of  the  friends 
of  the  revolution,  and  which  was  excited  by  the 
fallacious  nominal  amount  of  the  paper  money, 
should  rather  be  considered  as  a  disease,  than  as  a 
passion.  It  unhinged  the  judgment,  deposed  the 
moral  faculty,  and  filled  the  imagination,  in  many 
people,  with  airy  and  impracticable  schemes  of 
wealth  and  grandeur.  Desultory  manners,  and  a 
peculiar  species  of  extempore  conduct,  were  among 


UTON    THE    HUMAN    BODY.  291 

its  characteristic  symptoms.  It  produced  insensi- 
bility to  cold,  hunger,  and  danger.  The  trading 
towns,  and  in  some  instances  the  extremities  of 
the  United  States,  were  frequently  visited  in  a  few 
hours  or  days  by  persons  affected  by  this  disease  ; 
and  hence  "  to  travel  with  the  speed  of  a  specu- 
"  lator,"  became  a  common  saying  in  many  parts 
of  the  country.  This  species  of  insanity  (if  I  may 
be  allowed  to  call  it  by  that  name)  did  not  require 
the  confinement  of  a  bedlam  to  cure  it,  like  the 
South- Sea  madness  described  by  Doctor  Mead. 
Its  remedies  were  the  depreciation  of  the  paper 
money,  and  the  events  of  the  peace. 

The  political  events  of  the  revolution  produced 
upon  its  enemies  very  different  effects  from  those 
which  have  been  mentioned. 

The  hypochondriasis  of  Doctor  Cullen  occur- 
red, in  many  instances,  in  persons  of  this  descrip- 
tion. In  some  of  them,  the  terror  and  distress  of 
the  revolution  brought  on  a  true  melancholia*. 
The  causes  which  produced  these  diseases  may  be 
reduced  to  four  heads.  1.  The  loss  of  former 
power  or  influence  in  government.  2.  The  des- 
truction of  the  hierarchy  of  the  English  church  in 

*  Insania  partialis  sine  dyspepsia,  of  Doctor  Cullen. 


292       INFLUENCE    OF    THE    REVOLUTION 

America.  3.  The  change  in  the  habits  of  diet, 
and  company,  and  manners,  produced  by  the  anni- 
hilation of  just  debts  by  means  of  depreciated  paper 
money.  And  4.  The  neglect,  insults,  and  oppres- 
sion, to  which  the  loyalists  were  exposed,  from  in- 
dividuals, and,  in  several  instances,  from  the  laws 
of  some  of  the  states. 

It  was  observed  in  South- Carolina,  that  several 
gentlemen  who  had  protected  their  estates  by 
swearing  allegiance  to  the  British  government,  died 
soon  after  the  evacuation  of  Charleston  by  the  Bri- 
tish army.  Their  deaths  were  ascribed  to  the 
neglect  with  which  they  were  treated  by  their  an- 
cient friends,  who  had  adhered  to  the  government 
of  the  United  States.  The  disease  was  called,  by 
the  common  people,  the  protection  fever. 

From  the  causes  which  produced  this  hypochon- 
driasis, I  have  taken  the  liberty  of  distinguishing  it 
by  the  name  of  revolutiana. 

In  some  cases,  this  disease  was  rendered  fatal 
by  exile  and  confinement ;  and,  in  others,  by 
those  persons  who  were  afflicted  with  it,  seeking 
relief  from  spiritous  liquors. 


UPON    THE    HUMAN    BODY.  293 

The  termination  of  the  war  by  the  peace  in 
1783,  did  not  terminate  the  American  revolution. 
The  minds  of  the  citizens  of  the  United  States 
were  wholly  unprepared  for  their  new  situation. 
The  excess  of  the  passion  for  liberty,  inflamed  by 
the  successful  issue  of  the  war,  produced,  in  many 
people,  opinions  and  conduct  which  could  not  be 
removed  by  reason  nor  restrained  by  government. 
For  a  while,  they  threatened  to  render  abortive 
the  goodness  of  heaven  to  the  United  States,  in 
delivering  them  from  the  evils  of  slavery  and  war. 
The  extensive  influence  which  these  opinions  had 
upon  the  understandings,  passions,  and  morals  of 
many  of  the  citizens  of  the  United  States,  consti- 
tuted a  form  of  insanity,  which  I  shall  take  the 
liberty  of  distinguishing  by  the  name  of  anarchia* 

I  hope  no  offence  will  be  given  by  the  freedom 
of  any  of  these  remarks.  An  inquirer  after  philo- 
sophical truth  should  consider  the  passions  of  men 
in  the  same  light  that  he  does  the  laws  of  matter 
or  motion.  The  friends  and  enemies  of  the  Ame- 
rican revolution  must  have  been  more,  or  less  than 
men,  if  they  could  have  sustained  the  magnitude 
and  rapidity  of  the  events  that  characterised  it, 
without  discovering  some  marks  of  human  weak- 
ness, both  in  body  and  mind.  Perhaps  these  weak- 
nesses were  permitted,  that  human  nature  might 


294    INFLUENCE   OF   THE   REVOLUTION,  &C. 

receive  fresh  honours  in  America,  by  the  contend- 
ing parties  (whether  produced  by  the  controver- 
sies about  independence  or  the  national  govern- 
ment) mutually  forgiving  each  other,  and  uniting 
in  plans  of  general  order,  and  happiness. 


*• 


AN  INQUIRY 


> 
INTO 


THE   RELATION   OF 

TASTES  AND  ALIMENTS 

TO  EACH  OTHER, 


AND 


INTO  THE  INFLUENCE  OF  THIS  RELATION 


UPON 


HEALTH  AND  PLEASURE. 


•  « 


AN  INQUIRY,  &c. 


IN  entering  upon  this  subject,  I  feel  like 
the  clown,  who,  after  several  unsuccessful  attempts 
to  play  upon  a  violin,  threw  it  hastily  from  him, 
exclaiming  at  the  same  time,  that  "  there  was  mu- 
sic in  it,"  but  that  he  could  not  bring  it  out. 

I  shall  endeavour,  by  a  few  brief  remarks,  to  lay 
a  foundation  for  more  successful  inquiries  upon 
this  difficult  subject. 

Attraction  and  repulsion  seem  to  be  the  active 
principles  of  the  universe.  They  pervade  not  only 
the  greatest,  but  the  minutest  works  of  nature. 
Salts,  earths,  inflammable  bodies,  metals,  and  ve- 
getables, have  all  their  respective  relations  to  each 
other.  The  order  of  these  relations  is  so  uniform, 
that  it  has  been  ascribed  by  some  philosophers  to 

vol.  r.  2  p 


298        THE    RELATION    OF    TASTES    AND 

a  latent  principle  of  intelligence  pervading  each  of 
them.  . 

Colours,  odours,  and  sounds,  have  likewise  their 
respective  relations  to  each  other.  They  become 
agreeable  and  disagreeable,  only  in  proportion  to 
the  natural  or  unnatural  combination  which  takes 
place  between  each  of  their  different  species. 

It  is  remarkable,  that  the  number  of  original 
colours  and  notes  in  music  is  exactly  the  same.  All 
the  variety  in  both,  proceeds  from  the  difference  of 
combination.  An  arbitrary  combination  of  them 
is  by  no  means  productive  of  pleasure.  The  rela- 
tion which  every  colour  and  sound  bear  to  each 
other,  was  as  immutably  established  at  the  creation, 
as  the  order  of  the  heavenly  bodies,  or  as  the  rela- 
tion of  the  objects  of  chemistry  to  each  other. 

But  this  relation  is  not  confined  to  colours  and 
sounds  alone.  It  probably  extends  to  the  objects 
of  human  aliment.  For  example,  bread  and  meat, 
meat  and  salt,  the  alkalescent  meats  and  acescent 
vegetables,  all  harmonize  with  each  other  upon  the 
tongue  ;  while  fish  and  flesh,  butter  and  raw  onions, 
fish  and  milk,  when  combined,  are  all  offensive  to 
a  pure  and  healthy  taste. 


ALIMENTS     TO    EACH    OTHER.  299 

It  would  be  agreeable  to  trace  the  analogy  of 
sounds  and  tastes.  They  have  both  their  flats  and 
their  sharps.  They  are  both  improved  by  the  con- 
trast of  discords.  Thus  pepper,  and  other  condi- 
ments (which  are  disagreeable  when  taken  by  them- 
selves) enhance  the  relish  of  many  of  our  aliments, 
and  they  are  both  delightful  in  proportion  as  they 
are  simple  in  their  composition.  To  illustrate 
this  analogy  by  more  examples  from  music,  would 
lead  us  from  the  subject  of  the  present  inquiry. 

It  is  observable  that  the  tongue  and  the  sto- 
mach, like  instinct  and  reason,  are,  by  nature,  in 
unison  with  each  other.  One  of  those  organs  must 
always  be  disordered,  when  they  disagree  in  a  sin- 
gle article  of  aliment.  When  they  both  unite  in 
articles  of  diet  that  were  originally  disagreeable, 
it  is  owing  to  a  perversion  in  each  of  them,  similar 
to  that  which  takes  place  in  the  human  mind, 
when  both  the  moral  faculty  and  the  conscience 
lose  their  natural  sensibility  to  virtue  and  vice. 

Unfortunately  for  this  part  of  science,  the  taste 
and  the  stomach  are  so  much  perverted  in  infancy 
and  childhood  by  heterogeneous  aliment,  that  it  is 
difficult  to  tell  what  kinds,  and  mixtures  of  food  are 
natural,  and  what  are  artificial.  It  is  true,  the 
system  possesses  a  power  of  accommodating  itself 


300    THE  RELATION  OF  TASTES  AND 

both  to  artificial  food,  and  to  the  most  discordant 
mixtures  of  that  which  is  natural ;  but  may  we 
not  reasonably  suppose,  that  the  system  would  pre- 
serve its  natural  strength  and  order  much  longer, 
if  no  such  violence  had  been  offered  to  it  ? 

If  the  relation  of  aliments  to  each  other  follow s 
the  analogy  of  the  objects  of  chemistry,  then  their 
union  will  be  influenced  by  many  external  circum- 
stances, such  as  heat  and  cold,  dilution,  concen- 
tration, rest,  motion,  and  the  addition  of  substances 
which  promote  unnatural,  or  destroy  natural  mix- 
tures. This  idea  enlarges  the  field  of  inquiry  be- 
fore us,  and  leads  us  still  further  from  facts  and 
certainty  upon  this  subject,  but  at  the  same  time 
it  does  not  preclude  us  from  the  hope  of  obtaining 
both ;  for  every  difficulty  that  arises  out  of  this 
view  of  the  subject,  may  be  removed  by  observa- 
tion and  experiment. 

I  come  now  to  apply  these  remarks  to  health 
and  pleasure.  I  shall  select  only  a  few  cases  for 
this  purpose ;  for  if  my  principles  be  true,  my 
readers  cannot  avoid  discovering  many  other  illus- 
trations of  them. 

1.  When  an  article  of  diet  is  grateful  to  the 
taste,  and  afterwards  disagrees  with  the  stomach, 


ALIMENTS    TO    EACH    OTHER.  301 

may  it  not  be  occasioned  by  some  other  kind  of 
food,  or  by  some  drink  being  taken  into  the  sto- 
mach, which  refuses  to  unite  with  the  offending 
article  of  diet  ? 

2.  May  not  the  uneasiness  which  many  persons 
feel  after  a  moderate  meal,  arise  from  its  having 
consisted  of  articles  of  aliment  which  were  not  re- 
lated to  each  other  ? 

3.  May  not  the  delicacy  of  stomach  which  some- 
times occurs  after  the  fortieth  or  forty-fifth  }^ear  of 
human  life,  be  occasioned  by  nature  recovering 
her  empire  in  the  stomach,  so  as  to  require  simpli- 
city in  diet,  or  such  articles  only  of  aliment  as  are 
related  ?  May  not  this  be  the  reason  why  most 
people,  who  have  passed  those  periods  of  life,  are 
unable  to  retain  or  to  digest  fish  and  flesh  at  the 
same  time,  and  why  they  generally  dine  only  upon 
one  kind  of  food  ? 

4.  Is  not  the  language  of  nature  in  favour  of 
simplicity  in  diet,  discovered  by  the  avidity  with 
which  the  luxurious  and  intemperate  often  seek 
relief  from  variety  and  satiety,  by  retreating  to 
spring  water  for  drink,  and  to  bread  and  milk  for 
aliment  ? 


302    THE  RELATION"  OT    TASTES  AND 

5.  May  not  the  reason  why  plentiful  meals  of 
fish,  venison,  oysters,  beef,  or  mutton,  when  eaten 
alone,  lie  so  easily  in  the  stomach,  and  digest  so 
speedily,  be  occasioned  by  no  other  food  being 
taken  with  them  ?  A  pound,  and  even  more,  of 
the  above  articles,  frequently  oppress  the  system 
much  less  than  half  the  quantity  of  heterogeneous 
aliments. 

6.  Does  not  the  facility  with  which  a  due  mix- 
ture of  vegetable  and  animal  food  digests  in  the 
stomach,  indicate  the  certainty  of  their  relation  to 
each  other  ? 

7.  May  not  the  peculiar  good  effects  of  a  diet 
wholly  vegetable,  or  animal,  be  occasioned  by  the 
more  frequent  and  intimate  relation  of  the  articles 
of  the  same  kingdoms  to  each  other  ?  And  may 
not  this  be  the  reason  why  so  few  inconveniences 
are  felt  from  the  mixture  of  a  variety  of  vegetables 
in  the  stomach  ? 

8.  May  not  the  numerous  acute  and  chronic  dis- 
eases of  the  rich  and  luxurious,  arise  from  hetero- 
geneous aliments  being  distributed  in  a  disused, 
instead  of  a  mixed  state,  through  every  part  of  the 
body  f 


ALIMENTS    TO    EACH    OTHER.  303 

9.  May  not  the  many  cures  which  are  ascribed 
to  certain  articles  of  diet,  be  occasioned  more  by 
their  being  taken  alone,  than  to  any  medicinal 
quality  inherent  in  them  ?  A  diet  of  oysters  in  one 
instance,  of  strawberries  in  another,  and  of  sugar 
of  roses  in  many  instances,  has  cured  violent  and 
dangerous  diseases  of  the  breast*.  Grapes,  ac- 
cording to  Doctor  Moore,  when  eaten  in  large 
quantities,  have  produced  the  same  salutary  effect. 
A  milk  diet,  persisted  in  for  several  years,  has 
cured  the  gout  and  epilepsy.  I  have  seen  many 
cases  of  dyspepsia  cured  by  a  simple  diet  of  beef 
and  mutton,  and  have  heard  of  a  well-attested  case 
of  a  diet  of  veal  alone  having  removed  the  same 
disease,  Squashes,  and  turnips  likewise,  when 
taken  by  themselves,  have  cured  that  distressing 
complaint  in  the  stomach.  It  has  been  removed 
even  by  milk,  when  taken  bv  itself  in  a  moderate 
quantityf.  The  further  the  body,  and  more  espe- 
cially the  stomach,  recede  from  health,  the  more 
this  simplicity  of  diet  becomes  necessary.  The 
appetite  in  these  cases  does  not  speak  the  language 
of  uncorrupted  nature.     It  frequently  calls  for  va- 


*  Vansweiten,  1209.  3. 

t  Medical  Observations  and   Inquiries,  vol.  VI.  p.  310- 
319. 


304    THE  RELATION  OF  TASTES  AND 

rious  and  improper  aliment ;  but  this  is  the  effect 
of  intemperance  having  produced  an  early  breach 
between  the  taste  and  the  stomach. 

Perhaps  the  extraordinary  cures  of  obstinate  dis- 
eases which  are  sometimes  performed  by  persons 
not  regularly  educated  in  physic,  may  be  occa- 
sioned by  a  long  and  steady  perseverance  in  the  use 
of  a  single  article  of  the  materia  medica.  Those 
chemical  medicines  which  decompose  each  other, 
are  not  the  only  substances  which  defeat  the  in- 
tention of  the  prescriber.  Galenical  medicines, 
by  combination,  I  believe,  frequently  produce  ef- 
fects that  are  of  a  compound  and  contrary  nature 
to  their  original  and  simple  qualities.  This  remark 
is  capable  of  extensive  application,  but  I  quit  it  as 
a  digression  from  the  subject  of  this  inquiry. 

10.  I  wish  it  to  be  observed,  that  I  have  con- 
demned the  mixture  of  different  aliments  in  the 
stomach  only  in  a  few  cases,  and  under  certain  cir- 
cumstances. It  remains  yet  to  determine  by  ex- 
periments, what  changes  are  produced  upon  ali- 
ments by  heat,  dilution,  addition,  concentration, 
motion,  rest,  and  the  addition  of  uniting  substances, 
before  we  can  decide  upon  the  relation  of  aliments 
to  each  other,  and  the  influence  of  that  relation 
upon  health.       The  olla  podrida  of  Spain  is  said 


ALIMENTS  TO  EACH  OTHER.      305 

to  be  a  pleasant  and  wholesome  dish.  It  is  proba- 
bly rendered  so,  by  a  previous  tendency  of  all  its 
ingredients  to  putrefaction,  or  by  means  of  heat 
producing  a  new  arrangement,  or  additional  new 
relations  of  all  its  parts.  I  suspect  heat  to  be  a 
powerful  agent  in  disposing  heterogeneous  aliments 
to  unite  with  each  other ;  and  hence  the  mixture 
of  aliments  is  probably  less  unhealthy  in  France  and 
Spain,  than  in  England,  where  so  much  less  fire  is 
used  in  preparing  them,  than  in  the  former  coun- 
tries. 

As  too  great  a  mixture  of  glaring  colours,  which 
are  related  to  each  other,  becomes  painful  to  the 
eye,  so  too  great  a  mixture  of  related  aliments  op- 
presses the  stomach,  and  debilitates  the  powers  of 
the  system.  The  original  colours  of  the  sky,  and 
of  the  surface  of  the  globe,  have  ever  been  found 
the  most  permanently  agreeable  to  the  eye.  In 
like  manner,  I  am  disposed  to  believe  that  there 
are  certain  simple  aliments  which  correspond,  in 
their  sensible  qualities,  with  the  intermediate  co- 
lours of  blue  and  green,  that  are  most  permanently 
agreeable  to  the  tongue  and  stomach,  and  that 
every  deviation  from  them,  is  a  departure  from  the 
simplicity  of  health  and  nature. 

vol.  i.  2  (^ 


306  THE    RELATION     OF    TASTES     AND 

11.  While  nature  seems  to  have  limited  us  to 
simplicity  in  aliment,  is  not  this  restriction  abun- 
dantly compensated  by  the  variety  of  tastes  which 
she  allows  us  to  impart  to  it,  in  order  to  diversify 
and  increase  the  pleasure  of  eating  ?  It  is  remark- 
able that  salt,  sugar,  mustard,  horse-radish,  capers, 
and  spices  of  all  kinds,  according  to  Mr.  Gosse's 
experiments,  related  by  Abbe  Spallanzani*,  all 
contribute  not  only  to  render  aliments  savoury,  but 
to  promote  their  digestion. 

12.  When  we  consider,  that  part  of  the  art  of 
cookery  consists  in  rendering  the  taste  of  aliments 
agreeable,  is  it  not  probable  that  the  pleasure  of 
eating  might  be  increased  beyond  our  present 
knowledge  upon  that  subject,  by  certain  new  ar- 
rangements or  mixtures  of  the  substances  which 

o 

are   used   to   impart  a  pleasant  taste  to  our  ali- 
ment ? 

13.  Should  philosophers  ever  stoop  to  this  sub- 
ject, may  they  not  discover  and  ascertain  a  table  of 
the  relations  of  sapid  bodies  to  each  other,  with 
the  same  accuracy  that  they  have  ascertained  the 
relation  of  the  numerous  objects  of  chemistry  to 
each  other  ? 

*  Dissertations,  vol.  I.  p.  326. 


ALIMENTS    TO    EACH    OTHER*  307 

14,  When  the  tongue  and  stomach  agree  in  the 
same  kinds  of  aliment,  may  not  the  increase  of  the 
pleasure  of  eating  be  accompanied  with  an  increase 
of  health  and  prolongation  of  life  ? 

15.  Upon  the  pleasure  of  eating,  I  shall  add  the 
following  remarks.  In  order  to  render  it  truly  ex- 
quisite, it  is  necessary  that  all  the  senses,  except 
that  of  taste,  should  be  as  quiescent  as  possible. 
Those  persons  mistake  the  nature  of  the  appetite 
for  food,  who  attempt  to  whet  it  by  accompanying 
a  dinner  by  a  band  of  music,  or  by  connecting  the 
dining  table,  with  an  extensive  and  delightful  pros- 
pect. The  undue  excitement  of  one  sense,  always 
produces  weakness  in  another.  Even  conversa- 
tion sometimes  detracts  from  the  pleasure  of  eat- 
ing :  hence  great  feeders  love  to  eat  in  silence,  or 
alone  ;  and  hence  the  speech  of  a  passionate  French- 
man, while  dining  in  a  talkative  company,  was  not 
so  improper  as  might  be  at  first  imagined.  "  Hold 
your  tongues  (said  he) ;  I  cannot  taste  my  dinner." 
I  know  a  physician,  who,  upon  the  same  principle, 
always  shuts  his  eyes,  and  requests  silence  in  a  sick 
chamber,  when  he  wishes  to  determine  by  the  pulse 
the  propriety  of  blood-letting,  in  cases  where  its 
indication  is  doubtful.  His  perceptions  become 
.more  distinct,  by  confining  his  whole  attention  to 
the  sense  of  feeling. 


308    THE  RELATION  OF  TASTES,  &C 

It  is  impossible  to  mention  the  circumstance  of 
the  senses  acting  only  in  succession  to  each  other 
in  the  enjoyment  of  pleasure,  without  being  -struck 
with  the  impartial  goodness  of  Heaven,  in  placing 
the  rich  and  the  poor  so  much  upon  a  level  in  the 
pleasures  of  the  table.  Could  the  numerous  ob- 
jects of  pleasure,  which  are  addressed  to  the  ears 
and  the  eyes,  have  been  possessed  at  the  same  time 
with  the  pleasure  of  eating,  the  rich  would  have 
commanded  three  times  as  much  pleasure  in  that 
enjoyment  as  the  poor  ;  but  this  is  so  far  from  be- 
ing the  case,  that  a  king  has  no  advantage  over  a 
beggar,  in  eating  the  same  kind  of  aliment. 


THE 


NEW  METHOD  OF  INOCULATING 


FOR.    THE 


SMALL-POX. 


DELIVERED   IN  A  LECTURE  IN"  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVA- 
NIA, ON   THE  2GTH  OF  FEBRUARY,  1781. 


THE  NEW  METHOD,  &?<. 


GENTLEMEN, 

IT  must  afford  no  small  pleasure  to  a  bene- 
volent mind,  in  the  midst  of  a  war  which  daily 
makes  so  much  havoc  with  the  human  species,  to 
reflect  that  the  small-pox,  which  once  proved 
equally  fatal  to  thousands,  has  been  checked  in  its 
career,  and  in  a  great  degree  subdued,  by  the  prac- 
tice of  INOCULATION. 

It  is  foreign  to  my  purpose  to  deliver  to  you 
the  history  of  this  art,  and  to  mark  the  various 
steps  that  have  attended  its  progress  to  its  pre- 
sent state  of  improvement.  We  have  yet  to  la- 
ment the  want  of  uniformity  and  of  equal  success 
in  the  practice  of  it  among  physicians.  A  great 
number  of  pamphlets  have  been  written  upon  the 
subject  without  exhausting  it.     There  is  still  am- 


312         NEW    METHOD    GF    INOCULATING 

pie  room  left  for  the  man  of  genius  to  exercise  his 
talents  for  observation  and  reasoning  upon  it.  The 
facts  I  mean  to  lay  before  you  are  so  inconsider- 
able, compared  with  what  still  remain  to  be  known 
upon  this  subject,  that  I  have  to  request,  when 
your  knowledge  in  it  is  completed,  that  you 
would  bury  my  name  in  silence,  and  forget  that 
ever  I  ventured  to  lay  a  single  stone  in  this  part 
of  the  fabric  of  science. 

In  treating  upon  this  subject,  I  shall 

I.  Consider  the  proper  subjects,  and  seasons  for 
inoculation. 

II.  I  shall  describe  the  method  of  communicat- 
ing the  disease. 

III.  I  shall  consider  the  method  of  preparing 
the  body  for  the  small-pox. 

IV.  I  shall  mention  the  treatment  proper  du- 
ring the  eruptive  fever.     And, 

V.  Point  out  a  few  cautions  that  are  necessary 
after  the  disease  is  over. 


fOR    THE    SMALL-POX.  313 

I.  Formerly  there  were  great  difficulties  in  the 
choice  of  subjects  for  inoculation.  But  experience 
teaches  us,  that  it  may  be  practised  in  every  stage 
of  life,  and  in  almost  every  condition  of  the  human 
body.  In  infancy,  the  periods  before  and  after 
dentition  are  to  be  preferred.  But  we  seldom  see 
any  great  inconveniences  from  submitting  to  the 
general  necessity  of  inoculating  children  between 
the  ages  of  three  months,  and  two  years.  Indeed 
we  often  see  children  cut  three  or  four  teeth  during 
the  preparation  and  eruptive  fever,  without  the  least 
addition  being  made  to  any  of  the  troublesome 
symptoms  which  accompany  the  small-pox.  There 
is  one  inconvenience  attending  the  choice  of  the 
first  months  of  infancy  for  inoculating,  and  that  is, 
the  matter  often  fails  of  producing  the  disease  in 
such  young  subjects.  I  have  frequently  failed  in 
two  or  three  attempts  to  communicate  it  to  chil- 
dren under  four  months  old,  with  the  same  matter 
that  has  succeeded  in  a  dozen  other  patients,  ino- 
culated at  the  same  time.  When  the  inoculation 
succeeds  in  such  tender  subjects,  they  generally 
have  less  fever,  and  fewer  pustules,  than  are  com- 
mon in  any  future  period  of  life. 

Although  a  physician  would  prefer  a  patient  in 
good  health  to  any  other  as  a  subject  for  inocula- 
tion, yet  cases  often  occur  in  which  it  is  necessary 

vol.  i,  2  R 


314         NEW    METHOD    OF    INOCULATING 

to  communicate  the  small-pox  while  the  body  is 
affected  with  some  other  disease.  I  can  with 
pleasure  inform  you,  that  the  small-pox  is  rendered 
so  perfectly  safe  by  inoculation,  that  there  are  few 
chronic  diseases  which  should  be  considered  as  ob- 
stacles in  the  way  of  it.  I  have  inoculated  patients 
labouring  under  a  tertian  fever,  obstructed  viscera, 
the  hooping  cough,  the  hypochondriasis,  the  asth- 
ma, the  itch,  and  other  cutaneous  diseases,  and 
even  pregnant  women,  with  the  same,  and,  in  some 
instances,  with  greater  success,  than  persons  in 
perfect  health.  Doctor  Cullen  informs  us,  that  he 
has  seen  inoculation  succeed  in  scrophuleus  pa- 
tients. A  physician  in  Jamaica  informed  me,  that 
he  had  inoculated  negroes  with  success  in  the 
worst  stage  of  the  yaws.  To  these  facts  I  must 
add  one  more  extraordinary  than  any  that  has  been 
yet  mentioned  :  Doctor  Brown,  my  late  colleague 
in  the  care  of  the  military  hospitals,  informed  me, 
that  he  had  seen  inoculation  succeed  in  patients 
who  were  seized,  after  the  infection  was  communi- 
cated, with  the  hospital  fever.  The  preparation  of 
die  body  should  be  accommodated  to  the  disease 
which  affects  it.  Some  physicians  have'  thought 
the  small-pox,  received  in  this  way,  was  a  remedy 
for  other  diseases ;  but  my  experience  has  not 
confirmed  this  opinion  :  on  the  contrary,  I  am  in- 
clined to  think  that  no  odier  change  is  produced  by 


For   the   small-pox.  315 

inoculation,  than  by  the  regimen  and  medicines 
that  are  used  to  prepare  the  body  for  the  small-pox. 
Nor  does  the  small-pox,  during  its  continuance, 
afford  any  security  against  the  attacks  of  other  dis- 
eases. I  have  seen  the  most  alarming  complica- 
tion of  the  small-pox  and  measles  taken  in  succes- 
sion to  each  other,  in  the  same  person. 

The  seasons  commonly  preferred  for  inoculation, 
in  this  country,  are  the  spring  and  fall.  It  may  be 
practised  with  equal  safety  in  the  winter,  a  due 
regard  being  had  to  the  temperature  of  the  air  in 
the  preparation  of  the  body. 

The  principal  objection  to  inoculating  in  the 
summer  months  in  this  climate,  arises  from  the 
frequency  of  bilious  diseases  at  that  season,  to 
which  the  preparation  necessaiy  for  the  small-pox 
probably  disposes  the  body.  This  caution  applies 
more  directly  to  children,  who,  at  a  certain  age, 
are  more  subjeot  than  grown  people  to  a  disease  in 
their  bowels  in  warm  weather, 

II.  The  methods  of  communicating  the  small- 
pox by  inoculation,  have  been  different  in  different 
countries,  and  in  the  different  seras  of  its  progress 
towards  its  present  stage  of  improvement.  The 
scab,  dossel  of  lint,  and  the  thread  impregnated 


4 


316         NEW    METHOD    OF    INOCULATING 

with  variolous  matter,  and  bound  up  in  a  gash  in 
the  arm,  have  been  laid  aside. 

We  are  indebted  to  Mr.  Sutton  for  the  mode 
of  communicating  it  by  a  slight  puncture  with  the 
point  of  a  lancet,  or  needle,  dipt  in  fresh  matter. 
As  it  is  difficult  sometimes  to  procure  matter  in  a 
fresh  state,  I  have  been  led  to  use  it  with  equal 
success  by  preserving  it  on  lint  in  a  box,  and 
moistening  it  with  cold  water  just  before  I  used  it. 
Matter  may  be  kept  in  this  way  for  a  month,  with- 
out losing  its  infectious  quality,  provided  it  be  not 
exposed  to  heat  or  moisture.  The  former  destroys 
its  power  of  infecting  as  certainly  as  the  salt  of 
tartar  destroys  the  acidity  of  vinegar.  Moisture, 
by  remaining  long  upon  the  matter,  probably  de- 
stroys its  virulence,  by  subjecting  it  to  fermenta- 
tion. The  longer  matter  has  been  kept  in  a  ge- 
neral way,  the  longer  the  distance  will  be  between 
the  time  of  communicating  the  disease,  and  the 
eruptive  fever.  It  will  be  proper  always  to  yield 
to  the  prejudices  of  our  patients  in  favour  of  mat- 
ter taken  from  persons  who  have  but  few  pustules. 
But  I  am  persuaded  from  repeated  observations, 
that  the  disease  is  no  ways  influenced  by  this  cir- 
cumstance. I  am  satisfied  likewise  that  there  is 
no  difference  between  the  effects  of  the  matter, 
whether  it  be  taken  in  its  watery  and  purulent 


TOR    THE    SMALL-POX.  317 

state.  The  puncture  should  not  be  larger  than 
is  sufficient  to  draw  one  drop  of  blood,  but  it 
should  always  be  made  by  a  sharp  lancet,  for  the 
sudden  inflammation  and  suppuration,  excited  by 
a  dull  lancet,  sometimes  throw  off  the  matter, 
so  as  to  prevent  its  infecting  the  body*.  No 
plaster  or  bandage  should  be  applied  over  the 
puncture.  It  should  be  made  in  the  left  arm  of 
all  subjects.  The  objections  to  inoculating  in  the 
leg  are  too  obvious  to  be  mentioned.  I  have 
heard  of  the  disease  being  communicated  by  rub- 
bing the  dry  skin  with  the  matter.  My  own  ob- 
servations upon  this  subject,  give  me  reason  to  sus- 
pect the  facts  that  are  contained  in  books  relative 
to  this  mode  of  infecting  the  body.  I  have  bound 
large  pieces  of  lint  dipt  in  fresh  matter  for  twenty- 
four  hours  upon  the  arm,  without  producing  the 
disease.  A  practitioner  of  physic  in  New- Jersey 
informed  me,  that  he  once  gave  a  considerable 
quantity  of  fresh  variolous  matter  in  a  dose  of 
physic,  without  infecting  his  patient.  I  suspect 
the  matter  that  produces  the  disease  is  of  the  same 

*  I  am  disposed  to  believe  that  the  external  applications 
which  are  used  by  the  Indians  for  the  cure  of  the  bite  of 
poisonous  snakes  act  only  by  exciting  inflammation  and  sup- 
puration, which  discharge  the  poison  from  the  wound  be- 
fore it  is  absorbed.  All  their  external  remedies  are  of  a  sti- 
mulating nature. 


318         NEW    METHOD    OF    INOCULATING 

nature  wi]th  certain  poisons,  which  require  to  be 
brought  in  contact  with  a  wound  or  sore  in  the 
body,  before  they  produce  their  effects.  I  deliver 
this  opinion  with  diffidence.  The  subject  stands 
in  need  of  more  experiments  and  investigation. 

III.  I  come  now  to  consider  the  best  method  of 
preparing  the  body  for  the  small- pox.  This 
must  be  done,  1st,  by  diet,  and  2dly,  by  medi- 
cine. The  diet  should  consist  chiefly  of  vege- 
tables. I  have  never  seen  any  inconvenience  from 
the  free  use  of  milk,  as  a  part  of  the  preparative 
diet.  In  some  habits,  where  a  morbid  acid  pre- 
vails in  the  stomach,  we  may  indulge  our  patients 
in  a  little  weak  flesh  broth  two  or  three  times  a 
week  with  safety.  A  little  salted  meat  may  like- 
wise  be  taken  daily  in  such  cases.  Tea,  coffee, 
and  even  weak  chocolate,  with  biscuit  or  dry  toast, 
may  be  used  as  usual,  by  persons  accustomed  to 
that  kind  of  aliment.  Wine  and  spirits  of  all 
kinds  should  be  withheld  from  our  patients,  during 
the  preparation.  The  more  acescent  their  drinks 
are,  the  better.  It  is  unnecessary  that  this  change 
in  the  diet  should  take  place  till  a  day  or  two  be- 
fore the  time  of  communicating  the  disease.  The 
system  accommodates  to  a  vegetable  and  low  diet 
in  the  course  of  three  weeks  or  a  month,  so  as  to 
defeat  in  some  measure  the  advantages  we  expected 


FOR    THE     SMALL-POX.  319 

from  it.  The  good  effects  of  it  appear  to  depend 
in  a  great  degree  upon  the  suddenness  with  which 
we  oblige  our  patients  to  conform  to  it.  For  this 
reason,  when  we  are  called  upon  to  inoculate  per- 
sons who  have  lived  more  than  three  or  four 
weeks  upon  a  low  diet,  we  should  always  direct 
them  to  live  a  few  days  upon  animal  food,  before 
we  communicate  the  disease  to  them.  By  these 
means  we  may  produce  all  the  good  effects  of  the 
sudden  change  in  the  diet  I  have  already  mention- 
ed. 2.  The  medicines  most  commonly  used  to 
prepare  the  body  for  the  small-pox  are  antimony 
and  mercury.  The  latter  has  had  the  preference, 
and  has  been  given  in  large  quantifies,  under  a 
notion  of  its  being  a  specific  antidote  to  the  vari- 
olous matter.  Many  objections  might  be  made  to 
this  opinion ;  I  shall  mention  only  three. 

1.  We  often  see  the  disease  in  a  high  degree, 
after  the  system  is  fully  impregnated  with  mercury. 

2.  We  often  see  the  same  salutary  effects  of 
mercury,  when  given  before  the  disease  is  commu- 
nicated to  the  body,  that  we  perceive  when  it  is 
given  after  inoculation  ;  in  which  case  we  are  sure 
the  mercury  cannot  enter  into  the  mixture  with  the 
variolous  matter  so  as  to  destroy  it. 


320  NEW    METHOD    OF    INOCULATING 

3.  If  mercury  acted  specifically  in  destroying  the 
variolous  matter,  it  would  render  every  other  part 
of  the  preparation  unnecessary  :  but  this  we  know 
is  not  the  case,  for  the  neglect  or  improper  use  of 
the  vegetable  diet  or  cool  regimen  is  often  attended 
with  an  extraordinary  number,  or  virulence  of  the 
small-pox,  even  in  those  cases  where  mercury  is 
given  in  the  largest  quantity. 

The  way  in  which  mercury  prepares  the  body 
for  the  small- pox,  seems  to  be  by  promoting  the 
several  excretions,  particularly  that  by  perspiration, 
which,  by  diminishing  the  quantity  of  the  fluids, 
and  weakening  the  tone  of  the  solids,  renders  the 
system  less  liable  to  a  plentiful  eruption  of  the 
small-pox.  But  I  object  to  the  use  of  this  medi* 
cine  for  the  following  reasons  : 

1.  It  effectually  deprives  us  of  all  the  benefits  of 
the  cool  regimen ;  for  mercuiy,  we  know,  always 
disposes  the  system  to  take  cold. 

2.  All  the  good  effects  of  mercury  may  be  pro- 
duced by  purges,  which  do  not  subject  die  body 
to  the  above-mentioned  inconvenience. 

The  purges  may  be  suited  to  the  constitutions, 
and  in  some  cases,  even  to  the  inclinations  of  our 


FOR    THE     SMALL-POX.  321 

patients.  I  have  seen  jalap,  rhubarb,  senna,  man- 
na, aloes,  soluble  tartar,  glauber  and  Epsom  salts, 
and  the  butternut  pill,  all  given  with  equal  success. 
The  quantity  should  be  sufficient  to  procure  three 
or  four  stools  every  day.  A  little  magnesia  should 
always  be  mixed  with  rhubarb  and  jalap  in  pre- 
paring children.  It  will  be  sufficient  for  the  mo- 
thers and  nurses  of  infants  to  conform  strictly  to 
the  vegetable  diet.  I  have  never  seen  any  advan- 
tages from  giving  them  even  a  single  dose  of 
physic. 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  observe,  that  the  qua* 
lity,  dose,  and  number  of  purges  are  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  age,  j-ex,  and  habits  of  our  patients. 
A  constitution  enfeebled  by  a  previous  disease 
forbids  the  use  of  purges,  and  requires  medicines 
of  a  restorative  kind.  Patients  afflicted  with  cuta- 
neous diseases  bear  larger  and  more  frequent 
doses  of  physic,  than  are  indicated  in  more  healthy 
subjects. 

In  adult  subjects  of  a  plethoric  habit,  blood- 
letting is  very  useful  on  the  third  or  fourth  day 
after  inoculation.  We  are  not  to  suppose,  that 
every  fat  person  labours  under  a  plethora.  A  mo- 
derate degree  of  fat  is  so  far  from  rendering  the  dis- 
ease more  violent,  especially  in  children,  that  I 

vol.  i.  2  s 


:322         NEW    METHOD    OF    INOCULATING 

think  I  have  generally  found  such  subjects  have  the 
small-pox  more  favourably  than  others. 

Moderate  exercise  in  the  open  air  should  be 
used  during  the  preparation.  But  hard  labour, 
and  every  thing  that  promotes  sweat  or  fatigue, 
as  also  the  extremes  of  heat  and  cold,  should  be 
avoided. 

IV.  We  come  now  to  consider  the  treatment  of 
the  body  during  the  eruptive  fever.  On  the  eighth 
day  after  inoculation  our  patients  are  generally 
seized  with  the  common  symptoms  of  fever.  Some- 
times this  fever  appears  on  the  sixth  and  seventh 
day  after  inoculation.  But  when  it  is  irregular,  it 
is  often  delayed  till  the  ninth  and  tenth  days.  I 
have  seen  many  instances  of  it  on  the  fourteenth, 
a  few  on  the  fifteenth  and  sixteenth,  and  one  case 
in  which  it  did  not  come  on  till  the  eighteenth 
day  after  the  infection  was  communicated  to  the 
body*.     The  place  where  the  puncture  was  made 

*  Since  the  publication  of  the  first  edition  of  this  lecture, 
I  have  heard  of  two  cases,  in  one  of  which  the  fever  did 
not  come  on  till  the  twentieth,  and  in  the  other  till  the 
twenty-first  day  after  the  infection  was  communicated  to  the 
body.  In  some  of  these  tedious  cases,  I  have  seen  an  inflam- 
mation and  suppuration  on  the  punctured  part  of  the  arm  on 
the  eighth  day  without  any  fever.      Perhaps  in  these  cases 


FOR    THE     SMALL-POX.  323 

with  the  lancet,  or  needle,  generally  serves  as  a 
harbinger  of  the  approaching  fever.  A  slight  in- 
flammation appears  about  it,  and  a  pock  rises  up  in 
the  centre.  But  this  remark  is  liable  to  some  ob- 
jections. I  have  seen  four  instances  in  which  the 
fever  came  on  at  the  expected  time,  and  the  disease 
went  through  all  its  stages  with  the  greatest  regu- 
larity, and  yet  there  was  no  sign  of  an  inflammation 
or  pock  near  the  spot  where  the  puncture  was 
made :  even  the  puncture  itself  became  invisible. 
On  the  other  hand,  we  sometimes  see  an  inflamma- 
tion and  pock  on  the  arm  appear  on  the  eighth  and 
ninth  days,  without  any  fever  accompanying  them. 
Some  physicians  suppose  that  this  inflammation  and 
solitary  pock  are  sufficient  to  constitute  the  disease; 
but  repeated  experience  has  taught  me  to  be  very 
cautious  in  relying  upon  these  equivocal  marks. 
It  is  true,  I  have  sometimes  seen  patients  secured 
against  the  small-pox,  both  in  the  natural  way  and 
by  inoculation,  where  these  marks  have  appeared ; 
but  I  have  as  often  seen  such  patients  seized  after- 
wards with  the  small-pox  in  the  natural  way,  to  the 
great  distress  of  families,  and  mortification  of  phy- 
sicians.    Upon  this  account,  I  make  it  a  constant 

the  inflammation  and  suppuration  are  only  cuticular,  and 
that  the  small-pox  is  taken  from  the  matter  which  is  formed 
by  them. 


S24  NEW    METHOD    OF    INOCULATING 

practice  to  advise  a  second  or  third  inoculation, 
where  a  fever  and   eruption  have  been  wanting. 
As  the   absence  of  these  symptoms  is  probably 
occasioned  by  the  weakness  or  age  of  the  variolous 
matter,    or  the   too  high  state  of  preparation  of 
the  body,  we  should  always  guard  against   both, 
by  making  the  puncture  the  second  time  with  fresh 
matter,  by  subjecting  our  patients  to  a  less  abste- 
mious diet,  and  by  giving  fewer  doses  of  physic. 
I  have  heard  it  remarked,  that  if  a  slight  redness 
and  a  small  pimple  appeared  on  the   arm  on  the 
third  day  after  inoculation,  it  was  a  sign  the  matter 
had  infected  the  whole  constitution.   I  acknowledge 
I  have  often  seen  a  greater  degree  of  redness  on 
the  third  than  on  the  second  day  after  inoculation, 
but  I  have  not  been  able  to  establish  a  diagnostic 
mark  from  it ;  for  I  have  seen  the  disease  produced 
on  the  usual  days  where  the  redness  has  appeared 
on  the  second  dav,  and  in  some  cases  where  it  has 
not  appeared  until  the  eruptive  fever. 

I  am  led  here  unwillingly  to  discuss  the  old  ques- 
tion, Is  it  possible  to  have  the  small-pox  in  the 
natural  way  after  inoculation  ?— In  many  of  the 
cases  supposed  to  be  the  small-pox  from  inocula- 
tion, it  is  probable  the  matter  has  been  taken  from 
the  chicken-pox,  which  resembles  the  small-pox  in 
many  of  its  peculiarities,  but  in  none  more  than  that 


FOR     THE     SMALL-POX.  325 

i  i 

of  leaving  pits  or  marks  on  the  skin.  But  there 
are  certainly  cases  where  there  are  the  most  irre- 
fragable proofs  of  the  infection  implanted  by  ino- 
culation being  of  a  variolous  nature,  where  the 
disease  has  been  afterwards  taken  in  the  natural 
way.  In  these  cases  I  would  suppose  the  variolous 
matter  produced  only  a  topical  or  cuticular  dis- 
ease. We  see  something  analogous  to  this  in  nurses 
who  attend  patients  in  the  small -pox.  But  fur- 
ther, this  topical  or  cuticular  infection  may  be  pro- 
duced by  art  in  persons  who  have  had  the  small- 
pox in  the  natural  way.  Some  years  ago,  I  made 
a  puncture  on  my  left  hand  with  a  lancet  moistened 
with  variolous  matter.  On  the  eighth  day  an  in- 
flammation appeared  on  the  place,  accompanied  by 
an  efflorescence  in  the  neighbourhood  of  it,  which 
extended  about  two  inches  in  everv  direction  from 

w 

the  spot  where  the  puncture  was  made.  On  the 
eleventh  day  I  was  surprised  to  find  two  pocks  (if 
I  may  venture  to  call  them  such),  the  one  on  the 
outside  of  the  fourth  finger  of  my  left  hand,  and 
the  other  on  my  forehead.  They  remained  there 
for  several  days,  but  without  filling  with  matter, 
and  then  dropped  off,  rather  in  the  form  of  a  soft 
wart,  than  of  a  common  scab.  Doctor  Way  of 
Wilmington  repeated  the  same  experiment  upon 
himself,  but  with  an  issue  to  his  curiosity  more  ex- 
traordinary than  that  I  have  just  now  related.     On 


326  NEW    METHOD    OF    INOCULATING 

the  eighth  day  after  he  had  made  a  puncture  on 
his  hand,  a  pock  appeared  on  the  spot,  which  in 
the  usual  time  filled  with  matter,  from  which  he 
inoculated  several  children,  who  sickened  at  the 
usual  time,  and  went  through  all  the  common  stages 
and  symptoms  of  the  small-pox.  It  would  seem 
from  these  facts,  that  it  is  necessary  the  small-pox 
should  produce  some  impression  upon  the  whole 
system,  in  order  to  render  it  ever  afterwards  inca- 
pable of  receiving  an  impression  of  a  similar  nature. 
A  fever  and  an  eruption  therefore  seem  necessary 
for  this  purpose.  As  the  inflammation  of  the  arm 
on  the  eighth  day  is  a  sign  of  the  topical  and  cuti- 
cular  infection,  so  an  eruption  (though  ever  so 
small)  seems  to  to  be  the  only  certain  sign  of  the 
infection  of  the  whole  system.  The  eruption  is  the 
more  decisive  in  its  report,  in  proportion  as  it 
comes  out  and  goes  off  in  the  usual  manner  of  the 
small-pox  in  the  natural  way.  In  those  cases  where 
patients  have  been  secured  against  a  second  attack 
of  the  disease,  when  there  have  been  no  obvious 
fever  or  visible  eruption,  I  think  I  have  observed 
an  unusual  inflammation,  and  a  copious  and  long 
continued  discharge  of  matter  from  the  arm.  Per- 
haps this  may  serve  as  an  outlet  of  the  matter, 
which  in  other  cases  produces  the  fever  and  erup- 
tion. I  am  the  more  disposed  to  embrace  this  opi- 
nion,  from  the  testimony  which  several  authors 


FOR     THE     SMALL-POX.  327 

have  left  us  of  the  effects  of  ulcers  in  securing  the 
body  from  the  infection  of  the  plague.  The  effects 
of  issues  are  still  more  to  our  purpose.  We  ob- 
serve a  plentiful  discharge  of  matter  from  them 
every  time  the  body  is  exposed  to  cold,  and  the 
febrile  effects  of  it  upon  the  system  are  thereby 
frequently  obviated.  How  far  a  ratio  exists  be- 
tween the  degrees  of  inflammation  and  the  discharge 
of  matter  from  the  arm,  and  the  degrees  of  fever 
and  eruption,  must  be  determined  by  future  and 
very  accurate  observations.  If  it  should  appear, 
that  there  are  the  least  inflammation  and  smallest 
discharge,  where  there  have  been  the  highest  fever 
and  most  copious  eruption  ;  and,  on  the  contrary, 
if  it  should  appear  that  there  are  the  greatest  inflam- 
mation and  discharge,  where  there  have  been  the 
least  fever  and  smallest  eruption,  I  must  beg  leave 
to  add,  without  attempting  in  this  place  to  explain 
the  reasons  of  it,  that  the  remark,  if  generally  true, 
is  liable  to  some  exceptions.  But  the  subject  is 
involved  in  darkness ;  I  shall  be  satisfied  if  I  have 
brought  you  within  sight  of  the  promised  land. 
Your  own  ingenuity,  like  another  Jewish  leader, 
must  conduct  you  thither. 

The  indications  in  the  treatment  of  the  bodv  du- 
ring  the  eruptive  fever  are, 

I.  To  regulate  the  degree  of  fever. 


328  NEW    METHOD    OF    INOCULATING 

II.  To  mitigate  troublesome  and  alarming  symp- 
toms. 

The  fever  which  produces  the  eruption  is  gene- 
rally of  the  inflammatory  kind.  It  sometimes, 
therefore,  comes  on  with  the  symptoms  of  great 
heat,  preceded  with  chilliness,  and  determination 
to  the  head  and  breast,  and  a  full  hard  pulse.  The 
remedies  proper  in  this  case  are, 

1.  Blood-letting.  The  quantity  to  be  drawn 
must  be  regulated  by  the  violence  of  the  symp- 
toms, the  constitution,  habits,  and  even  country  of 
the  patient,  and  by  the  season  of  the  year.  I  have 
never  found  more  than  one  bleeding,  to  the  quan- 
tity of  twelve  or  fourteen  ounces,  necessary  in  any 
stage  or  degree  of  the  eruptive  fever  of  the  small- 
pox by  inoculation. 

2.  Cool  air  is  of  the  utmost  consequence  in  the 
eruptive  fever.  The  use  of  this  remedy  in  fevers 
marks  an  sera,  not  only  in  the  management  of  the 
small-pox,  but  in  medicine.  The  degrees  of  cold 
should  always  be  increased  in  proportion  to  the 
violence  of  the  fever.  Stove-rooms,  so  common 
in  this  country,  should  be  carefully  avoided.  The 
more  we  oblige  our  patients  to  sit  up  and  walk  in 
the  open  air,  the  better.    Even  in  those  cases  where 


rOR    THE    SMALL-POX.  329 

they  languish  most  for  the  bed,  they  should  be 
encouraged  rather  to  lie  upon,  than  under  the  bed- 
clothes. Children  should  be  stript  of  flannel  petti- 
coats that  come  in  contact  with  their  skins ;  and 
even  clouts  should  be  laid  aside,  if  possible  without 
great  inconvenience,  and  at  any  rate  they  should 
be  often  removed.  Great  and  obvious  as  the  ad- 
vantages of  cold  air  appear  to  be  in  the  eruptive 
fever,  it  has  sometimes  been  used  to  an  excess 
that  has  done  mischief.  There  are  few  cases  where 
a  degree  of  cold  belew  fifty  of  Fahrenheit's  ther- 
mometer is  necessary  in  this  stage  of  the  small-pox. 
When  it  has  been  used  below  this,  or  where  pa- 
tients have  been  exposed  to  a  damp  atmosphere 
some  degrees  above  it,  I  have  heard  of  inflamma- 
tions of  an  alarming  nature  being  produced  in  the 
throat  and  breast. 

3.  The  bowels,  more  especially  of  children, 
should  be  kept  open  with  gentle  laxatives.     And, 

4.  Cool  subacid  drinks  should  be  plentifully 
used  until  the  eruption  be  completed. 

Sometimes  the  small-pox  comes  on  with  a  fever 
the  reverse  of  that  which  we  have  described.  The 
heat  is  inconsiderable,  the  pulse  is  weak,  and 
scarcely  quicker  than   ordinary,    and  the  patient 

vol.  i.  2  T 


330         NEW    METHOD    OF    INOCULATING 

complains  of  but  slight  pains  in  the  back  and  head. 
Here  the  treatment  should  be  widely  different  from 
that  which  has  been  mentioned  when  the  fever  is 
of  the  inflammatory  kind.  Bleeding  in  this  case 
is  hurtful,  and  even  cool  air  must  be  admitted  with 
caution.  The  business  of  the  physician  in  this  case 
is  to  excite  a  gentle  action  in  the  sanguiferous  sys- 
tem, in  order  to  produce  the  degree  of  fever  which 
is  necessary  to  the  eruption  of  the  pock.  For  this 
purpose  he  may  recommend  the  use  of  warm 
drinks,  and  even  of  a  warm  bed  with  advantage. 
If  the  eruption  delay  beyond  the  third  day,  with 
all  the  circumstances  of  debility  that  have  been 
mentioned,  I  have  frequently  ordered  my  patients 
to  eat  a  few  ounces  of  animal  food,  and  to  drink  a 
glass  or  two  of  wine,  with  the  most  desirable  suc- 
cess. The  effects  of  this  indulgence  are  most  ob- 
vious where  the  weakness  of  the  fever  and  the 
delay  of  the  eruption  in  children,  have  made  it 
necessary  to  allow  it  to  mothers  and  nurses. 

The  small -pox  by  inoculation  so  seldom  comes 
on  with  the  symptoms  of  what  is  called  a  malignant 
fever,  that  little  need  be  said  of  the  treatment  pro- 
per in  such  cases.  I  shall  only  observe,  that  the 
cold  regimen  in  the  highest  degree,  promises  more 
success  in  these  cases  than  in  any  others.  I  have 
repeatedly  been  told,  that  when  the  small-pox  ap- 


FOR    THE    SMALL-POX.  331 

pears  confluent  among  the  Africans,  it  is  a  com- 
mon practice  for  mothers  to  rub  their  children  all 
over  with  pepper,  and  plunge  them  immediately 
afterwards  into  a  spring  of  cold  water.  This,  they 
say,  destroys  a  great  part  of  the  pock,  and  dis- 
poses the  remainder  to  a  kindly  suppuration.  From 
the  success  that  has  attended  the  use  of  the  cold 
bath  in  malignant  fevers  in  some  parts  of  Europe*, 
I  am  disposed  to  believe  in  the  efficacy  of  the  Afri- 
can remedy. 

The  fever  generally  lasts  three  days,  and  the 
eruption  continues  for  a  similar  length  of  time, 
counting  the  last  day  of  the  fever,  as  the  first  day 
of  the  eruption.  But  this  remark  is  liable  to 
many  exceptions.  We  sometimes  observe  the 
eruption  to  begin  on  the  first,  and  often  on  the  se- 
cond day  of  the  fever ;  and  we  sometimes  meet 
with  cases  in  which  a  second  eruption  comes  on 
after  the  fever  has  abated  for  several  days,  and  the 

*  In  a  dissertation  entitled  "  Efiidemia  verna  qua  Wratisla- 
viam,  Anno,  1737  afflixit"  published  in  the  appendix  to  the 
Acta  Nat.  Curios.  Vol.  X.  it  appears,  that  washing  the  body- 
all  over  with  cold  water  in  putrid  fevers,  attended  with  great 
debility,  was  attended  with  success  at  Brtslanv  in  Silesia, 
The  practice  has  since  been  adopted,  we  are  told,  by  several 
of  the  neighbouring  countries.     Cullen's  first  lines  of 

THE  PRACTICE  OF  PHYSIC 


332  NEW    METHOD    OF    INOCULATING 

first  eruption  considerably  advanced  in  its  pro- 
gress towards  a  complete  suppuration.  This  is 
often  occasioned  by  the  application  of  excessive 
cold  or  heat  to  the  body,  or  by  a  sudden  and  pre- 
mature use  of  stimulating  drinks,  or  animal  food. 

I  come  now  to  treat  of  the  best  method  of  miti- 
gating troublesome  and  alarming  symptoms. 

The  only  alarming  symptom  is  convulsions,  to 
which  children  are  subject  during  the  time  of  den- 
tition. These  have  been  less  frequent,  since  the 
liberal  and  judicious  use  of  cool  air  in  the  eruptive 
fever  than  formerly.  They  are  often  relieved  by 
putting  the  feet  in  warm  water.  But  a  more  ef- 
fectual and  speedy  method  of  curing  them,  is  to 
expose  our  patients  suddenly  to  the  open  air.  The 
colder  the  air  the  quicker  relief  it  affords  in  these 
cases.  To  prevent  the  return  of  the  fits,  as  well 
as  to  allay  any  disagreeable  and  troublesome  start  - 
ings,  a  few  drops  of  laudanum  should  be  given. 
They  generally  yield  in  a  little  while  to  this  excel- 
lent remedy. 

The  next  symptom  which  demands  the  aid  of 
our  art,  is  the  inflammation  and  sore  on  the  arm. 
Poultices  of  all  kinds  should  be  laid  aside,  as  tend- 
ing to  increase  the  inflammation  and  sore.     Instead 


FOR    THE    SMALL-POX.  333 

of  these,  the  part  affected  should  be  washed  three 
or  four  times  a  day  with  cold  water*.  This  appli- 
cation is  not  only  agreeable  to  our  patients,  but 
soon  checks  the  progress  of  the  inflammation,  and 
disposes  the  sore  to  heal  about  the  time  the  erup- 
tion is  completed.  The  eyes  should  likewise  be 
washed  frequently  with  cold  water,  to  secure  them 
from  pustules  and  inflammation.  With  respect  to 
those  alarming  or  troublesome  symptoms  which 
occur  in  those  cases  where  the  pocks  are  nume- 
rous, or  confluent,  they  happen  so  seldom  in  ino- 
culation, that  they  do  not  come  properly  under 
our  notice  in  this  place.  They  are  moreover  fully 
discussed  by  Doctors  Boerhaave,  Huxham,  Hil- 
lary, and  other  practical  writers. 

V.  I  come  now,  in  the  last  place,  to  deliver  a 
few  directions  that  are  necessary  after  the  eruption 
and  suppuration  are  over. 

It  is  well  known  that  eruptions  of  an  obstinate 
nature  sometimes  follow  the  small-pox.  These  I 
believe  are  often  occasioned  by  a  too  sudden  and 
speedy  use  of  animal  food.    To  guard  against  these 

*  Where  the  inflammation  on  the  arm  has  been  so  consi- 
derable as  not  to  yield  immediately  to  the  application  of  cold 
water,  I  have  used  the  vegeto-mineral  water  with  advantage. 


334     NEW  METHOD  OF  INOCULATING,   &C. 

disagreeable  consequences  of  inoculation,  it  is  of 
the  utmost  importance  to  enjoin  a  cautious  and 
gradual  return  to  the  free  use  of  an  animal  diet ; 
and  at  the  same  time  it  will  be  necessary  to  give 
our  patients  a  dose  or  two  of  purging  physic. 

Thus,  gentlemen,  have  I  delivered  to  you  & 
short  history  of  the  new  method  of  inoculating  for 
the  small-pox.  I  am  aware  that  prejudices  are 
entertained  against  some  parts  of  it  by  physicians 
of  the  most  ancient  name  and  character  among  us. 
I  have  witnessed  the  effects  of  the  old  and  new  me- 
thods of  preparing  the  body  upon  many  thousand 
patients,  and  I  am  satisfied,  not  only  from  my  own 
observations,  but  from  the  experience  of  gentlemen 
upon  whose  judgments  I  rely  more  than  upon  my 
own,  that  the  new  method  is  by  far  the  safest  and 
most  successful.  Added  to  this,  I  can  assure  my 
pupils,  that  I  have  never  known  a  single  instance 
of  a  patient,  prepared  and  treated  in  the  manner 
I  have  described,  that  ever  had  an  abscess  after  the 
small-pox,  or  even  such  an  inflammation  or  sore 
upon  the  arm  as  required  the  application  of  a  poul- 
tice. 


AN  INQUIRY 


INTO    THE 


EFFECTS  OF  ARDENT  SPIRITS 


VPON    THE 


HUMAN  BODY  AND  MIND. 


WITH 


AN  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  MEANS  OF  PREVENTING, 


AND    OF    THE 


REMEDIES    FOR    CURING    tHEM, 


AN  INQUIRY,  &c. 


PART  I. 

BY  ardent  spirits,  I  mean  those  liquors  only 
which  are  obtained  by  distillation  from  fermented 
substances  of  any  kind.  To  their  effects  upon  the 
bodies  and  minds  of  men,  the  following  inquiry 
shall  be  exclusively  confined.  Fermented  liquors 
contain  so  little  spirit,  and  that  so  intimately  com- 
bined with  other  matters,  that  they  can  seldom  be 
drunken  in  sufficient  quantities  to  produce  intoxi- 
cation, and  its  subsequent  effects,  without  exciting 
a  disrelish  to  their  taste,  or  pain,  from  their  distend- 
ing the  stomach.  They  are  moreover,  when  taken 
in  a  moderate  quantity,  generally  innocent,  and 
often  have  a  friendly  influence  upon  health  and  life. 
vol.  i.  2  u 


338  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OF 

The  effects  of  ardent  spirits  divide  themselves 
into  such  as  are  of  a  prompt,  and  such  as  are  of  a 
chronic  nature.  The  former  discover  themselves 
in  drunkenness,  and  the  latter,  in  a  numerous  train 
of  diseases  and  vices  of  the  body  and  mind. 

I.  I  shall  begin  by  briefly  describing  their 
prompt,  or  immediate  effects,  in  a  fit  of  drunken- 
ness. 

This  odious  disease  (for  by  that  name  it  should 
be  called)  appears  with  more  or  less  of  the  follow- 
ing symptoms,  and  most  commonly  in  the  order 
in  which  I  shall  enumerate  them. 

1.  Unusual  garrulity. 

2.  Unusual  silence. 

3.  Captiousness,  and  a  disposition  to  quarrel. 

4.  Uncommon  good  humour,  and  an  insipid 
simpering,  or  laugh. 

5.  Profane  swearing,  and  cursing. 

6.  A  disclosure  of  their  own,  or  other  people's 
secrets. 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  339 

7.  A  rude  disposition  to  tell  those  persons  in 
company,  whom  they  know,  their  faults. 

8.  Certain  immodest  actions.  I  am  sorry  to 
say,  this  sign  of  the  first  stage  of  drunkenness,  some- 
times appears  in  women,  who,  when  sober,  are 
uniformly  remarkable  for  chaste  and  decent  man- 
ners. 

9.  A  clipping  of  words. 

10.  Fighting ;  a  black  eye,  or  a  swelled  nose, 
often  mark  this  grade  of  drunkenness. 

11.  Certain  extravagant  acts  which  indicate  a 
temporary  fit  of  madness.  These  are  singing,  hal- 
looing, roaring,  imitating  the  noises  of  brute  ani- 
mals, jumping,  tearing  off  clothes,  dancing  naked, 
breaking  glasses  and  china,  and  dashing  other  ar- 
ticles of  household  furniture  upon  the  ground,  or 
floor.  After  a  while  the  paroxysm  of  drunkenness 
is  completely  formed.  The  face  now  becomes 
flushed;  the  eyes  project,  and  are  somewhat  watery; 
winking  is  less  frequent  than  is  natural ;  the  under 
lip  is  protruded ;  the  head  inclines  a  little  to  one 
shoulder ;  the  jaw  falls  ;  belchings  and  hiccup  take 
place  ;  the  limbs  totter ;  the  whole  body  staggers. 
The  unfortunate  subject  of  this  history  next  falls  on 


340  ON    THE     EFFECTS    OF 

his  seat ;  he  looks  around  him  with  a  vacant  coun- 
tenance, and  mutters  inarticulate  sounds  to  himself. 
He  attempts  to  rise  and  walk  ;  in  this  attempt,  he 
falls  upon  his  side,  from  which  he  gradually  turns 
upon  his  back.  He  now  closes  his  eyes,  and  falls 
into  a  profound  sleep,  frequently  attended  with 
snoring,  and  profuse  sweats,  and  sometimes  with 
such  a  relaxation  of  the  muscles  which  confine  the 
bladder  and  the  lower  bowels,  as  to  produce  a 
symptom  which  delicacy  forbids  me  to  mention. 
In  this  condition,  he  often  lies  from  ten,  twelve, 
and  twenty-four  hours,  to  two,  three,  four,  and  five 
days,  an  object  of  pity  and  disgust  to  his  family 
and  friends.  His  recovery  from  this  lit  of  intoxi- 
cation is  marked  with  several  peculiar  appearances. 
He  opens  his  eyes,  and  closes  them  again ;  he 
gapes  and  stretches  his  limbs  ;  he  then  coughs  and 
pukes ;  his  voice  is  hoarse  ;  he  rises  with  difficul- 
ty, and  staggers  to  a  chair;  his  eyes  resemble 
balls  of  fire  ;  his  hands  tremble ;  he  loathes  the 
sight  of  food  ;  he  calls  for  a  glass  of  spirits  to  com- 
pose his  stomach  ;  now  and  then  he  emits  a  deep- 
fetched  sigh,  or  groan,  from  a  transient  twinge  of 
conscience,  but  he  more  frequently  scolds,  and 
curses  every  thing  around  him.  In  this  state  of 
languor  and  stupidity  he  remains  for  two  or  three 
days,  before  he  is  able  to  resume  his  former  habits 
of  business  and  conversation. 


ARDENT     SPIRITS.  341 

Pythagoras  we  are  told  maintained  that  the  souls 
of  men  after  death,  expiated  the  crimes  commit- 
ted by  them  in  this  world,  by  animating  certain 
brute  animals ;  and  that  the  souls  of  those  animals 
in  their  turns,  entered  into  men,  and  carried  with 
them  all  their  peculiar  qualities  and  vices.  This 
doctrine  of  one  of  the  wisest  and  best  of  the  Greek 
philosophers,  was  probably  intended  only  to  con- 
vey a  lively  idea  of  the  changes  which  are  induced 
in  the  body  and  mind  of  man  by  a  fit  of  drunken- 
ness. In  folly,  it  causes  him  to  resemble  a  calf; 
in  stupidity,  an  ass ;  in  roaring,  a  mad  bull ;  in 
quarrelling,  and  fighting,  a  dog ;  in  cruelty,  a  tiger; 
in  fetor,  a  skunk  ;  in  filthiness,  a  hog ;  and  in  ob- 
scenity, a  he-goat. 

It  belongs  to  the  history  of  drunkenness  to  re- 
mark, that  its  paroxysms  occur,  like  the  parox- 
ysms of  many  diseases,  at  certain  periods,  and 
after  longer  or  shorter  intervals.  They  often 
begin  with  annual,  and  gradually  increase  in  their 
frequency,  until  they  appear  in  quarterly,  monthly, 
weekly,  and  quotidian  or  daily  periods.  Finally 
they  afford  scarcely  any  marks  of  remission,  either 
during  the  day  or  the  night.  There  was  a  citizen 
of  Philadelphia,  many  years  ago,  in  whom  drunk- 
enness appeared  in  this  protracted  form.  In  speak- 
ing of  him   to   one   of  his   neighbours,    I   said, 


342  ON    THE     EFFECTS    OF 

"  Does  he  not  sometimes  get  drunk?"  "  You 
mean,"  said  his  neighbour,  "  is  he  not  sometimes 
sober?" 

It  is  further  remarkable,  that  drunkenness  re- 
sembles certain  hereditary,  family,  and  contagi- 
ous diseases.  I  have  once  known  it  to  descend 
from  a  father  to  four  out  of  five  of  his  children. 
I  have  seen  three,  and  once  four  brothers  who  were 
born  of  sober  ancestors,  affected  by  it,  and  I  have 
heard  of  its  spreading  through  a  whole  family 
composed  of  members  not  originally  related  to 
each  other.  These  facts  are  important,  and  should 
not  be  overlooked  by  parents,  in  deciding  upon 
the  matrimonial  connections  of  their  children. 

Let  us  next  attend  to  the  chronic  effects  of  ar- 
dent spirits  upon  the  body  and  mind.  In  the  bo- 
dy, they  dispose  to  every  form  of  acute  disease ; 
they  moreover  excite  fevers  in  persons  predisposed 
to  them,  from  other  causes.  This  has  been  re- 
marked in  all  the  yellow  fevers  which  have  visit- 
ed the  cities  of  the  United  States.  Hard  drinkers 
seldom  escape,  and  rarely  recover  from  them. 
The  following  diseases  are  the  usual  consequences 
of  the  habitual  use  of  ardent  spirits,  viz. 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  343 

1.  A  decay  of  appetite,  sickness  at  stomach, 
and  a  puking  of  bile,  or  a  discharge  of  a  frothy 
and  viscid  phlegm  by  hawking,  in  the  morning. 

2.  Obstructions  of  the  liver.  The  fable  of 
Prometheus,  on  whose  liver  a  vulture  was  said  to 
prey  constantly,  as  a  punishment  for  his  stealing  fire 
from  heaven,  was  intended  to  illustrate  the  painful 
effects  of  ardent  spirits  upon  that  organ  of  the 
body. 

3.  Jaundice  and  dropsy  of  the  belly  and  limbs, 
and  finally  of  every  cavity  in  the  body.  A  swell- 
ing in  the  feet  and  legs  is  so  characteristic  a  mark 
of  habits  of  intemperance,  that  the  merchants  in 
Charleston,  I  have  'been  told,  cease  to  trust  the 
planters  of  South- Carolina,  as  soon  as  they  perceive 
it.  They  very  naturally  conclude  industry  and 
virtue  to  be  extinct  in  that  man,  in  whom  that 
symptom  of  disease  has  been  produced  by  the  in- 
temperate use  of  distilled  spirits. 

4.  Hoarseness,  and  a  husky  cough,  which  often 
terminate  in  consumption,  and  sometimes  in  an 
acute  and  fatal  disease  of  the  lungs. 

5.  Diabetes,  that  is,  a  frequent  and  weakening 
discharge  of  pale,  or  sweetish  urine. 


s 


344  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OF 

6.  Redness  and  eruptions  on  different  parts  of 
the  body.  They  generally  begin  on  the  nose,  and 
after  gradually  extending  all  over  the  face,  some- 
times descend  to  the  limbs  in  the  form  of  leprosy. 
They  have  been  called  "  rum- buds,"  when  they 
appear  in  the  face.  In  persons  who  have  occa- 
sionally survived  these  effects  of  ardent  spirits  on 
the  skin,  the  face  after  a  while  becomes  bloated, 
and  its  redness  is  succeeded  by  a  death-like  pale- 
ness. Thus  the  same  fire  which  produces  a  red 
colour  in  iron,  when  urged  to  a  more  intense  de- 
gree, produces  what  has  been  called  a  white  heat. 

7.  A  fetid  breath,  composed  of  every  thing  that 
is  offensive  in  putrid  animal  matter. 

8.  Frequent  and  disgusting  belchings.  Dr. 
Haller  relates  the  case  of  a  notorious  drunkard 
having  been  suddenly  destroyed,  in  consequence  of 
the  vapour  discharged  from  his  stomach  by  belch- 
ing, accidentally  taking  fire  by  coming  in  contact 
with  the  flame  of  a  candle. 

9.  Epilepsy. 

10.  Gout,  in  all  its  various  forms  of  swelled 
limbs,  colic,  palsy,  and  apoplexy. 


ARDENT    SPIRITS,  345 

Lastly,  11.  Madness.  The  late  Dr.  Waters, 
while  he  acted  as  house  pupil  and  apothecary  of 
the  Pennsylvania  hospital,  assured  me,  that  in  one- 
third  of  the  patients  confined  by  this  terrible  dis- 
ease, it  had  been  induced  by  ardent  spirits.  . 

Most  of  the  diseases  which  have  been  enume- 
rated are  of  a  mortal  nature.  They  are  more  cer- 
tainly induced,  and  terminate  more  speedily  in 
death,  when  spirits  are  taken  in  such  quantities, 
and  at  such  times,  as  to  produce  frequent  intoxi- 
cation :  but  it  may  serve  to  remove  an  error  with 
which  some  intemperate  people  console  themselves, 
to  remark,  that  ardent  spirits  often  bring  on  fatal 
diseases  without  producing  drunkenness.  I  have 
known  many  persons  destroyed  by  them,  who 
were  never  completely  intoxicated  during  the  whole 
course  of  their  lives.  The  solitary  instances  of 
longevity  which  are  now  and  then  met  with  in 
hard  drinkers,  no  more  disprove  the  deadly  effects 
of  ardent  spirits,  than  the  solitary  instances  of  re- 
coveries from  apparent  death  by  drowning,  prove 
that  there  is  no  danger  to  life  from  a  human  body 
lying  an  hour  or  two  under  water. 

The  body  after  its  death,  from  the  use  of  dis- 
tilled spirits,  exhibits  by  dissection  certain  appear- 
ances which  are  of  a  peculiar  nature.    .  The  fibres 

vol.  K  2  x 


346  ON     THE    EFFECTS    OF 

of  the  stomach  and  bowels  are  contracted ;  ab- 
scesses, gangrene,  and  schirri  are  found  in  the 
viscera  ;  the  bronchial  vessels  are  contracted  ;  the 
blood-vessels  and  tendons,  in  many  parts  of  the 
body,  are  more  or  less  ossified ;  and  even  the  hair 
of  the  head  possesses  a  crispness  which  renders  it 
less  valuable  to  wig-makers  than  the  hair  of  sober 
people. 

Not  less  destructive  are  the  effects  of  ardent  spi- 
rits upon  the  human  mind.  They  impair  the 
memory,  debilitate  the  understanding,  and  per- 
vert the  moral  faculties.  It  was  probably  from 
observing  these  effects  of  intemperance  in  drink- 
ing, upon  the  mind,  that  a  law  was  formerly  pass- 
ed in  Spain,  which  excluded  drunkards  from  being 
witnesses  in  a  court  of  justice.  But  the  demoral- 
izing effects  of  distilled  spirits  do  not  stop  here. 
They  produce  not  only  falsehood,  but  fraud,  theft, 
uncleanliness,  and  murder.  Like  the  demoniac 
mentioned  in  the  New  Testament,  their  name  is 
"  legion,''  for  they  convey  into  the  soul,  a  host  of 
vices  and  crimes. 

A  more  affecting  spectacle  cannot  be  exhibited, 
than  a  person  into  whom  this  infernal  spirit,  gene- 
rated by  habits  of  intemperance,  has  entered.  It 
is  more  or  less  affecting,  according  to  the  statio» 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  34? 

the  person  fills  in  a  family,  or  in  society,  who  is 
possessed  by  it.  Is  he  a  husband  ?  How  deep  the 
anguish  which  rends  the  bosom  of  his  wife !  Is 
she  a  wife  ?  Who  can  measure  the  shame  and 
aversion  which  she  excites  in  her  husband  !  Is  he 
tie  father,  or  is  she  the  mother  of  a  family  of 
Children  ?  See  their  averted  looks  from  their  pa- 
rent, and  their  blushing  looks  at  each  other !  Is 
he  a  imo-istrate?  or  has  he  been  chosen  to  fill  a 
high  and  respectable  station  in  the  councils  of  his 
country?  What  humiliating  fears  of  corruption 
in  the  administration  of  the  laws,  and  of  the  sub- 
version of  public  order  and  happiness,  appear  in 
the  countenances  of  all  who  see  him !  Is  he  a 
minister  of  the  gospel  ?     Here  language  fails  me. 

If  angels  weep, — it  is  at  such  a  sight. 

i 
In  pointing  out  the  evils  produced  by  ardent 
spirits,  let  us  not  pass  by  their  effects  upon  the 
estates  of  the  persons  who  are  addicted  to  them. 
Are  they  inhabitants  of  cities  ?  Behold  their  houses 
stripped  gradually  of  their  furniture,  and  pawned, 
or  sold  by  a  constable,  to  pay  tavern  debts  !  See 
their  names  upon  record  in  the  dockets  of  every 
court,  and  whole  pages  of  newspapers  filled  with 
advertisements  of  their  estates  for  public  sale !  Are 
they  inhabitants  of  country  places  ?  Behold  their 
houses  with  shattered  windows !  their  barns  with 


348  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OF 

leaky  roofs  !  their  gardens  over-run  with  weeds ! 
their  fields  with  broken  fences  !  their  hogs  without 
yokes  !  their  sheep  without  wool !  their  cattle  and 
horses  without  fat !  and  their  children  filthy,  and 
half  clad,  without  manners,  principles,  and  morals? 
This  picture  of  agricultural  wretchedness  is  seldom 
of  long  duration.  The  farms  and  property  thus 
neglected,  and  depreciated,  are  seized  and  sold  for 
the  benefit  of  a  groupe  of  creditors.  The  children 
that  were  born  with  the  prospect  of  inheriting 
them,  are  bound  out  to  service  in  the  neighbour- 
hood; while  their  parents,  the  unworthy  authors 
of  their  misfortunes,  ramble  into  new  and  distant 
settlements,  alternately  fed  on  their  way  by  the  hand 
of  charity,  or  a  little  casual  labour. 

Thus  we  see  poverty  and  misery,  crimes  and 
infamy,  diseases  and  death,  are  all  the  natural  and 
usual  consequences  of  the  intemperate  use  of  ar- 
dent spirits. 

I  have  classed  death  among  the  consequences  of 
hard  drinking*  But  it  is  not  death  from  the  imme- 
diate hand  of  the  Deity,  nor  from  any  of  the  instru- 
ments of  it  which  were  created  by  him.  It  is 
death  from  suicide.  Yes!  thou  poor  degraded 
creature,  who  art  daily  lifting  the  poisoned  bowl 
t©  thy  lips,  cease  to  avoid  the  unhallowed  ground 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  349 

in  which  the  self-murderer  is  interred,  and  wonder 
no  longer  that  the  sun  should  shine,  and  the  rain 
fall,  and  the  grass  look  green  upon  his  grave. 
Thou  art  perpetrating  gradually,  by  the  use  of  ar- 
dent spirits,  what  he  has  effected  suddenly,  by 
opium,  or  a  halter.  Considering  how  many  cir- 
cumstances, from  a  sudden  gust  of  passion,  or 
from  derangement,  may  palliate  his  guilt,  or  that 
(unlike  yours)  it  was  not  preceded  and  accompa- 
nied by  any  other  crime,  it  is  probable  his  con- 
demnation will  be  less  than  yours  at  the  day  of 
judgment. 

I  shall  now  take  notice  of  the  occasions  and  cir- 
cumstances which  are  supposed  to  render  the  use 
of  ardent  spirits  necessary,  and  endeavour  to  show 
that  the  arguments  in  favour  of  their  use  in  such 
cases  are  founded  in  error,  and  that,  in  each  of 
them,  ardent  spirits,  instead  of  affording  strength 
to  the  body,  increase  the  evils  they  are  intended  to 
relieve. 

1.  They  are  said  to  be  necessary  in  very  cold 
weather.  This  is  far  from  being  true ;  for  the 
temporary  warmth  they  produce,  is  always  suc- 
ceeded by  a  greater  disposition  in  the  body  to  be 
affected  by  cold.  Warm  dresses,  a  plentiful  meal 
just  before  exposure  to  the  cold,  and  eating  occa- 


350  ON    THE    EFFECTS     OF 

sionally  a  little  gingerbread,  or  any  other  cordial 
food,  is  a  much  more  durable  method  of  preserv- 
ing the  heat  of  the  body  in  cold  weather. 

2.  They  are  said  to  be  necessary  in  very  warm 
weather.  Experience  proves  that  they  increase 
instead  of  lessening  the  effects  of  heat  upon  the 
body,  and  thereby  dispose  to  diseases  of  all  kinds. 
Even  in  the  warm  climate  of  the  West- Indies, 
Dr.  Bell  asserts  this  to  be  true.  "  Rum  (says  this 
author)  whether  used  habitually,  moderately,  or 
in  excessive  quantities,  in  the  West- Indies,  always 
diminishes  the  strength  of  the  body,  and  renders 
men  more  susceptible  of  disease,  and  unfit  for  any 
service  in  which  vigour  or  activity  is  required*." 
As  well  might  we  throw  oil  into  a  house,  the  roof 
of  which  was  on  fire,  in  order  to  prevent  the  flames 
from  extending  to  its  inside,  as  pour  ardent  spirits 
into  the  stomach,  to  lessen  the  effects  of  a  hot  sun 
upon  the  skin. 

3.  Nor  do  ardent  spirits  lessen  the  effects  of 
hard  labour  upon  the  body.  Look  at  the  horse  : 
with  every  muscle  of  his  body  swelled  from  morn- 
ing till  night  In  the  plough,  or  a  team,  does  he 

*  Inquiry  into  the  causes  which  produce,  and  the  means 
of  preventing  diseases  among  British  officers,  soldiers,  and 
others  in  the  West-Indies. 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  351 

make  signs  for  a  draught  of  toddy  or  a  glass  of 
spirits,  to  enable  him  to  cleave  the  ground,  or  to 
climb  a  hill  ?  No  ;  he  requires  nothing  but  cool 
water,  and  substantial  food.  There  is  no  nourish- 
ment in  ardent  spirits.  The  strength  they  pro- 
duce in  labour  is  of  a  transient  nature,  and  is  al- 
ways followed  by  a  sense  of  weakness  and  fatigue. 

But  are  there  no  conditions  of  the  human  body 
in  which  ardent  spirits  may  be  given  ?  I  answer, 
there  are.  1st.  When  the  body  has  been  suddenly 
exhausted  of  its  strength,  and  a  disposition  to  faint- 
ness  has  been  induced.  Here  a  few  spoonsful,  or 
a  wine-glassful  of  spirits,  with  or  without  water, 
may  be  administered  with  safety  and  advantage. 
In  this  case  we  comply  strictly  with  the  advice  of 
Solomon,  who  restricts  the  use  of  "  strong  drink" 
only  "  to  him  who  is  ready  to  perish."  2dly. 
When  the  body  has  been  exposed  for  a  long  time 
to  wet  weather,  more  especially  if  it  be  combined 
with  cold.  Here  a  moderate  quantity  of  spirits  is 
not  only  safe,  but  highly  proper  to  obviate  debility, 
and  to  prevent  a  fever.  They  will  more  certainly 
have  those  salutary  effects,  if  the  feet  are  at  the 
same  time  bathed  with  them,  or  a  half  pint  of  them 
poured  into  the  shoes  or  boots.  These  I  believe 
are  the  only  two  cases  in  which  distilled  spirits  are 
useful  or  necessary  to  persons  in  health. 


AN  INQUIRY,  &c. 


PART  IL 

BUT  it  may  be  said,  if  we  reject  spirits 
from  being  a  part  of  our  drinks,  what  liquors  shall 
we  substitute  in  their  room  ?  I  answer,  in  the  first 
place, 

1.  Simple  water.  I  have  known  many  in- 
stances of  persons  who  have  followed  the  most 
laborious  employments  for  many  years  in  the 
open  air,  and  in  warm  and  cold  weather,  who 
never  drank  any  thing  but  water,  and  enjoyed 
uninterrupted  good  health.  Dr.  Moseley,  who 
resided  many  years  in  the  West- Indies,  confirms 
this  remark.  "  I  aver  (says  the  doctor),  from 
my  own  knowledge  and  custom,  as  well  as  the 
custom  and  observations  of  many  other  people, 

vol.  r.  2  y 


354  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OF 

that  those  who  drink  nothing  but  water,  or  make 
it  their  principal  drink,  are  but  little  affected  by 
the  climate,  and  can  undergo  the  greatest  fatigue 
without  inconvenience,  and  are  never  subject  to 
troublesome  or  dangerous  diseases." 

Persons  who  are  unable  to  relish  this  simple  be- 
verage of  nature,  may  drink  some  one,  or  of  all 
the  following  liquors,  in  preference  to  ardent  spi- 
rits. 

2.  Cyder.  This  excellent  liquor  contains  a 
small  quantity  of  spirit,  but  so  diluted,  and  blunt- 
ed by  being  combined  with  a  large  quantity  of  sac- 
charine matter,  and  water,  as  to  be  perfectly 
wholesome.  It  sometimes  disagrees  with  persons 
subject  to  the  rheumatism,  but  it  may  be  made 
inoffensive  to  such  people,  by  extinguishing  a  red 
hot  iron  in  it,  or  by  mixing  it  with  water.  It  is 
to  be  lamented,  that  the  late  frosts  in  the  spring- 
so  often  deprive  us  of  the  fruit  which  affords  this 
liquor.  The  effects  of  these  frosts  have  been  in 
some  measure  obviated  by  giving  an  orchard  a 
north-west  exposure,  so  as  to  check  too  early  ve- 
getation, and  by  kindling  two  or  three  large 
fires  of  brush  or  straw,  to  the  windward  of  the  or- 
chard, the  evening  before  we  expect  a  night  of 
frost.     This  last  expedient  has  in  many  instances 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  355 

preserved   the  fruit  of  an  orchard,   to  the  great 
joy  and  emolument  of  the  ingenious  husbandman. 

3.  Malt  liqjjors.  The  grain  from  which 
these  liquors  are  obtained,  is  not  liable,  like  the 
apple,  to  be  affected  by  frost,  and  therefore  they 
can  be  procured  at  all  times,  and  at  a  mode- 
rate price.  They  contain  a  good  deal  of  nou- 
rishment ;  hence  we  find  many  of  the  poor  peo- 
ple in  Great-Britain  endure  hard  labour  with  no 
other  food  than  a  quart  or  three  pints  of  beer, 
with  a  few  pounds  of  bread  in  a  day.  As  it  will 
be  difficult  to  prevent  small  beer  from  becoming 
sour  in  warm  weather,  an  excellent  substitute  may 
be  made  for  it  by  mixing  bottled  porter,  ale,  or 
strong  beer  with  an  equal  quantity  of  water  ;  or  a 
pleasant  beer  may  be  made  by  adding  to  a  bottle 
of  porter,  ten  quarts  of  water,  and  a  pound  of 
brown  sugar,  or  a  pint  of  molasses.  After  they 
have  been  well  mixed,  pour  the  liquor  into  bot- 
tles, and  place  them,  loosely  corked,  in  a  cool  cel- 
lar. In  two  or  three  days,  it  will  be  fit  for  use. 
A  spoonful  of  ginger  added  to  the  mixture,  renders 
it  more  lively,  and  agreeable  to  the  taste. 

3.  Wines.  These  fermented  liquors  are  com- 
posed of  the  same  ingredients  as  cyder,  and  are 
both  cordial  and  nourishing.       The  peasants  of 


356  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OT 

France,  who  drink  them  in  large  quantities,  are 
a  sober  and  healthy  body  of  people.      Unlike  ar^ 
dent   spirits,    which  render  the  temper   irritable, 
wines  generally  inspire  cheerfulness  and  good  hu- 
mour.      It  is  to  be  lamented  that  the  grape  has 
not  as  yet  been  sufficiently  cultivated  in  our  coun- 
try, to  afford  wine  to  our  citizens  ;    but  many  ex- 
cellent substitutes  may  be  made  for  it,  from  the 
native  fruits  of  all  the  states.       If  two  barrels  of 
cyder  fresh  from  the  press,  are  boiled  into  one, 
and  afterwards   fermented,    and   kept  for  two  or 
three   years  in  a  dry  cellar,    it   affords   a   liquor 
which,  according  to  the  quality  of  the  apple  from 
which  the  cyder  is  made,  has  the  taste  of  Mala- 
ga, or  Rhenish  wine.     It  affords  when  mixed  with 
water,  a  most  agreeable  drink  in  summer.     I  have 
taken   the   liberty  of  calling  it  Pomona    wine. 
There  is  another  method   of  making  a  pleasant 
wine  from  the  apple,  by  adding  four  and  twenty 
gallons  of  new  cyder  to  three   gallons  of  syrup 
made  from  the  expressed  juice  of  sweet  apples. 
When  thoroughly  fermented,  and  kept  for  a  few 
years,  it  becomes  fit  for  use.       The  blackberry 
of  our  fields,   and  the  raspberry  and   currant   of 
our   gardens,    afford   likewise    an    agreeable   and 
wholesome  wine,  when  pressed  and  mixed  with 
certain  proportions  of  sugar  and  water,  and  a  lit- 
tie  spirit,  to  counteract  their  disposition  to  an  ex- 


ARDENT    SPIRITS,  357 

eessive  fermentation.  It  is  no  objection  to  these 
cheap  and  home-made  wines,  that  they  are  unfit 
for  use  until  they  are  two  or  three  years  old.  The 
foreign  wines  in  common  use  in  our  country,  re- 
quire not  only  a  much  longer  time  to  bring  them 
to  perfection,  but  to  prevent  their  being  disagreea- 
ble, even  to  the  taste. 

4.  Molasses  and  water,  also  vinegar  and 
water,  sweetened  with  sugar  or  molasses,  form  an 
agreeable  drink  in  warm  weather.  It  is  pleasant 
and  cooling,  and  tends  to  keep  up  those  gentle  and 
uniform  sweats,  on  which  health  and  life  often  de- 
pend. Vinegar  and  water  constituted  the  only 
drink  of  the  soldiers  of  the  Roman  republic,  and  it 
is  well  known  they  marched  and  fought  in  a  warm 
climate,  and  beneath  a  load  of  arms  which  weighed 
sixty  pounds.  Boaz,  a  wealthy  farmer  in  Pales- 
tine, we  find  treated  his  reapers  with  nothing  but 
bread  dipped  in  vinegar.  To  such  persons  as  ob- 
ject to  the  taste  of  vinegar,  sour  milk,  or  butter- 
milk, or  sweet  milk  diluted  with  water,  may  be 
given  in  its  stead.  I  have  known  the  labour  of 
the  longest  and  hottest  days  in  summer  supported, 
by  means  of  these  pleasant  and  wholesome  drinks, 
with  great  firmness,  and  ended,  with  scarcely  a 
complaint  of  fatigue. 


3o8  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OF 

5.  The  sugar  maple  affords  a  thin  juice,  which 
has  long  been  used  by  the  farmers  in  Connecticut, 
as  a  cool  and  refreshing  drink,  in  the  time  of  har- 
vest. The  settlers  in  the  western  counties  of  the 
middle  states  will  do  well  to  let  a  few  of  the  trees 
which  yield  this  pleasant  juice  remain  in  all  their 
fields.  They  may  prove  the  means,  not  only  of 
saving  their  children  and  grand- children  many 
hundred  pounds,  but  of  saving  their  bodies  from 
disease  and  death,  and  their  souls  from  misery  be- 
vond  the  grave. 

6.  Coffee  possesses  agreeable  and  exhilarating 
qualities,  and  might  be  used  with  great  advantage 
to  obviate  the  painful  effects  of  heat,  cold,  and  fa- 
tigue upon  the  body.  I  once  knew  a  country  phy- 
sician, who  made  it  a  practice  to  drink  a  pint  of 
strong  coffee  previously  to  his  taking  a  long  or  cold 
ride.  It  was  more  cordial  to  him  than  spirits,  in 
any  of  the  forms  in  which  they  are  commonly  used. 

The  use  of  the  cold  bath  in  the  morning,  and 
of  the  warm  bath  in  the  evening,  are  happily  cal- 
culated to  strengthen  the  body  in  the  former  part 
of  the  day,  and  to  restore  it  in  the  latter,  from  the 
languor  and  fatigue  which  are  induced  by  heat 
and  labour. 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  359 

Let  it  not  be  said,  ardent  spirits  have  become 
necessary  from  habit  in  harvest,  and  in  other  sea- 
sons of  uncommon  and  arduous  labour.  The  ha- 
bit is  a  bad  one,  and  may  be  easily  broken.  Let 
but  half  a  dozen  farmers  in  a  neighbourhood  com- 
bine to  allow  higher  wages  to  their  labourers  than 
are  common,  and  a  sufficient  quantity  of  any  of 
the  pleasant  and  wholesome  liquors  I  have  recom- 
mended, and  they  may  soon,  by  their  example, 
abolish  the  practice  of  giving  them  spirits.  In  a 
little  while  they  will  be  delighted  with  the  good 
effects  of  their  association.  Their  grain  and  hay 
will  be  gathered  into  their  barns  in  less  time,  and 
in  a  better  condition  than  formerly,  and  of  course 
at  a  less  expense,  and  a  hundred  disagreeable 
scenes  from  sickness,  contention,  and  accidents 
will  be  avoided,  all  of  which  follow  in  a  greater  or 
less  degree  the  use  of  ardent  spirits. 

Nearly  all  diseases  have  their  predisposing  caus- 
es. The  same  thing  may  be  said  of  the  intem- 
perate use  of  distilled  spirits.  It  will,  therefore, 
be  useful  to  point  out  the  different  employments, 
situations,  and  conditions  of  the  body  and  mind, 
which  predispose  to  the  love  of  those  liquors,  and 
to  accompany  them  with  directions  to  prevent  per- 
sons being  ignorantly  and  undesignedly  seduced 
into  the  habitual  and  destructive  use  of  them. 


360  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OF 

1.  Labourers  bear  with  great  difficulty,  long  in- 
tervals between  their  meals.  To  enable  them  to 
support  the  waste  of  their  strength,  their  stomachs 
should  be  constantly,  but  moderately  stimulated 
by  aliment,  and  this  is  best  done  by  their  eating 
four  or  five  times  in  a  day  during  the  seasons  of 
great  bodily  exertion.  The  food  at  this  time  should 
be  solid,  consisting  chiefly  of  salted  meat.  The 
vegetables  used  with  it,  should  possess  some  acti- 
vity, or  they  should  be  made  savouiy  by  a  mixture 
of  spices.  Onions  and  garlic  are  of  a  most  cordial 
nature.  They  composed  a  part  of  the  diet  which 
enabled  the  Israelites  to  endure,  in  a  warm  climate, 
the  heavy  tasks  imposed  upon  them  by  their  Egyp- 
tian masters;  and  they  were  eaten,  Horace  and 
Virgil  tell  us,  by  the  Roman  farmers,  to  repair  the 
waste  of  their  strength,  by  the  toils  of  harvest. 
There  are  likewise  certain  sweet  substances,  which 
support  the  body  under  the  pressure  of  labour. 
The  negroes  in  the  West- Indies  become  strong, 
and  even  fat,  by  drinking  the  juice  of  the  sugar 
cane,  in  the  season  of  grinding  it.  The  Jewish 
soldiers  were  invigorated  by  occasionally  eating 
raisins  and  figs.  A  bread  composed  of  wheat 
flour,  molasses,  and  ginger  (commonly  called  gin- 
gerbread), taken  in  small  quantities  during  the  day, 
is  happily  calculated  to  obviate  the  debility  induced 
upon  the  body  by  constant  labour.     All  these  sub- 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  361 

stances,  whether  of  an  animal  or  vegetable  nature, 
lessen  the  desire,  as  well  as  the  necessity,  for  cor- 
dial drinks,  and  impart  equable  and  durable  strength 
to  every  part  of  the  system. 

2.  Valetudinarians,  especially  those  who  are 
afflicted  with  diseases  of  the  stomach  and  bowels, 
are  very  apt  to  seek  relief  from  ardent  spirits.  Let 
such  people  be  cautious  how  they  make  use  of  this 
dangerous  remedy.  I  have  known  many  men  and 
women  of  excellent  characters  and  principles,  who 
have  been  betrayed,  by  occasional  doses  of  gin  and 
brandy,  into  a  love  of  those  liquors,  and  have  after- 
wards fallen  sacrifices  to  their  fatal  effects.  The 
different  preparations  of  opium  are  much  more  safe 
and  efficacious  than  distilled  cordials  of  any  kind, 
in  flatulent  or  spasmodic  affections  of  the  stomach 
and  bowels.  So  great  is  the  danger  of  contracting 
a  love  for  distilled  liquors,  by  accustoming  the  sto- 
mach to  their  stimulus,  that  as  few  medicines  as 
possible  should  be  given  in  spiritous  vehicles,  in 
chronic  diseases.  A  physician,  of  great  eminence 
and  uncommon  worth,  who  died  towards  the  close 
of  the  last  century,  in  London,  in  taking  leave  of  a 
young  physician  of  this  city,  who  had  finished  his 
studies  under  his  patronage,  impressed  this  caution 
with  peculiar  force  upon  him,  and  lamented  at  the 
same  time,  in  pathetic  terms,  that  he  had  innocent- 

vol.  i.  2  z 


362  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OF 

ly  made  many  sots,  by  prescribing  brandy  and  wa- 
ter in  stomach  complaints.  It  is  difficult  to  tell 
how  many  persons  have  been  destroyed  by  those 
physicians  who  have  adopted  Dr.  Brown's  indiscri- 
minate practice  in  the  use  of  stimulating  remedies, 
the  most  popular  of  which  is  ardent  spirits,  but, 
it  is  well  known,  several  of  them  have  died  of  in- 
temperance in  tiiis  city,  since  the  year  1790.  They 
were  probably  led  to  it,  by  drinking  brandy  and 
water,  to  relieve  themselves  from  the  frequent  at- 
tacks of  debility  and  indisposition,  to  which  the  la- 
bours of  a  physician  expose  him,  and  for  which 
rest,  fasting,  a  gentle  purge,  or  weak  diluting 
drinks  would  have  been  safe  and  more  certain 
cures. 

None  of  these  remarks  are  intended  to  preclude 
the  use  of  spirits  in  the  low  state  of  short,  or  what 
are  called  acute  diseases,  for,  in  such  cases,  they 
produce  their  effects  too  soon  to  create  a  habitual 
debire  for  them. 

3.  Some  people,  from  living  in  countries  subject 
to  intermitting  fevers,  endeavour  to  fortify  them- 
selves against  them,  by  taking  two  or  three  wine- 
glasses oi  bitters,  made  with  spirits,  every  day. 
There  is  great  danger  of  contracting  habits  of  in- 
temperance  from   this   practice.       Besides,    this 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  363 

mode  of  preventing  intermittents  is  far  from  being 
a  certain  one.  A  much  better  security  against 
them,  is  a  tea- spoonful  of  the  Jesuits  bark,  taken 
every  morning  during  a  sickly  season.  If  this 
safe  and  excellent  medicine  cannot  be  had,  a  gill  or 
half  a  pint  of  a  strong  watery  infusion  of  centaury, 
camomile,  wormwood,  or  rue,  mixed  with  a  little 
of  the  calamus  of  our  meadows,  may  be  taken  eve-* 
ry  morning,  with  nearly  the  same  advantage  as  the 
Jesuits  bark.  Those  persons  who  live  in  a  sickly 
country,  and  cannot  procure  any  of  the  preventives 
of  autumnal  fevers  which  have  been  mentioned, 
should  avoid  the  morning  and  evening  air ;  should 
kindle  fires  in  their  houses,  on  damp  days,  and  in 
cool  evenings,  throughout  the  whole  summer ;  and 
put  on  winter  clothes,  about  the  first  week  in  Sep- 
tember. The  last  part  of  these  directions  applies 
only  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  middle  states. 

4.  Men  who  follow  professions,  which  require 
constant  exercise  of  the  faculties  of  their  minds, 
are  very  apt  to  seek  relief,  by  the  use  of  ardent  spi- 
rits, from  the  fatigue  which  succeeds  great  mental 
exertions.  To  such  persons,  it  may  be  a  discovery 
to  know,  that  tea  is  a  much  better  remedy  for 
that  purpose.  By  its  grateful  and  gentle  stimulus, 
it  removes  fatigue,  restores  the  excitement  of  the 
"mind,  and  invigorates  the  whole  system.     I  am 


554  ON     THE    EFFECTS    OF 

no  advocate  for  the  excessive  use  of  tea.  When 
taken  too  stroif^,  it  is  hurtful,  especially  to  the  fe- 
male constitution  ;  but  when  taken  of  a  moderate 
degree  of  strength,  and  in  moderate  quantities,  with 
sugar  and  cream,  or  milk,  I  believe  it  is,  in  gene- 
ral, innoxious,  and  at  all  times  to  be  preferred  to 
ardent  spirits,  as  a  cordial  for  studious  men.  The 
late  Anthony  Benezet,  one  of  the  most  laborious 
schoolmasters  I  ever  knew,  informed  me,  he  had 
been  prevented  from  the  love  of  spiritous  liquors, 
by  acquiring  a  love  for  tea  in  early  life.  Three  or 
four  cups,  taken  in  an  afternoon,  carried  off  the 
fatigue  of  a  whole  day's  labour  in  his  school.  This 
worthy  man  lived  to  be  seventy-one  years  of  age, 
and  died  of  an  acute  disease,  with  the  full  exercise 
of  all  the  faculties  of  his  mind.  But  the  use  of  tea 
counteracts  a  desire  for  distilled  spirits,  during 
great  bodily  >  as  well  as  mental  exertions.  Of  this, 
Captain  Forest  has  furnished  us  with  a  recent  and 
remarkable  proof,  in  his  History  of  a  Voyage  from 
Calcutta,  to  the  Marqui  Archipelago.  "  I  have 
always  observed  (says  this  ingenious  mariner)  when 
sailors  drink  tea,  it  weans  them  from  the  thoughts 
of  drinking  strong  liquors,  and  pernicious  grog; 
and  with  this,  thev  are  soon  contented.  Not  so 
with  whatever  will  intoxicate,  be  it  what  it  will. 
This  has  always  been  my  remark.  I  therefore 
always  encourage  it,  without  their  knowing  why." 


([ 


ARDENT     SPIRITS.  365 

5.  Women  have  sometimes  been  led  to  seek  re- 
lief from  what  is  called  breeding  sickness,  by  the 
use  of  ardent  spirits.  A  little  gingerbread,  or 
biscuit,  taken  occasionally,  so  as  to  prevent  the 
stomach  being  empty,  is  a  much  better  remedy  for 
that  disease. 

6.  Persons  under  the  pressure  of  debt,  disap- 
pointments in  worldly  pursuits,  and  guilt,  have 
sometimes  sought  to  drown  their  sorrow s  in  strong 
drink.  The  only  radical  cure  for  those  evils,  is 
to  be  found  in  religion ;  but  where  its  support  is 
not  resorted  to,  wine  and  opium  should  always  be 
preferred  to  ardent  spirits.  They  are  far  less  inju- 
rious to  the  body  and  mind,  than  spirits,  and  the 
habits  of  attachment  to  them  are  easily  broken, 
after  time  and  repentance  have  removed  the  evils 
they  were  taken  to  relieve. 

7.  The  sociable  and  imitative  nature  of  man, 
often  disposes  him  to  adopt  the  most  odious  and 
destructive  practices  from  his  companions.  The 
French  soldiers  who  conquered  Holland,  in  the 
year  1794,  brought  back  with  them  the  love  and 
use  of  brandy,  and  thereby  corrupted  the  inhabi- 
tants of  several  of  the  departments  of  France,  who 
had  been  previously  distinguished  for  their  tempe- 
rate and  sober  manners.     Many  other  facts  might 


366  ON     THE    EFFECTS    OF 

be  mentioned,  to  show  how  important  it  is  to  avoid 
the  company  of  persons  addicted  to  the  use  of  ar- 
dent spirits. 

8.  Smoking  and  chewing  tobacco,  by  rendering 
water  and  simple  liquors  insipid  to  the  taste,  dis- 
pose very  much  to  the  stronger  stimulus  of  ardent 
spirits.  The  practice  of  smoking  segars  has,  in 
every  part  of  our  country,  been  more  followed  by 
a  general  use  of  brandy  and  water,  as  a  common 
drink,  more  especially  by  that  class  of  citizens  who 
have  not  been  in  the  habit  of  drinking  wine,  or 
malt  liquors.  The  less,  therefore,  tobacco  is  used 
in  the  above  ways,  the  better. 

9.  No  man  ever  became  suddenly  a  drunkard. 
Jt  is  by  gradually  accustoming  the  taste  and  sto- 
mach to  ardent  spirits,  in  the  forms  of  grog  and 
toddy,  that  men  have  been  led  to  love  them  in 
their  more  destructive  mixtures,  and  in  their  sim- 
ple state.  Under  the  impression  of  this  truth, 
were  it  possible  for  me  to  speak  with  a  voice  so 
loud  as  to  be  heard  from  the  river  St.  Croix  to  the 
remotest  shores  of  the  Mississippi,  which  bound 
the  territory  of  the  United  States,  I  would  say, 
Friends  and  fellow-citizens,  avoid  the  habitual  use 
of  those  two  seducing  liquors,  whether  they  be 
made  with  brandy,  rum,  gin,  Jamaica  spirits,  whis- 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  367 

key,  or  what  is  called  cherry  bounce.  It  is  true, 
some  men,  by  limiting  the  strength  of  those  drinks, 
by  measuring  the  spirit  and  water,  have  drunken 
them  for  many  years,  and  even  during  a  long  life, 
without  acquiring  habits  of  intemperance  or  in- 
toxication, but  many  more  have  been  insensibly 
led,  by  drinking  weak  toddy  and  grog  first  at  their 
meals,  to  take  them  for  their  constant  drink,  in  the 
intervals  of  their  meals ;  afterwards  to  take  them, 
of  an  increased  strength,  before  breakfast  in  the 
morning ;  and  finally  to  destroy  themselves  by 
drinking  undiluted  spirits,  during  every  hour  of 
the  day  and  night.  I  am  not  singular  in  this  re- 
mark. "  The  consequences  of  drinking  rum  and 
water,  or  grog,  as  it  is  called  (says  Dr.  Moseley), 
is,  that  habit  increases  the  desire  of  more  spirits, 
and  decreases  its  effects ;  and  there  are  very  few 
grog- drinkers  who  long  survive  the  practice  of  de- 
bauching with  it,  without  acquiring  the  odious  nui- 
sance of  dram-drinkers'  breath,  and  downright  stu- 
pidity and  impotence*."  To  enforce  the  caution 
against  the  use  of  those  two  apparently  innocent 
and  popular  liquors  still  further,  I  shall  select  one 
instance,  from  among  many,  to  show  the  ordinary 
manner  in  which  they  beguile  and  destroy  their 
votaries.     A  citizen  of  Philadelphia,  once  of  a  fair 

*  Treatise  on  Tropical  Diseases-. 


368  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OF 

and  sober  character,  drank  toddy  for  many  years, 
as  his  constant  drink.  From  this  he  proceeded  to 
drink  grog.  After  a  while,  nothing  would  satisfy 
him  but  slings  made  of  equal  parts  of  rum  and  wa- 
ter, with  a  little  sugar.  From  slings  he  advanced 
to  raw  rum,  and  from  common  rum  to  Jamaica 
spirits.  Here  he  rested  for  a  few  months,  but  at 
length,  finding  even  Jamaica  spirits  were  not  strong 
enough  to  warm  his  stomach,  he  made  it  a  constant 
practice  to  throw  a  table- spoonful  of  ground  pep- 
per in  each  glass  of  his  spirits,  in  order,  to  use  his 
own  words,  u  to  take  off  their  coldness."  He  soon 
after  died  a  martyr  to  his  intemperance. 

Ministers  of  the  gospel,  of  every  denomination, 
in  the  United  States !  aid  me  with  all  the  weight 
you  possess  in  society,  from  the  dignity  and  useful- 
ness of  your  sacred  office,  to  save  our  fellow  men 
from  being  destroyed,  by  the  great  destroyer  of 
their  lives  and  souls.  In  order  more  successfully 
to  effect  this  purpose,  permit  me  to  suggest  to  you 
to  employ  the  same  wise  modes  of  instruction, 
which  you  use  in  your  attempts  to  prevent  their 
destruction  by  other  vices.  You  expose  the  evils 
of  covetousness,  in  order  to  prevent  theft ;  you 
point  out  the  sinfulness  of  impure  desires,  in  order 
to  prevent  adultery ;  and  you  dissuade  from  an- 
ger, and  malice,  in  order  to  prevent  murder.      In 


ARDENT    SPIRITS*  369 

like  maimer,  denounce,  by  your  preaching,  con- 
versation, and  examples,  the  seducing  influence  of 
toddy  and  grog,  when  you  aim  to  prevent  all  the 
crimes  and  miseries,  which  are  the  offspring  of 
strong  drink , 

We  have  hitherto  considered  the  effects  of  ar- 
dent spirits  upon  individuals,  and  the  means  of 
preventing  them.  I  shall  close  this  head  of  our 
inquiry,  by  a  few  remarks  on  their  effects  upon 
the  population  and  welfare  of  our  country,  and  the 
means  of  obviating  them. 

It  is  highly  probable,  not  less  than  4000  people 
die  annually,  from  the  use  of  ardent  spirits,  in  the 
United  States.  Should  they  continue  to  exert  this 
deadly  influence  upon  our  population,  where  will 
their  evils  terminate  ?  This  question  may  be  an- 
swered, by  asking,  where  are  all  the  Indian  tribes, 
whose  numbers  and  arms  formerly  spread  terror 
among  their  civilized  neighbours  ?  I  answer,  in  the 
words  of  the  famous  Mingo  chief,  "  the  blood  of 
many  of  them  flows  not  in  the  veins  of  any  human 
creature."  They  have  perished,  not  by  pesti- 
lence, nor  war,  but  by  a  greater  foe  to  human 
,life  than  either  of  them — ardent  spirits.  The 
loss  of  4000  American  citizens,  by  the  yellow  fe- 
ver, in  a  single  year,  awakened  general  sympathy 

vol.  it  3  a 


370  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OF 

and  terror,  and  called  forth  all  the  strength  and 
ingenuity  of  laws,  to  prevent  its  recurrence.  Why- 
is  not  the  same  zeal  manifested  in  protecting  our 
citizens  from  the  more  general  and  consuming  ra- 
vages of  distilled  spirits  ?  Should  the  customs  of 
civilized  life,  preserve  our  nation  from  extinction, 
and  even  from  an  increase  of  mortality,  by  those 
liquors ;  they  cannot  prevent  our  country  being 
governed  by  men,  chosen  by  intemperate  and 
corrupted  voters.  From  such  legislators,  the 
republic  would  soon  be  in  danger.  To  avert 
this  evil,  let  good  men  of  every  class  unite  and 
besiege  the  general  and  state  governments,  with 
petitions  to  limit  the  number  of  taverns ;  to  impose 
heavy  duties  upon  ardent  spirits  ;  to  inflict  a  mark 
of  disgrace,  or  a  temporary  abridgment  of  some 
civil  right,  upon  every  man  convicted  of  drunken- 
ness ;  and  finally  to  secure  the  property  of  habitual 
drunkards,  for  the  benefit  of  their  families,  by 
placing  it  in  the  hands  of  trustees,  appointed  for 
that  purpose,  by  a  court  of  justice. 

To  aid  the  operation  of  these  laws,  would  it 
not  be  extremely  useful  for  the  rulers  of  the  dif- 
ferent denominations  of  christian  churches  to  unite, 
and  render  the  sale  and  consumption  of  ardent 
spirits,  a  subject  of  ecclesiastical  jurisdiction? 
The  methodists,  and  society  of  friends,  have,  for 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  371 

some  time  past,  viewed  them  as  contraband  arti- 
cles, to  the  pure  laws  of  the  gospel,  and  have  borne 
many  public  and  private  testimonies,  against  mak- 
ing them  the  objects  of  commerce.  Their  success 
in  this  benevolent  enterprise,  affords  ample  encou- 
ragement for  all  other  religious  societies  to  follow 
their  example. 


AN  INQUIRY,  &c. 


PART  III. 

WE  come  now  to  the  third  part  of  this  in- 
quiry, that  is,  to  mention  the  remedies  for  the  evils 
which  are  brought  on  by  the  excessive  use  of  dis- 
tilled spirits. 

These    remedies    divide    themselve    into    two 
kinds. 

I.  Such  as  are  proper  to  cure  a  fit  of  drunken* 
ness,  and 

II.  Such  as  are  proper  to  prevent  its  recurrence, 
and  to  destroy  a  desire  for  ardent  spirits. 


374  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OF 

I.  I  am  aware  that  the  efforts  of  science  and  hu- 
manity, in  applying  their  resources  to  the  cure  of 
a  disease,  induced  by  an  act  of  vice,  will  meet  with 
a  cold  reception  from  many  people.  But  let  such 
people  remember,  the  subjects  of  our  remedies,  are 
their  fellow  creatures,  and  that  the  miseries  brought 
upon  human  nature,  by  its  crimes,  are  as  much  the 
objects  of  divine  compassion  (which  we  are  bound 
to  imitate),  as  the  distresses  which  are  brought 
upon  men,  by  the  crimes  of  other  people,  or  which 
they  bring  upon  themselves,  by  ignorance  or  acci- 
dents. Let  us  not  then,  pass  by  the  prostrate  suf- 
ferer from  strong  drink,  but  administer  to  him  the 
same  relief,  we  would  afford  to  a  fellow  creature,  in 
a  similar  state,  from  an  accidental,  and  innocent 
cause. 

1.  The  first  thing  to  be  done  to  cure  a  fit  of 
drunkenness,  is  to  open  the  collar,  if  in  a  man,  and 
remove  all  tight  ligatures  from  every  other  part  of 
the  body.  The  head  and  shoulders  should  at  the 
same  time  be  elevated,  so  as  to  favour  a  more  feeble 
determination  of  the  blood  to  the  brain. 

2.  The  contents  of  the  stomach  should  be  dis- 
charged, by  thrusting  a  feather  down  the  throat.  It 
often  restores  the  patient  immediately  to  his  senses 
and  feet.     Should  it  fail  of  exciting  a  puking, 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  375 

3.  A  napkin  should  be  wrapped  round  the  head, 
and  wetted  for  an  hour  or  two  with  cold  water, 
or  cold  water  should  be  poured  in  a  stream  upon 
the  head.  In  the  latter  way,  I  have  sometimes  seen 
it  used,  when  a  boy,  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia. 
It  was  applied,  by  dragging  the  patient,  when 
found  drunk  in  the  street,  to  a  pump,  and  pump- 
ing water  upon  his  head  for  ten  or  fifteen  minutes. 
The  patient  generally  rose,  and  walked  off,  sober 
and  sullen,  after  the  use  of  this  remedy. 

Other  remedies,  less  common,  but  not  less  ef- 
fectual for  a  fit  of  drunkenness,  are, 

4.  Plunging  the  whole  body  into  cold  water. 
A  number  of  gentlemen  who  had  drunken  to  in- 
toxication, on  board  a  ship  in  the  stream,  near 
Fell's  point,  at  Baltimore,  in  consequence  of  their 
reeling  in  a  small  boat,  on  their  way  to  the  shore, 
in  the  evening,  overset  it,  and  fell  into  the  water. 
Several  boats  from  the  shore  hurried  to  their  relief. 
They  were  all  picked  up,  and  went  home,  perfectly 
sober,  to  their  families. 

5.  Terror.  A  number  of  young  merchants,  who 
had  drunken  together,  in  a  compting-house,  on 
James  river,  above  thirty  years  ago,  until  they  were 
intoxicated,  were  carried  away  by  a  sudden  rise  of 


376  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OF 

the  river,  from  an  immense  fall  of  rain.  They 
floated  several  miles  with  the  current,  in  their  littie 
cabin,  half  filled  with  water.  An  island  in  the  river 
arrested  it.  When  they  reached  the  shore  that 
saved  their  lives,  they  were  all  sober.  It  is  proba- 
ble terror  assisted  in  the  cure  of  the  persons  who 
fell  into  the  water  at  Baltimore. 

6.  The  excitement  of  a  fit  of  anger.  The  late 
Dr.  Witherspoon  used  to  tell  a  story  of  a  man  in 
Scotland,  who  was  always  cured  of  a  fit  of  drunk- 
enness, by  being  made  angry.  The  means  chosen 
for  that  purpose,  was  a  singular  one.  It  was  talk- 
ing against  religion. 

7.  A  severe  whipping.  This  remedy  acts  by 
exciting  a  revulsion  of  the  blood  from  the  brain,  to 
the  external  parts  of  the  body. 

8.  Profuse  sweats.  By  means  of  this  evacua- 
tion, nature  sometimes  cures  a  fit  of  drunkenness. 
Their  good  effects  are  obvious  in  labourers,  whom 
quarts  of  spirits  taken  in  a  day,  will  seldom  intoxi- 
cate, while  they  sweat  freely.  If  the  patient  be 
unable  to  swallow  warm  drinks,  in  order  to  produce 
sweats,  they  may  be  excited  by  putting  him  in  a 
warm  bath,  or  wrapping  his  body  in  blankets,  un- 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  377 

rler  which  should  be  placed  half  a  dozen  hot  bricks, 
or  bottles  filled  with  hot  water. 

9.  Bleeding.  This  remedy  should  always  be 
used,  when  the  former  ones  have  been  prescribed 
to  no  purpose,  or  where  there  is  reason  to  fear  from 
the  long  duration  of  the  disease,  a  material  injury 
may  be  done  to  the  brain. 

* 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  add,  that  each  of  the 
above  remedies,  should  be  regulated  by  the  grade 
of  drunkenness,  and  the  greater  or  less  degree,  in 
which  the  intellects  are  affected  in  it. 

II.  The  remedies  which  are  proper  to  prevent  the 
recurrence  of  fits  of  drunkenness,  and  to  destroy  the 
desire  for  ardent  spirits,  are  religious,  metaphysical, 
and  medical.     I  shall  briefly  mention  them. 

r 

1.  Many  hundred  drunkards  have  been  cured  of 
their  desire  for  ardent  spirits,  by  a  practical  belief  in 
the  doctrines  of  the  christian  religion.  Examples 
of  the  divine  efficacy  of  Christianity  for  this  purpose, 
have  lately  occurred  in  many  parts  of  the  United 
States. 

2.  A  sudden  sense  of  the  guilt  contracted  by 
drunkenness,  and  of  its  punishment  in  a  future 

vol.  i.  3  B 


378  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OF 

world.  It  once  cured  a  gentleman  in  Philadel- 
phia, who,  in  a  fit  of  drunkenness,  attempted  tQ 
murder  a  wife  whom  he  loved.  Upon  being  told 
of  it  when  he  was  sober,  he  was  so  struck  with  the 
enormity  of  the  crime  he  had  nearly  committed, 
that  he  never  tasted  spiritous  liquors  afterwards. 

3.  A  sudden  sense  of  shame.  Of  the  efficacy 
of  this  deep  seated  principle  in  the  human  bosom, 
in  curing  drunkenness,  I  shall  relate  three  remark- 
able instances. 

A  farmer  in  England,  who  had  been  many  years 
in  the  practice  of  coming  home  intoxicated,  from 
a  market  town,  one  day  observed  appearances  of 
rain,  while  he  was  in  market.  His  hay  was  cut, 
and  ready  to  be  housed.  To  save  it,  he  returned 
in  haste  to  his  farm,  before  he  had  taken  his  cus- 
tomary dose  of  grog.  Upon  coming  into  his 
house,  one  of  his  children,  a  boy  of  six  years  old, 
ran  to  his  mother,  and  cried  out,  "  O,  mother! 
father  is  come  home,  and  he  is  not  drunk."  The 
father,  who  heard  this  exclamation,  was  so  se- 
verely rebuked  by  it,  that  he  suddenly  became  a 
sober  man. 

A  noted  drunkard  was  once  followed  by  a  favou- 
rite goat,  to  a  tavern,  into  which  he  was  invited  by 


ARDENT     SPIRITS.  379 

his  master,  and  drenched  with  some  of  his  liquor. 
The  poor  animal  staggered  home  with  his  master,  a 
good  deal  intoxicated.  The  next  day  he  followed 
him  to  his  accustomed  tavern.  When  the  goat 
came  to  the  door,  he  paused  :  his  master  made  signs 
to  him  to  follow  him  into  the  house.  The  goat 
stood  still.  An  attempt  was  made  to  thrust  him 
into  the  tavern.  He  resisted,  as  if  struck  with  the 
recollection  of  what  he  suffered  from  being  intoxi- 
cated the  night  before.  His  master  wTas  so  much 
affected  by  a  sense  of  shame  in  observing  the  con- 
duct of  his  goat  to  be  so  much  more  rational  than 
his  own,  that  he  ceased  from  that  time  to  drink  spi- 
ritous  liquors. 


A  gentleman,  in  one  of  the  southern  states,  who 
had  nearly  destroyed  himself  by  strong  drink,  was 
remarkable  for  exhibiting  the  grossest  marks  of 
folly  in  his  fits  of  intoxication.  One  evening,  sit- 
ting in  his  parlour,  he  heard  an  uncommon  noise 
in  his  kitchen.  He  went  to  the  door,  and  peeped 
through  the  key  hole,  from  whence  he  saw  one  of 
his  negroes  diverting  his  fellow  servants,  by  mi- 
micking his  master's  gestures  and  conversation 
when  he  was  drunk.  The  sight  overwhelmed  him 
with  shame  and  distress,  and  instantly  became  the 
means  of  his  reformation. 


380  ON    THE    EFFECTS    OF 

4.  The  association  of  the  idea  of  ardent  spirits, 
with  a  painful  or  disagreeable  impression  upon  some 
part  of  the  body,  has  sometimes  cured  the  love  of 
strong  drink.  I  once  tempted  a  negro  man,  who 
was  habitually  fond  of  ardent  spirits,  to  drink  some 
nun  (which  I  placed  in  his  way),  and  in  which  I 
had  put  a  few  grains  of  tartar  emetic.  The  tartar 
sickened  and  puked  him  to  such  a  degree,  that  he 
supposed  himself  to  be  poisoned.  I  was  much  gra- 
tified bv  observing;  he  could  not  bear  the  sis-lit,  nor 
smell  of  spirits,  for  two  years  afterwards. 

I  have  heard  of  a  man,  who  was  cured  of  the  love 
of  spirits,  by  working  off  a  puke,  by  large  draughts 
of  brandy  and  water,  and  I  know  a  gentleman,  who 
in  consequence  of  being  affected  with  a  rheumatism, 
immediately  after  drinking  some  toddy,  when  over- 
come with  fatigue  and  exposure  to  the  rain,  has 
ever  since  loathed  that  liquor,  only  because  it  was 
accidentally  associated  in  his  memory  with  the  re- 
collection of  the  pain  he  suffered  from  his  disease. 

This  appeal  to  that  operation  of  the  human  mind, 
which  obliges  it  to  associate  ideas,  accidentally  or 
otherwise  combined,  for  the  cure  of  vice,  is  very 
ancient.  It  was  resorted  to  by  Moses,  when  he 
compelled  the  children  of  Israel  to  drink  the  solu- 
tion of  the  golden  calf  (which  they  had  idolized)  in 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  381 

water.  This  solution,  if  made,  as  it  most  probably 
was,  by  means  of  what  is  called  hepar  sulphuris,  was 
extremely  bitter,  and  nauseous,  and  could  never  be 
recollected  afterwards,  without  bringing  into  equal 
detestation,  the  sin  which  subjected  them  to  the 
necessity  of  drinking  it.  Our  knowledge  of  this 
principle  of  association  upon  the  minds  and  conduct 
of  men,  should  lead  us  to  destroy,  by  means  of  other 
impressions,  the  influence  of  all  those  circumstances, 
with  which  the  recollection  and  desire  of  spirits  are 
combined.  Some  men  drink  only  in  the  mornings 
some  at  noon,  and  some  only  at  night.  Some  men 
drink  only  on  a  market  day,  some  at  one  tavern 
only,  and  some  only  in  one  kind  of  company.  Now 
by  finding  a  new  and  interesting  employment,  or 
subject  of  conversation  for  drunkards  at  the  usual 
times  in  which  they  have  been  accustomed  to  drink, 
and  by  restraining  them  by  the  same  means  from 
those  places  and  companions,  which  suggested  to 
them  the  idea  of  ardent  spirits,  their  habits  of  in- 
temperance may  be  completely  destroyed.  In  the 
same  way  the  periodical  returns  of  appetite,  and  a 
desire  of  sleep  have  been  destroyed  in  a  hundred 
instances.  The  desire  for  strong  drink  differs  from 
each  of  them,  in  being  of  an  artificial  nature,  and 
therefore  not  disposed  to  return,  after  Ipeing  chased 
for  a  few  week  from  the  system. 


382  ON     THE    EFFECTS    OF 

r 

5.  The  love  of  ardent  spirits  has  sometimes  been 
subdued,  by  exciting  a  counter  passion  in  the  mind. 
A  citizen  of  Philadelphia  had  made  many  unsuc- 
cessful attempts  to  cure  his  wife  of  drunkenness. 
At  length,  despairing  of  her  reformation,  he  pur- 
chased a  hogshead  of  rum,  and,  after  tapping- it, 
left  the  key  in  the  door  of  the  room  in  which  it  was 
placed,  as  if  he  had  forgotten  it.  His  design  was 
to  give  his  wife  an  opportunity  of  drinking  herself 
to  death.  She  suspected  this  to  be  his  motive,  in 
what  he  had  done,  and  suddenly  left  oif  drinking. 
Resentment  here  became  the  antidote  to  intemper- 
ance. 

6.  A  diet  consisting  wholly  of  vegetables  cured 
a  physician  in  Maryland,  of  drunkenness,  probably 
by  lessening  that  thirst,  which  is  always  more  or 
less  excited  by  animal  food. 

7.  Blisters  to  the  ankles,  which  were  followed  by 
an  unusual  degree  of  inflammation,  once  suspended 
the  love  of  ardent  spirits,  for  one  month,  in  a  lady 
in  this  city.  The  degrees  of  her  intemperance  may 
be  conceived  of,  when  I  add,  that  her  grocer's  ac- 
compt  for  brandy  alone  amounted,  annually,  to  one 
hundred  pounds,  Pennsylvania  currency,  for  seve- 
ral years, 


ARDENT    SPIRITS.  383 

8.  A  violent  attack  of  an  acute  disease,  has  some- 
times destroyed  a  habit  of  drinking  distilled  liquors. 
I  attended  a  notorious  drunkard,  in  the  yellow  fe- 
ver, in  the  year  1798,  who  recovered  with  the  loss 
of  his  relish  for  spirits,  which  has,  I  believe,  con- 
tinued ever  since. 

9.  A  salivation  has  lately  performed  a  cure  of 
drunkenness,  in  a  person  of  Virginia.  The  new 
disease  excited  in  the  mouth  and  throat,  while  it 
rendered  the  action  of  the  smallest  quantity  of  spi- 
rits upon  them  painful,  was  happily  calculated  to 
destroy  the  disease  in  the  stomach  which  prompts 
to  drinking,  as  well  as  to  render  the  recollection  of 
them  disagreeable,  by  the  laws  of  association  for- 
merly mentioned. 

10.  I  have  known  an  oath,  taken  before  a  magis- 
trate, to  drink  no  more  spirits,  produce  a  perfect 
cure  of  drunkenness.  It  is  sometimes  cured  in 
this  way  in  Ireland.  Persons  who  take  oaths  for 
this  purpose  are  called  affidavit  men. 

11.  An  advantage  would  probably  arise  from 
frequent  representations  being  made  to  drunkards, 
not  only  of  the  certainty,  but  of  the  suddenness  of 
death,  from  habits  of  intemperance.  I  have  heard 
of  two  persons  being  cured  of  the  love  of  ardent 


384  ON     THE    EFFECTS,    &X. 

spirits,  by  seeing  death  suddenly  induced  by  fits  of 
intoxication ;  in  the  one  case,  in  a  stranger,  and  in 
the  other,  in  an  intimate  friend. 

12.  It  has  been  said,  that  the  disuse  of  spirits 
should  be  gradual,  but  my  observations  authorize 
me  to  say,  that  persons  who  have  been  addicted  to 
them,  should  abstain  from  them  suddenly,  and  en- 
tirely. u  Taste  not,  handle  not,  touch  not,"  should 
be  inscribed  upon  every  vessel  that  contains  spirits, 
in  the  house  of  a  man  who  wishes  to  be  cured  of 
habits  of  intemperance.  To  obviate,  for  a  while, 
the  debility  which  arises  from  the  sudden  abstrac- 
tion of  the  stimulus  of  spirits,  laudanum,  or  bit- 
ters infused  in  water,  should  be  taken,  and  perhaps 
a  larger  quantity  of  beer  or  wine,  that  is  consistent 
with  the  strict  rules  of  temperate  living.  By  the 
temporary  use  of  these  substitutes  for  spirits,  I 
have  never  known  the  transition  to  sober  habits  to 
be  attended  with  any  bad  effects,  but  often  with 
permanent  health  of  body,  and  peace  of  mind. 


.OBSERVATIONS 


ON    THE 


DUTIES  OF  A  PHYSICIAN, 

AND  THE   METHODS  OF 

IMPROVING   MEDICINE. 

ACCOMMODATED    TO    THE    PRESENT    STATE    OF    SOCIETY 
AND    MANNERS    IN    THE    UNITED    STATES. 


Delivered  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  February  7,  1789,  at  the 
conclusion  of  a  course  of  lectures  upon  chemistry  and  the  practice  of 
physic. 

PUBLISHED  AT  THE  REQUEST  OF  THE  CLASS, 


VOL.  I.  3  c 


OBSERVATIONS,  &c. 


GENTLEMEN, 

I  SHALL  conclude  our  course  of  lectures, 
by  delivering  to  you  a  few  directions  for  the  regu- 
lation of  your  future  conduct  and  studies,  in  the 
line  of  your  profession. 

I  shall,  first,  suggest  the  most  probable  means 
of  establishing  yourselves  in  business,  and  of  be., 
coming  acceptable  to  your  patients,  and  respectable 
in  life. 

Secondly ,  I  shall  mention  a  few  thoughts  which 
have  occurred  to  me  on  the  mode  to  be  pursued, 
in  the  further  prosecution  of  your  studies,  and  far 
the  improvement  of  medicine. 


388  OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE 

I.  Permit  me,  in  the  first  place,  to  recommend 

to  such  of  you  as  intend  to  settle  in  the  country, 

to  establish  yourselves  as  early  as  possible  upon 

Jarms,     My  reasons  for  this  advice  are  as  follow  : 

1.  It  will  reconcile  the  country  people  to  the 
liberality  and  dignity  of  your  profession,  by  show- 
ing them  that  you  assume  no  superiority  over  them 
from  your  education,  and  that  you  intend  to  share 
with  them  in  those  toils,  which  were  imposed  upon 
man  in  consequence  of  the  loss  of  his  innocence. 
This  will  prevent  envy,  and  render  you  acceptable 
to  your  patients  as  men,  as  well  as  physicians. 

2.  By  living  on  a  farm  you  may  serve  your 
country,  by  promoting  improvements  in  agricul- 
ture. Chemistry  (which  is  now  an  important 
branch  of  a  medical  education)  and  agriculture  are 
closely  allied  to  each  other.  Hence  some  of  the 
r  ost  useful  books  upon  agriculture  have  been 
written  by  physicians.  Witness  the  essays  of  Dr. 
Home  of  Edinburgh,  and  of  Dr.  Hunter  of  York- 
shire, in  England. 

3.  The  business  of  a  farm  will  furnish  you  with 
employment  in  the  healthy  seasons  of  the  year,  and 
thereby  deliver  you  from  the  taedium  vitas,  or  what 
is  worse,  from  retreating  to  low  or  improper  com- 


DUTIES    OF    A     PHYSICIAN*  389 

pany.  Perhaps  one  cause  of  the  prevalence  of  dram 
or  grog  drinking,  with  which  country  practitioners 
are  sometimes  charged,  is  owing  to  their  having 
no  regular  or  profitable  business  to  employ  them, 
in  the  intervals  of  their  attendance  upon  their  pa- 
tients. 

4.  The  resources  of  a  farm  will  create  such  an 
independence  as  will  enable  you  to  practice  with 
more  dignity,  and  at  the  same  time  screen  you  from 
the  trouble  of  performing  unnecessary  services  to 
your  patients.  It  will  change  the  nature  of  the 
obligation  between  you  and  them.  While  money 
is  the  only  means  of  your  subsistence,  your  pa- 
tients will  feel  that  they  are  the  channels  of  your 
daily  bread ;  but  while  your  farm  furnishes  you 
with  the  necessaries  of  life,  your  patients  will  feel 
more  sensibly,  that  the  obligation  is  on  their  side, 
for  health  and  life. 

5.  The  exigencies  and  wants  of  a  farm  in  stock 
and  labour  of  all  kinds,  will  enable  you  to  obtain 
from  your  patients  a  compensation  for  your  ser- 
vices in  those  articles.  They  all  possess  them, 
and  men  part  with  that  of  which  money  is  only 
the  sign,  much  more  readily  than  they  do  with 
money  itself. 


39(j  OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE 

6.  The  resources  of  a  farm  will  prevent  your 
cherishing,  for  a  moment,  an  impious  wish  for  the 
prevalence  of  sickness  in  your  neighbourhood.  A 
healthy  season  will  enable  you  to  add  to  the  pro- 
duce of  your  farm,  while  the  rewards  of  an  un- 
healthy season  will  enable  you  to  repair  the  incon-, 
venience  of  your  necessary  absence  from  it.  By 
these  means  your  pursuits  will  be  marked  by  that 
variety  and  integrity,  in  which  true  happiness  is 
said  to  consist, 

7.  Let  your  farms  be  small,  and  let  your  prin- 
cipal attention  be  directed  to  grass  and  horticulture. 
These  afford  most  amusement,  require  only  mode- 
rate labour,  and  will  interfere  least  with  vour  du- 
ties  to  your  profession. 

II.  Avoid  singularities  of  every  kind  in  your 
manners,  dress,  and  general  conduct.  Sir  Isaac 
Newton,  it  is  said,  could  not  be  distinguished  in 
company,  by  any  peculiarity,  from  a  common  well- 
bred  gentleman.  Singularity  in  any  thing,  is  a 
substitute  for  such  great  or  useful  qualities  as  com- 
mand respect ;  and  hence  we  find  it  chiefly  in  little 
minds.  The  profane  and  indelicate  combination 
of  extravagant  ideas,  improperly  called  wit,  and 
the  formal  and  pompous  manner,  whether  accom- 
panied by  a  wig,  a  cane,  or  a  ring,  should  be  all 


<X>UTIES    OF    A    PHYSICIAN.  3§1 

avoided,  as  incompatible  with  the  simplicity  of  sci- 
ence, and  the  real  dignity  of  physic.  There  is 
more  than  one  way  of  playing  the  quack.  It  is 
not  necessary,  for  this  purpose,  that  a  man  should 
advertise  his  skill,  or  his  cures,  or  that  he  should 
mount  a  phaeton  and  display  his  dexterity  in  ope- 
rating, to  an  ignorant  and  gaping  multitude.  A 
physician  acts  the  same  pail  in  a  different  way, 
who  assumes  the  character  of  a  madman  or  a  brute 
in  his  manners,  or  who  conceals  his  fallibility  by 
an  affected  gravity  and  taciturnity  in  his  intercourse 
with  his  patients.  Both  characters,  like  the  quack, 
impose  upon  the  public.  It  is  true,  they  deceive 
different  ranks  of  people  ;  but  we  must  remember 
that  there  are  two  kinds  of  vulgar,  viz.  the  rich 
and  the  poor;  and  that  the  rich  vulgar  are  often 
upon  a  footing  with  the  poor,  in  ignorance  and  cre- 
dulity. 

III.  It  has  been  objected  to  our  profession,  that 
many  eminent  physicians  have  been  unfriendly  to 
Christianity.  If  this  be  true,  I  cannot  help  ascrib- 
ing it  in  part  to  that  neglect  of  public  worship 
with  which  the  duties  of  our  profession  are  often 
incompatible  ;  for  it  has  been  justly  observed^  that. 
the  neglect  of  this  religious  and  social  duty,  gene- 
rally produces  a  relaxation,  cither  in  principles  or 
morals.     Let  this  fact  lead  you,  in  setting  out  in 


392  OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE 

business,  to  acquire  such  habits  of  punctuality  ill 
visiting  your  patients,  as  shall  not  interfere  with 
acts  of  public  homage  to  the  Supreme  Being.  Dr. 
Gregory  has  observed,  that  a  cold  heart  is  the 
most  frequent  cause  of  deism.  Where  this  occurs 
in  a  physician,  it  affords  a  presumption  that  he  is 
deficient  in  humanity.  But  I  cannot  admit  that 
infidelity  is  peculiar  to  our  profession.  On  the 
contrary,  I  believe  Christianity  places  among  its 
friends  more  men  of  extensive  abilities  and  learning 
in  medicine,  than  in  any  other  secular  employment. 
Stahl,  Hoffman,  Boerhaave,  Sydenham,  Haller, 
and  Fothergill,  were  all  christians.  These  enlight- 
ened physicians  were  considered  as  the  ornaments 
of  the  ages  in  which  they  lived,  and  posterity  has 
justly  ranked  them  among  the  greatest  benefactors 
of  mankind. 

IV.  Permit  me  to  recommend  to  you  a  regard 
to  all  the  interests  of  your  country.  The  educa- 
tion of  a  physician  gives  him  a  peculiar  insight 
in  the  principles  of  many  useful  arts,  and  the  prac- 
tice of  physic  favours  his  opportunities  of  doing 
good,  by  diffusing  knowledge  of  all  kinds.  It 
was  in  Rome,  when  medicine  was  practised  only 
by  slaves,  that  physicians  were  condemned  by  their 
profession  "  mutamexercereartem."  But  in  mo- 
dern  times,  and  in  free  governments,  they  should 


DUTIES    OF    A    PHYSICIAN.  393 

disdain  an  ignoble  silence  upon  public  subjects. 
The  American  revolution  has  rescued  physic  from 
its  former  slavish  rank  in  society.  For  the  honour 
of  our  profession  it  should  be  recorded,  that  some 
of  the  most  intelligent  and  useful  characters,  both 
in  the  cabinet  and  the  field,  during  the  late  war, 
have  been  physicians*  The  illustrious  Dr.  Fo- 
thergill  opposed  faction  and  tyranny,  and  took  the 
lead  in  all  public  improvements  in  his  native  coun- 
try, without  suffering  thereby  the  least  diminution 
of  that  reputation,  or  business,  in  which,  for  forty- 
years,  he  flourished  almost  without  a  rival  in  the 
city  of  London. 

V.  Let  me  advise  you,  in  your  visits  to  the 
sick,  never  to  appear  in  a  hurry,  nor  to  talk  of 
indifferent  matters  before  you  have  made  the  ne- 
cessary inquiries  into  the  symptoms  of  your  pa- 
tient's disease. 

VI.  Avoid  making  light  of  any  case.  "  Respice 
finem"  should  be  the  motto  of  every  indisposition. 
There  is  scarcely  a  disease  so  trifling,  that  has  not, 
directly  or  indirectly,  proved  an  outlet  to  human 
life.  This  consideration  should  make  you  anxious 
and  punctual  in  your  attendance  upon  every  acute 
disease,  and  keep  you  from  risking  your  reputation 
by  an  improper  or  hasty  prognosis. 

vol.  i.  3  3 


394  OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE 

VII.  Do  not  condemn,  or  oppose,  unnecessarily, 
the  simple  prescriptions  of  your  patients.  Yield 
to  them  in  matters  of  little  consequence,  but  main- 
tain an  inflexible  authority  over  them  in  matters 
that  are  essential  to  life. 

VIII.  Preserve,  upon  all  occasions,  a  composed 
or  cheerful  countenance  in  the  room  of  your  pa- 
tients, and  inspire  as  much  hope  of  a  recovery  as 
you  can,  consistent  with  truth,  especially  in  acute 
diseases.  The  extent  of  the  influence  of  the  will 
over  the  human  body,  has  not  yet  been  fully  ascer- 
tained. I  reject  the  futile  pretensions  of  Mr.  Mes- 
mer  to  the  cure  of  diseases,  by  what  he  has  ab- 
surdly called  animal  magnetism.  But  I  am  willing 
to  derive  the  same  advantages  from  his  deceptions, 
which  the  chemists  have  derived  from  the  delusions 
of  the  alchemists.  The  facts  which  he  has  estab- 
lished, clearly  prove  the  influence  of  the  imagina- 
tion, and  will,  upon  diseases.  Let  us  avail  our- 
selves of  the  handle  which  those  faculties  of  the 
mind  present  to  us,  in  the  strife  between  life  and 
death.  I  have  frequently  prescribed  remedies  of 
doubtful  efficacy  in  the  critical  stage  of  acute  dis- 
eases, but  never  till  I  had  worked  up  my  patients 
into  a  confidence,  bordering  upon  certainty,  of 
their  probable  good  effects.  The  success  of  this 
measure  has  much  oftener  answered,  than  disap- 


BUTIES    OF    A    PHYSICIAN.  395 

pointed  my  expectations ;  and  while  my  patients 
have  commended  the  vomit,  the  purge,  or  the  blis- 
ter which  was  prescribed,  I  have  been  disposed  to 
attribute  their  recovery  to  the  vigorous  concur- 
rence of  the  will  in  the  action  of  the  medicine. 
Does  the  will  beget  insensibility  to  cold,  heat,  hun- 
ger,  and  danger  ?  Does  it  suspend  pain,  and  raise 
the  body  above  feeling  the  pangs  of  Indian  tor- 
tures? Let  us  not  then  be  surprised  that  it  should, 
enable  the  system  to  resolve  a  spasm,  to  open  an 
obstruction,  or  to  discharge  an  offending  humour. 
I  have  only  time  to  hint  at  this  subject.  Perhaps 
it  would  lead  us,  if  we  could  trace  it  fully,  to 
some  very  important  discoveries  in  the  cure  of 
diseases. 

IX.  Permit  me  to  advise  you  in  your  intercourse 
with  your  patients,  to  attend  to  that  principle  in 
the  human  mind,  which  constitutes  the  association 
of  ideas.  A  chamber,  a  chair,  a  curtain,  or  even 
a  cup,  all  belong  to  the  means  of  life  or  death, 
accordingly  as  they  are  associated  with  cheerful  or 
distressing  ideas,  in  the  mind  of  a  patient.  But 
this  principle  is  of  more  immediate  application  in 
those  chronic  diseases  which  affect  the  mind. 
Nothing  can  be  accomplished  here,  till  we  pro- 
duce a  new  association  of  ideas.  For  this  purpose 
a  change  of  place  and  company  are  absolutely  ne- 


396  OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE 

cessary.  But  we  must  sometimes  proceed  mucfy 
further.  I  have  heard  of  a  gentleman  in  South- 
Carolina  who  cured  his  fits  of  low  spirits  by  chang- 
ing his  clothes.  The  remedy  was  a  rational  one. 
It  produced  at  once  a  new  train  of  ideas,  and  thus 
removed  the  paroxysm  of  his  disease. 

X.  Make  it  a  rule  never  to  be  angry  at  any 
thing  a  sick  man  says  or  does  to  you.  Sickness 
often  adds  to  the  natural  irritability  of  the  temper. 
We  are,  therefore,  to  bear  the  reproaches  of  our 
patients  with  meekness  and  silence.  It  is  folly  to 
resent  injuries  at  any  time,  but  it  is  cowardice  to 
resent  an  injury  from  a  sick  man,  since,  from  his 
weakness  and  dependence  upon  us,  he  is  unable  to 
contend  with  us  upon  equal  terms.  You  will  find 
it  difficult  to  attach  your  patients  to  you  by  the  ob- 
ligations of  friendship  or  gratitude.  You  will 
sometimes  have  the  mortification  of  being  deserted 
by  those  patients  who  owe  most  to  your  skill  and 
humanity.  This  led  Dr.  Turner  to  advise  physi- 
cians never  to  chuse  their  friends  from  among 
their  patients.  But  this  advice  can  never  be  fol- 
lowed by  a  heart  that  has  been  taught  to  love  true 
excellency,  wherever  it  finds  it.  I  would  rather 
advise  you  to  give  the  benevolent  feelings  of  your 
hearts  full  scope,  and  to  forget  the  unkind  returns 


OUTIES    OF    A    PHYSICIAN.  397 

they  will  often  meet  with,  by  giving  to  human  nar 
tare a  tear. 

XI.  Avoid  giving  a  patient  over  in  an  acute  dis- 
ease. It  is  impossible  to  tell  in  such  cases  where 
life  ends,  and  where  death  begins.  Hundreds  of 
patients  have  recovered,  who  have  been  pro- 
nounced incurable,  to  the  great  disgrace  of  our 
profession.  I  know  that  the  practice  of  predicting 
danger  and  death  upon  every  occasion,  is  some- 
times made  use  of  by  physicians,  in  order  to 
enhance  the  credit  of  their  prescriptions  if  their 
patients  recover,  and  to  secure  a  retreat  from 
blame,  if  they  should  die.  But  this  mode  of  act- 
ing is  mean  and  illiberal.  It  is  not  necessary  that 
we  should  decide  with  confidence  at  any  time,  up- 
on the  issue  of  a  disease. 

XII.  A  physician  in  sickness  is  always  a  wel- 
come visitor  in  a  family  ;  hence  he  is  often  solicited 
to  partake  of  the  usual  sign  of  hospitality  in  this 
country,  by  taking  a  draught  of  some  strong  li- 
quor, every  time  he  enters  into  the  house  of  a  pa- 
tient. Let  me  charge  you  to  lay  an  early  restraint 
upon  yourselves,  by  refusing  to  yield  to  this 
practice,  especially  in  the  forenoon.  Many  phy- 
sicians have  been  innocently  led  by  it  into  habits 
of  drunkenness.     You  will  be  in  the  more  danger 


398  OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE 

of  falling  into  this  vice,  from  the  great  fatigue  and 
inclemency  of  the  weather  to  which  you  will  be 
exposed  in  country  practice.  But  you  have  been 
taught  that  strong  drink  affords  only  a  temporary 
relief  from  those  evils,  and  that  it  afterwards  ren- 
ders the  body  more  sensible  of  them. 

XIII.  I  shall  now  give  some  directions  with 
respect  to  the  method  of  charging  for  your  services 
to  your  patients. 

When  we  consider  the  expence  of  a  medical 
education,  and  the  sacrifices  a  physician  is  obliged 
to  make  of  ease,  society,  and  even  health,  to  his 
profession ;  and  when  we  add  to  these,  the  con- 
stant and  painful  anxiety  which  is  connected  witlv 
the  important  charge  of  the  lives  of  our  fellow- 
creatures,  and  above  all,  the  inestimable  value  of 
that  blessing  which  is  the  object  of  his  services,  I 
hardly  know  how  it  is  possible  for  a  patient  suffi- 
ciently and  justly  to  reward  his  physician.  But 
when  we  consider,  on  the  other  hand,  that  sick- 
ness deprives  men  of  the  means  of  acquiring  mo- 
ney ;  that  it  increases  all  the  expenses  of  living ; 
and  that  high  charges  often  drive  patients  from 
regular-bred  physicians  to  quacks ;  I  say,  when 
we  attend  to  these  considerations,  we  should  make 


BUTIES    OF    A    PHYSICIAN.  399 

our  charges  as  moderate  as  possible,  and  conform 
them  to  the  following  state  of  things. 

Avoid  measuring  your  services  to  your  patients 
by  scruples,  drachms,  and  ounces.  It  is  an  illibe- 
ral mode  of  charging.  On  the  contrary,  let  the 
number  and  time  of  your  visits,  the  nature  of  your 
patient's  disease,  and  his  rank  in  his  family  or  so- 
ciety, determine  the  figures  in  your  accounts.  It 
is  certainly  just  to  charge  more  for  curing  an  apo- 
plexy, than  an  intermitting  fever.  It  is  equally 
justj  to  demand  more  for  risking  your  life  by  visit- 
ing a  patient  in  a  contagious  fever,  than  for  curing 
a  pleurisy.  You  have  likewise  a  right  to  be  paid 
for  your  anxiety.  Charge  the  same  services,  there- 
fore, higher,  to  the  master  or  mistress  of  a  family, 
or  to  an  only  son  or  daughter,  who  call  forth  all 
your  feelings  and  industry,  than  to  less  important 
members  of  a  family  and  of  society.  If  a  rich 
man  demand  more  frequent  visits  than  are  neces- 
sary, and  if  he  impose  the  restraints  of  keeping  to 
hours,  by  calling  in  other  physicians  to  consult  with 
you  upon  eveiy  trifling  occasion,  it  will  be  just  to 
make  him  pay  accordingly  for  it.  As  this  mode 
of  charging  is  strictly  agreeable  to  reason  and  equi- 
ty, it  seldom  fails  of  according  with  the  reason  and 
sense  of  equity  of  our  patients.  Accounts  made 
out  upon  these  principles,  are  seldom  complained 


400  OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE 

of  by  them.  I  shall  only  remark  further  upon  this 
subject,  that  the  sooner  you  send  in  your  accounts 
after  your  patients  recover,  the  better.  It  is  the 
duty  of  a  physician  to  inform  his  patient  of  the 
amount  of  his  obligation  to  him  at  least  once  a 
year.  But  there  are  times  when  a  departure  from 
this  rule  may  be  necessary.  An  unexpected  mis- 
fortune in  business,  and  a  variety  of  other  acci- 
dents, may  deprive  a  patient  of  the  money  he  had 
allotted  to  pay  his  physician.  In  this  case,  delica- 
cy and  humanity  require,  that  he  should  not  know 
the  amount  of  his  debt  to  his  physician,  till  time 
had  bettered  his  circumstances. 

I  shall  only  add,  under  this  head,  that  the  poor 
of  every  description  should  be  the  objects  of  your 
peculiar  care.  Dr.  Boerhaave  used  to  say,  u  they 
"  were  his  best  patients,  because  God  was  their 
"  paymaster. "  The  first  physicians  that  I  have 
known,  have  found  the  poor  the  steps  by  which 
they  have  ascended  to  business  and  reputation. 
Diseases  among  the  lower  class  of  people  are  gene- 
rally  simple,  and  exhibit  to  a  physician  the  best 
cases  of  all  epidemics,  which  cannot  fail  of  adding 
to  his  ability  of  curing  the  complicated  diseases  of 
the  rich  and  intemperate.  There  is  an  inseparable 
connection  between  a  man's  duty  and  his  interest. 
Whenever  you  are  called,  therefore,  to  visit  a  poor 


DUTIES    OF    A    PHYSICIAN.  401 

patient,  imagine  you  hear  the  voice  of  the  good 
Samaritan  sounding  in  your  ears,  "  Take  care  of 
"  him,  and  I  will  repay  thee." 

I  come  now  to  the  second  part  of  this  address, 
which  was  to  point  out  the  best  mode  to  be  pur- 
sued, in  the  further  prosecution  of  your  studies, 
and  the  improvement  of  medicine. 

I.  Give  me  leave  to  recommend  to  you,  to  open 
all  the  dead  bodies  you  can,  without  doing  violence 
to  the  feelings  of  your  patients,  or  the  prejudices 
of  the  common  people.     Preserve  a  register  of  the 
weather,  and  of  its  influence  upon  the  vegetable 
productions  of  the  year.      Above  all,  record  the 
epidemics  of  every  season ;   their  times  of  appear- 
ing and  disappearing,  and  the  connection  of  the 
weather  with  each  of  them.       Such  records,    if 
published,  will  be  useful  to  foreigners,  and  a  trea- 
sure to  posterity.     Preserve,  likewise,  an  account 
of  chronic  cases.     Record  the  name,  age,  and  oc- 
cupation of  your  patient ;   describe  his  disease  ac- 
curately, and  the  changes  produced  in  it  by  your 
remedies ;    mention  the  doses  of  eveiy  medicine 
you  administer  to  him.     It  is  impossible  to  tell  how 
much  improvement  and  facility  in  practice  you 
will  find  from  following  these  directions.     It  has 
been  remarked,  that  physicians  seldom  rememb 


r 


VOL.  I.  3  E 


402  OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE 

more  than  the  two  or  three  last  years  of  their  prac- 
tice.    The  records  which  have  been  mentioned, 
will  supply  this  deficiency  of  memory,  especially 
in  that  advanced  stage  of  life  when  the  advice  of 
physicians  is  supposed  to  be  most  valuable. 

II.   Permit  me  to  recommend  to  you  further, 
the  study  of  the  anatomy  (if  I  may  be  allowed  the 
expression)  of  the  human  mind,  commonly  called 
metaphysics.     The  reciprocal  influence  of  the  body 
and  mind  upon  each  other,   can  only  be  ascer- 
tained by  an  accurate  knowledge  of  the  faculties  of 
the  mind,  and  of  their  various  modes  of  combina- 
tion and  action.     It  is  the  duty  of  physicians  to 
assert  their  prerogative,  and  to  rescue  the  mental 
science  from  the  usurpations  of  schoolmen  and 
divines.     It  can  only  be  perfected  by  the  aid  and 
discoveries  of  medicine.      The  authors  I  would 
recommend  to  you  upon  metaphysics,  are,  Butler, 
Locke,  Hartley,  Reid,  and  Beattie.     These  inge- 
nious writers  have  cleared  this  sublime  science  of 
its  technical  rubbish,  and  rendered  it  both  intellir 
gible  and  useful. 

III.  Let  me  remind  you,  that  improvement  in 
medicine  is  not  to  be  derived  only  from  colleges 
and  universities.  Systems  of  physic  are  the  pro- 
ductions of  men  of  genius  and  learning ;  but  those 
{acts  which  constitute  real  knowledge,  are  to  be 


DUTIES    OF    A    PHYSICIAN.  403 

met  with  in  every  walk  of  life.     Remember  how 
many  of  our  most  useful  remedies  have  been  dis- 
covered by  quacks.     Do  not  be  afraid,  therefore, 
of  conversing  with  them,  and  of  profiting  by  their 
ignorance  and  temerity  in  the  practice  of  physic. 
Medicine  has  its  Pharisees,  as  well  as  religion. 
But  the  spirit  of  this  sect  is  as  unfriendly  to  the 
advancement  of  medicine,  as  it  is  to  christian  cha- 
rity.    By  conversing  with  quacks,  we  may  convey 
instruction  to  them,  and  thereby  lessen  the  mis- 
chief they  might  otherwise  do  to  society.      But 
further.      In  the  pursuit  of  medical  knowledge,, 
let  me  advise  you  to  converse  with  nurses  and  old 
women.     They  will  often  suggest  facts  in  the  his- 
tory and  cure  of  diseases,  which  have  escaped  the 
most  sagacious  observers  of  nature.      Even  ne- 
groes and  Indians  have  sometimes  stumbled  upon 
discoveries  in  medicine.     Be  not  ashamed  to  in- 
quire into  them.     There  is  yet  one  more  means 
of  information  in  medicine  which  should  not  be 
neglected,  and  that  is,  to  converse  with  persons 
who  have  recovered  from  indispositions  without 
the  aid  of  physicians.     Examine  the  strength  and 
exertions  of  nature  in  these  cases,  and  mark  the 
plain  and  home-made  remedy  to  which  they  ascribe 
their  recovery.     I  have  found  this  to  be  a  fruitful 
source  of  instruction,  and  have  been  led  to  con- 
clude, that  if  every  man  in  a  city,  or  a  district,  could 


404  OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE 

be  called  upon  to  relate  to  persons  appointed  to  re- 
ceive and  publish  his  narrative,  an  exact  account  of 
the  effects  of  those  remedies  which  accident  or 
whim  has  suggested  to  him,  it  would  furnish  a  very 
useful  book  in  medicine.  To  preserve  the  facts 
thus  obtained,  let  me  advise  you  to  record  them  in 
a  book  to  be  kept  for  that  purpose.  There  is  one 
more  advantage  that  will  probably  attend  the  in- 
quiries that  have  been  mentioned :  you  may  dis- 
cover diseases,  or  symptoms  of  diseases,  or  even 
laws  of  the  animal  economy,  which  have  no  place 
in  our  systems  of  nosology,  or  in  our  theories  of 
physic. 

IV.  Study  simplicity  in  the  preparation  of  your 
medicines.  My  reasons  for  this  advice  are  as 
follow : 

1.  Active  medicines  produce  the  most  certain 
effects  in  a  simple  state. 

2.  Medicines  when  mixed  frequently  destroy 
the  efficacy  of  each  other.  I  do  not  include  che- 
mical medicines  alone  in  this  remark.  It  applies 
likewise  to  Galenical  medicines.  I  do  not  say,  that 
all  these  medicines  are  impaired  by  mixture,  but 
we  can  only  determine  when  they  are  not,  by  actual 
experiments  and  observations. 


DUTIES    OF    A    PHYSICIAN.  405 

3.  When  medicines  of  the  same  class,  or  even 
of  different  classes,  are  given  together,  the  strongest 
only  produces  an  effect.  But  what  are  we  to  say 
to  a  compound  of  two  medicines  which  give  ex- 
actly the  same  impression  to  the  system?  Probably, 
if  we  are  to  judge  from  analogy,  the  effect  of  them 
will  be  such  as  would  have  been  produced  by  nei- 
ther, in  a  simple  state. 

4.  By  observing  simplicity  in  your  prescriptions, 
you  will  always  have  the  command  of  a  greater 
number  of  medicines  of  the  same  class,  which  may 
be  used  in  succession  to  each  other,  in  proportion 
as  habit  renders  the  system  insensible  of  their  action. 

5.  By  using  medicines  in  a  simple  state  you  will 
obtain  an  exact  knowledge  of  their  virtues  and 
doses,  and  thereby  be  able  to  decide  upon  the  nu- 
merous and  contradictory  accounts  which  exist  in 
our  books,  of  the  character  of  the  same  medicines. 

Under  this  head,  I  cannot  help  adding  two  more 
directions. 

1.  Avoid  sacrificing  too  much  to  the  taste  of 
your  patients  in  the  preparation  of  your  medicines. 
The  nature  of  a  medicine  may  be  wholly  changed 
by  being  mixed  with  sweet  substances.     The  An- 


406  OBSERVATIONS    ON    THE 

thor  of  Nature  seems  to  have  had  a  design,  in  ren- 
dering medicines  unpalatable.  Had  they  been 
more  agreeable  to  the  taste,  they  would  probably 
have  yielded  long  ago  to  the  unbounded  appetite 
of  man,  and  by  becoming  articles  of  diet,  or  con- 
diments, have  lost  their  efficacy  in  diseases. 

2.  Give  as  few  medicines  as  possible  in  tinctures 
made  with  distilled  spirits.  Perhaps  there  are  few 
cases  in  which  it  is  safe  to  exhibit  medicines  pre- 
pared in  spirits,  in  any  other  form  than  in  drops. 
Many  people  have  been  innocently  seduced  into  a 
love  of  strong  drink,  from  taking  large  or  frequent 
doses  of  bitters,  infused  in  spirits.  Let  not  our 
profession  be  reproached  in  a  single  instance,  with 
adding  to  the  calamities  that  have  been  entailed 
upon  mankind  by  this  dreadful  species  of  intempe- 
rance. 

V.  Let  me  recommend  to  your  particular  at- 
tention, the  indigenous  medicines  of  our  country. 
Cultivate  or  prepare  as  many  of  them  as  possible, 
and  endeavour  to  enlarge  the  materia  medica,  by 
exploring  the  untrodden  fields  and  forests  of  the 
United  States.  The  ipecacuanha,  the  Seneka  and 
Virginia  snake-roots,  the  Carolina  pink -root,  the 
spice-wood,  the  sassafras,  the  butter-nut,  the  tho- 
roughwort,   the  poke,  and  the   stramonium,   are 


DUTIES    OF     A    PHYSICIAN.  407 

but  a  small  part  of  the  medicinal  productions  of 
America.  I  have  no  doubt  but  there  are  many 
hundred  other  plants  which  now  exhale  invaluable 
medicinal  virtues  in  the  desert  air.  Examine, 
likewise,  the  mineral  waters,  which  are  so  various 
in  their  impregnation,  and  so  common  in  all  parts 
of  our  country.  Let  not  the  properties  of  the 
insects  of  America  escape  your  investigation.  We 
have  already  discovered  among  some  of  them,  a  fly 
equal  in  its  blistering  qualities  to  the  famous  fly 
of  Spain.  Who  knows  but  it  may  be  reserved  for 
America  to  furnish  the  world,  from  her  produc- 
tions, with  cures  for  some  of  those  diseases  which 
now  elude  the  power  of  medicine  ?  Who  knows 
but  that,  at  the  foot  of  the  Allegany  mountain, 
there  blooms  a  flower  that  is  an  infallible  cure  for 
the  epilepsy?  Perhaps  on  the  Monongahela,  or 
the  Potowmac,  there  may  grow  a  root  that  shall 
supply,  by  its  tonic  powers,  the  invigorating  effects 
of  the  savage  or  military  life  in  the  cure  of  con- 
sumptions. Human  misery  of  every  kind  is  evi- 
dently on  the  decline.  Happiness,  like  truth,  is 
a  unit.  While  the  world,  from  the  progress  of 
intellectual,  moral,  and  political  truth,  is  becoming 
a  more  safe  and  agreeable  abode  for  man,  the  vo- 
taries of  medicine  should  not  be  idle.  All  the 
doors  and  windows  of  the  temple  of  nature  have 
been  thrown  open  by  the  convulsions  of  the  late 


408  OBSERVATIONS,    &X. 

American  revolution.  This  is  the  time,  therefore, 
to  press  upon  her  altars.  We  have  already  drawn 
from  them  discoveries  in  morals,  philosophy,  and 
government ;  all  of  which  have  human  happiness 
for  their  object.  Let  us  preserve  the  unity  of 
truth  and  happiness,  by  drawing  from  the  same 
source,  in  the  present  critical  moment,  a  know- 
ledge of  antidotes  to  those  diseases  which  are  sup- 
posed to  be  incurable. 

I  have  now,  gentlemen,  only  to  thank  you  for 
the  attention  with  which  you  have  honoured  the 
course  of  lectures  which  has  been  delivered  to  you, 
and  to  assure  you,  that  I  shall  be  happy  in  render- 
ing you  all  the  services  that  lie  in  my  power,  in 
any  way  you  are  pleased  to  command  me.  Accept 
of  my  best  wishes  for  your  happiness,  and  may 
the  blessings  of  hundreds  and  thousands  that  were 
ready  to  perish,  be  your  portion  in  life,  your  com- 
fort in  death,  and  your  reward  in  the  world  to 
come. 


AN 


INQUIRY  INTO  THE  CAUSE  AND  CURE 


OF 


SORE  LEGS. 


VOL.  I.  3f 


AN  INQUIRY,  &c. 


HOWEVER  trifling  these  complaints  may- 
appear,  they  compose  a  large  class  of  the  diseases 
of  a  numerous  body  of  people.  Hitherto,  the  per- 
sons afflicted  by  them  have  been  too  generally  aban- 
doned to  the  care  of  empirics,  either  because  the 
disease  was  considered  as  beneath  the  notice  of 
physicians,  or  because  they  were  unable  to  cure  it. 
I  would  rather  ascribe  it  to  the  latter,  than  to  the 
former  cause,  for  pride  has  no  natural  fellowship 
with  the  profession  of  medicine. 

The  difficulty  of  curing  sore  legs  has  been  con- 
fessed by  physicians  in  every  country.  As  far  as 
my  observations  have  extended,  I  am  disposed  to 
ascribe  this  difficulty  to  the  uniform  and  indiscri- 
minate mode  of  treating  them,  occasioned  by  the 
want  of  a  theory  which  shall  explain  their  proxi- 


412  ON    SORE    LEGS. 

/ 

mate  cause.  I  shall  attempt  in  a  few  pages  to  de- 
liver one,  which,  however  imperfect,  will,  I  hope, 
lay  a  foundation  for  more  successful  inquiries  upon 
this  subject  hereafter. 

I  shall  begin  my  observations  upon  this  disease,, 
by  delivering  and  supporting  the  following  propo- 
sitions. 

I.  Sore  legs  are  induced  by  general  debility. 
This  I  infer  from  the  occupations  and  habits  of  the 
persons  who  are  most  subject  to  them.  They  are 
day-labourers,  and  sailors,  who  are  in  the  habit  of 
lifting  great  weights  ;  also  washer- women,  and  all 
other  persons,  who  pass  the  greatest  part  of  their 
time  upon  their  feet.  The  blood-vessels  and  mus- 
cular fibres  of  the  legs  are  thus  overstretched,  by 
which  means  either  a  rupture,  or  such  a  languid 
action  in  the  vessels  is  induced,  as  that  an  acciden- 
tal wound  from  any  cause,  even  from  the  scratch 
of  a  pin,  or  the  bite  of  a  mosquito,  will  not  easily 
heal.  But  labourers,  sailors,  and  washer-women 
are  not  tiie  only  persons  who  are  afflicted  with 
sore  legs.  Hard  drinkers  of  every  rank  and  de- 
scription are  likewise  subject  to  them.  Where 
strong  drink,  labour,  and  standing  long  on  the  feet 
are  united,  they  more  certainly  dispose  to  sore  legs, 
than  when  they  act  separately.      In  China,  where 


ON    SORE    LEGS.  413 

the  labour  which  is  performed  by  brutes  in  other 
countries,  is  performed  by  men,  varices  on  the  legs 
are  very  common  among  the  labouring  people. 
Perhaps,  the  reason  why  the  debility  is  induced  in 
the  legs  produces  varices  instead  of  ulcers  in  these 
people,  may  be  owing  to  their  not  adding  the  de- 
bilitating stimulus  of  strong  drink  to  that  of  exces- 
sive labour. 

It  is  not  extraordinary  that  the  debility  produced 
by  intemperance  in  drinking  ardent  spirits,  should 
appear  first  in  the  lower  extremities.  The  debi- 
lity produced  by  intemperance  in  the  use  of  wine, 
makes  its  first  appearance  in  the  form  of  gout,  in 
the  same  part  of  the  body.  The  gout,  it  is  true, 
discovers  itself  most  frequently  in  pain  only,  but 
there  are  cases  in  which  it  has  terminated  in  ulcers, 
and  even  mortifications  on  the  legs. 

II.  Sore  legs  are  connected  with  a  morbid  state 
of  the  whole  system.     This  I  infer, 

1.  From  the  causes  which  induce  them,  all  of 
which  act  more  or  less  upon  every  part  of  the  body. 

2.  From  their  following  or  preceding  diseases, 
which  obviously  belong  to  the  whole  system.  Fe- 
vers and  dysenteries  often  terminate  critically  in 


414  ON    SORE    LEGS. 

this  disease ;  and  the  pulmonary  consumption  and 
apoplexy  have  often  been  preceded  by  the  sup- 
pression of  a  habitual  discharge  from  a  sore  leg. 
The  two  latter  diseases  have  been  ascribed  to  the 
translation  of  a  morbific  matter  to  the  lungs  or 
brain :  but  it  is  more  rational  to  ascribe  them  to 
a  previous  debility  in  those  organs,  by  which 
means  their  vessels  were  more  easily  excited  into 
action  and  effusion  by  the  stimulus  of  the  plethora, 
induced  upon  the  system  in  consequence  of  the 
confinement  of  the  fluids  formerly  discharged  from 
the  leg  in  the  form  of  pus.  This  plethora  can  do 
harm  only  where  there  is  previous  debility  ;  for  I 
maintain  that  the  system  (when  the  solids  are  ex- 
actly toned)  will  always  relieve  itself  of  a  sudden 
preternatural  accumulation  of  fluids  by  means  of 
some  natural  emunctory.  This  h?.s  been  often  ob- 
served in  the  menorrhagia,  which  accompanies 
plentiful  living  in  women,  and  in  the  copious  dis- 
charges from  the  bowels  and  kidneys,  which  follow 
a  suppression  of  the  perspiration. 

3.  I  infer  it,  from  their  appearing  almost  uni- 
versally in  one  disease,  which  is  evidently  a  disease 
of  the  whole  system,  viz.  the  scurvy. 

4.  From  their  becoming  in  some  cases  the  out- 
lets of  menstrual  blood,  which  is  discharged  in  con- 


ON     SORE    LEGS.  415 

sequence  of  a  plethora,  which  affects  more  or  less 
every  part  of  the  female  system. 

5.  I  infer  it  from  the  symptoms  of  sore  legs, 
which  are  in  some  cases  febrile,  and  affect  the  pulse 
in  every  part  of  the  body  with  preternatural  fre- 
quency or  force.  These  symptoms  were  witnessed, 
in  an  eminent  degree,  in  two  of  the  patients  who 
furnished  subjects  for  clinical  remarks  in  the  Penn- 
sylvania hospital  some  years  ago. 

6.  I  infer  that  sore  legs  are  a  disease  of  the 
whole  system,  from  the  manner  in  which  they  are 
sometimes  cured  by  nature  and  art.  They  often 
prove  the  outlets  of  many  general  diseases,  and  all 
the  remedies  which  cure  them,  act  more  or  less 
upon  the  whole  system. 

In  all  cases  of  sore  legs  there  is  a  tonic  and  atonic 
state  of  the  whole  system.  The  same  state  of  ex- 
cessive or  weak  morbid  action  takes  place  in  the 
parts  which  are  affected  by  the  sores.  The  reme- 
dies to  cure  them,  therefore,  should  be  general  and 
local. 

In  cases  where  the  arterial  system  is  affected  by 
too  much  tone,  the  general  remedies  should  be, 


'416  ON    SORE    LEGS. 

I.  Blood-letting.  Of  the  efficacy  of  this  re* 
medy  in  disposing  ulcers  suddenly  to  heal,  the  two 
clinical  patients  before-mentioned  exhibited  remark- 
able proofs,  in  the  presence  of  all  the  students  of 
medicine  in  the  university.  The  blood  drawn  was 
sizy  in  both  cases.  I  have  not  the  merit  of  having 
introduced  this  remedy  into  practice  in  the  cure  of 
ulcers.  I  learned  it  from  Sir  John  Pringle.  I  have 
known  it  to  be  used  with  equal  success  in  a  sore 
breast,  attended  by  pain  and  inflammation,  after  all 
the  usual  remedies  in  that  disease  had  been  used  to 
no  purpose. 

II.  Gentle  purges. 

III.  Nitre.  From  fifteen  to  twenty  grains  of 
this  medicine  should  be  given  three  times  a- day, 

IV.  A  temperate  diet,  and  a  total  absti- 
nence from  fermented  and  distilled  liquors. 

V.  Cool  and  pure  air. 

VI.  Rest  in  a  recumbent  posture  of  the  body. 

The  local  remedies  in  this  state  of  the  system 
should  be, 


ON    SORE    LEGS.  417 

I.  Cold  water.  Dr.  Rigby  has  written  largely 
in  favour  of  this  remedy  when  applied  to  local  in- 
flammations. From  its  good  effects  in  allaying  the 
inflammation  which  sometimes  follows  the  punc- 
ture which  is  made  in  the  arm  in  communicating 
the  small-pox,  and  from  the  sudden  relief  it  affords 
in  the  inflammatory  state  of  the  ophthalmia  and  in 
the  piles,  no  one  can  doubt  of  its  efficacy  in  sore 
legs,  accompanied  by  inflammation  in  those  vessels, 
which  are  the  immediate  seat  of  the  disease. 

II.  Soft  poultices  of  bread  and  milk,  or  of  bread 
moistened  with  lead  water.  Dr.  Underwood's 
method  of  making  a  poultice  of  bread  and  milk 
should  be  preferred  in  this  case.  He  directs  us  first 
to  boil  the  milk,  then  to  powder  the  bread,  and 
throw  it  into  the  milk,  and  after  they  have  been 
intimately  mixed,  by  being  well  stirred  and  boiled 
together,  they  should  be  poured  out  and  spread 
upon  a  rag,  and  a  knife  dipped  in  sweet  oil  or  lard, 
should  be  run  over  them.  The  solidity  and  con- 
sistence of  the  poultice  is  hereby  better  preserved, 
than  when  the  oil  or  lard  is  mixed  with  the  bread 
and  milk  over  the  fire. 

III.  When  the  inflammation  subsides,  adhesive 
plasters  so  applied  as  to  draw  the  sound  edges  of 
the  sores  together.      This  remedy  has  been  used 

vol.  i.  3  G 


418  ON     SORE    LEGS. 

with  great  success  by  Dr.  Physick,  in  the  Penn- 
sylvania hospital,  and  in  his  private  practice. 

IV.  Above  all,  rest,  and  a  horizontal  posture 
of  the  leg.  Too  much  cannot  be  said  in  favour 
of  this  remedy  in  this  species  of  sore  legs.  Nan- 
noni,  the  famous  Italian  surgeon,  sums  up  the  cure 
of  sore  legs  in  three  words,  viz.  "  Tempo,  riposo, 
"  e  paziensa ;"  that  is,  in  time,  rest,  and  patience. 
A  friend  of  mine,  who  was  cured  by  this  surgeon 
of  a  sore  leg,  many  years  ago,  informed  me,  that 
he  confined  him  to  his  bed  during  the  greatest  part 
of  the  time  that  he  was  under  his  care. 

In  sore  legs,  attended  by  too  little  general  and 
local  action,  the  following  remedies  are  proper. 

I.  Bark.  It  should  be  used  plentifully,  but 
with  a  constant  reference  to  the  state  of  the  system ; 
for  the  changes  in  the  weather,  and  other  acciden- 
tal circumstances,  often  produce  such  changes  in  the 
system,  as  to  render  its  disuse  for  a  short  time  fre- 
quently necessary. 

II.  Mercury.  This  remedy  has  been  suppos- 
ed to  act  by  altering  the  fluids,  or  by  discharging  a 
morbid  matter  from  them,  in  curing  sore  legs.  But 
this  is  by  no  means  the  case.     It  appears  to  act  as 


ON    SORE    LEGS.  419 

a  universal  stimulant ;  and  if  it  prove  most  useful 
when  it  excites  a  salivation,  it  is  only  because  in 
this  way  it  excites  the  most  general  action  in  the 
system. 

III.  Mineral  tonics,  such  as  the  different 
preparations  of  iron,  copper,  and  zinc. 

IV.  Gentle  exercise.  Rest,  and  a  recum- 
bent posture  of  the  body,  so  proper  in  the  tonic, 
are  both  hurtful  in  this  species  of  sore  legs.  The 
efficacy  of  exercise,  even  of  the  active  kind,  in  the 
cure  of  sore  legs,  accompanied  by  deficient  ac- 
tion in  the  vessels,  may  easily  be  conceived  from 
its  good  effects  after  gun-shot  wounds  which  are 
mentioned  by  Dr.  Jackson*.  He  tells  us,  that 
those  British  soldiers  who  had  been  wounded  at 
the  battle  of  Guilford,  in  North- Carolina,  who 
were  turned  out  of  the  military  hospitals  and  fol- 
lowed the  army,  soonest  recovered  of  their  wounds. 
It  was  remarkable,  that  if  they  delayed  only  a  few 
days  on  the  road,  their  wounds  grew  worse,  or 
ceased  to  heal. 

In  the  use  of  the  different  species  of  exercise, 
the  same  regard  should  be  had   to   the   state  of 

*  Medical  Journal,  1790. 


420  ON    SORE    LEGS. 

the  system,  which  has  been  recommended  in  other 
diseases. 

V.  A  nutritious  and  moderately  stimulating  diet, 
consisting  of  milk,  saccharine  vegetables,  animal 
food,  malt  liquors,  and  wine. 

Wort  has  done  great  service  in  sore  leers.  The 
manner  in  which  I  have  directed  it  to  be  prepared 
and  taken  is  as  follows  :  To  three  or  four  heaped 
table- spoonsful  of  the  malt,  finely  powdered  and 
sifted,  add  two  table- spoonsful  of  brown  sugar,  and 
three  or  four  of  Madeira,  sherry,  or  Lisbon  wine, 
and  a  quart  of  boiling  water.  After  they  have  stood 
a  few  hours,  it  may  be  drunken  liberally  by  the  pa- 
tient, stirring  it  each  time  before  he  takes  it,  so  that 
the  whole  substance  of  the  malt  may  be  conveyed 
into  the  stomach.  A  little  lime-juice  may  be  add- 
ed, if  the  patient  requires  it,  to  make  it  more  plea- 
sant. The  above  quantity  may  be  taken  once, 
twice,  or  three  times  a- day  at  the  pleasure  of  the 
patient,  or  according  to  the  indication  of  his  dis- 
ease. 

VI.  Opium.  This  remedy  is  not  only  useful 
in  easing  the  pain  of  a  sore  leg,  but  co-operates 
with  other  cordial  medicines  in  invigorating  the 
whole  system. 


ON    SORE    LEGS.  421 

The  local  applications  should  consist  of  such 
substances  as  are  gently  escarotic,  and  which  excite 
an  action  in  the  torpid  vessels  of  the  affected  part. 
Arsenic,  precipitate,  and  blue  vitriol,  have  all  been 
employed  with  success  for  this  purpose.  Dr.  Grif- 
fitts  informed  me,  that  he  has  frequently  accom- 
plished the  same  thing  in  the  Dispensary  by  ap- 
plications of  tartar  emetic.  They  should  all  be 
used,  if  necessary,  in  succession  to  each  other ;  for 
there  is  often  the  same  idiosyncrasy  in  a  sore  leg  to 
certain  topical  applications,  that  there  is  in  the  sto- 
mach to  certain  aliments.  After  the  use  of  these 
remedies,  astringents  and  tonics  should  be  applied, 
such  as  an  infusion  of  Peruvian,  or  white-oak  bark ; 
the  water  in  which  the  smiths  extinguish  their  irons, 
lime-water,  bread  dipped  in  a  weak  solution  of  green 
vitriol  (so  much  commended  by  Dr.  Underwood), 
compresses  wetted  with  brandy,  or  ardent  spirits 
of  any  kind,  and,  above  all,  the  adhesive  plasters 
formerly  mentioned. 

Tight  bandages  are  likewise  highly  proper  here. 
The  laced  stocking  has  been  much  used.  It  is 
made  of  strong  coarse  linen.  Dr.  Underwood  gives 
several  good  reasons  for  preferring  a  flannel  rol- 
ler to  the  linen  stocking.  It  sets  easier  on  the 
leg,  and  yields  to  the  swelling  of  the  muscles  in 
walking. 


422  ON    SORE    LEGS. 

In  scorbutic  sores  on  the  legs,  navy  surgeons 
have  spoken  in  high  terms  of  an  application  of  a 
mixture  of  lime-juice  and  molasses.  Mr.  Gillebpie 
commends  the  use  of  lime  or  lemon-juice  alone,  and 
ascribes  many  cures  to  it  in  the  British  navy  during 
the  late  war,  after  every  common  application  had 
been  used  to  no  purpose*. 

It  is  of  the  utmost  consequence  in  the  treatment 
of  sore  legs,  to  keep  them  clean,  by  frequent  dres- 
sings and  washings.  The  success  of  old  women  is 
oftener  derived  from  their  great  attention  to  cleanli- 
ness, in  the  management  of  sore  legs,  than  to  any 
specifics  they  possess  which  are  unknown  to  physi- 
cians. 

When  sore  legs  are  kept  from  healing  by  affec- 
tions of  the  bone,  the  treatment  should  be  such  as 
is  recommended  by  practical  writers  on  surgery. 

I  shall  conclude  this  inquiry  by  four  observa- 
tions, which  are  naturally  suggested  by  what  has 
been  delivered  upon  this  disease. 

1.  If  it  has  been  proved  that  sore  legs  are  con- 
nected with  a  morbid  state  of  the  whole  system,  is 

*  Medical  Journal,  Vol.  VI. 


ON     SORE    LEGS.  423 

it  not  proper  to  inquire,  whether  many  other  dis- 
eases supposed  to  be  local,  are  not  in  like  manner 
connected  with  the  whole  system ;  and  if  sore  legs 
have  been  cured  by  general  remedies,  is  it  not  pro- 
per to  use  them  more  frequently  in  local  diseases? 

2.  If  there  be  two  states  of  action  in  the  arteries 
in  sore  legs,  it  becomes  us  to  inquire,  whether  the 
same  opposite  states  of  action  do  not  take  place  in 
many  diseases  in  which  they  are  not  suspected.  It 
would  be  easy  to  prove,  that  they  exist  in  several 
other  local  diseases. 

3.  If  the  efficacy  of  the  remedies  for  sore  legs 
which  have  been  mentioned,  depend  upon  their 
being  accommodated  exactly  to  the  state  of  the  ar- 
terial system,  and  if  this  system  be  liable  to  fre- 
quent changes,  does  it  not  become  us  to  be  more 
attentive  to  the  state  of  the  pulse  in  this  disease 
than  is  commonly  supposed  to  be  necessary  by  phy- 
sicians ? 

4.  It  has  been  a  misfortune  in  medicine,  as  well 
as  in  other  sciences,  for  men  to  ascribe  effects  to 
one  cause,  which  should  be  ascribed  to  man  v. 
Hence  diseases  have  been  attributed  exclusively  to 
morbid  affections  of  the  fluids  by  some,  and  of  the 
muscles  and  nerves  by  others.     Unfortunately  the 


424  ON    SORE    LEGS. 

morbid  states  of  the  arterial  system,  and  the  influ- 
ence of  those  states  upon  the  brain,  the  nerves,  the 
muscles,  the  lymphatics,  the  glands,  the  viscera,  the 
alimentary  canal,  and  the  skin,  as  well  as  the  reci- 
procal influence  of  the  morbid  states  of  each  of  those 
parts  of  the  body  upon  the  arteries,  and  upon  each 
other,  have  been  too  much  neglected  in  most  of  our 
systems  of  physic.  I  consider  the  pathology  of  the 
arterial  system  as  a  mine.  It  was  first  discovered 
by  Dr.  Cullen.  The  man  who  attempts  to  explore 
it,  will  probably  impoverish  himself  by  his  re- 
searches ;  but  the  men  who  come  after  him,  will 
certainly  obtain  from  it  a  treasure  which  cannot  fail 
of  adding  greatly  to  the  riches  of  medicine. 


AN  ACCOUNT 


OF    THE 


STATE  OF  THE  BODY  AND  MIND 


IN  OLD  AGE ; 


WITH 


OBSERVATIONS  ON  ITS  DISEASES, 


AND    THEIR    REMEDIES. 


VOL.  I.  3k 


AN  ACCOUNT,  &c. 


MOST  of  the  facts  which  I  shall  deliver 
upon  this  subject,  are  the  result  of  observations 
made  during  the  term  of  five  years,  upon  persons  of 
both  sexes,  who  had  passed  the  80th  year  of  their 

lives.        I   intended  to  have   given  a  detail  of  the 

names,  manner  of  life,  occupations,  and  other  cir- 
cumstances  of  each  of  them ;  but,  upon  a  review 
of  my  notes,  I  found  so  great  a  sameness  in  the 
history  of  most  of  them,  that  I  despaired,  by  de- 
tailing them,  of  answering  the  intention  which  I 
have  purposed  in  the  following  essay.  I  shall, 
therefore,  only  deliver  the  facts  and  principles 
which  are  the  result  of  the  inquiries  and  observa- 
tions I  have  made  upon  this  subject. 

I.  I  shall  mention  the  circumstances  which  fa- 
vour  the  attainment  of  longevity. 


428  ON    OLD    AGE. 

II.  I  shall  mention  the  phenomena  of  body  and 
mind  which  attend  it ;  and, 

III.  I  shall  enumerate  its  peculiar  diseases,  and 
the  remedies  which  are  most  proper  to  remove,  or 
moderate  them. 

I.  The  circumstances  which  favour  longevity, 
are, 

1.  Descent  from  long-lfoed  ancestors.  I  have 
not  found  a  single  instance  of  a  person,  who  has 
lived  to  be  80  years  old,  in  whom  this  was  not  the 
case.  In  some  instances  I  found  the  descent  was 
only  from  one,  but,  in  general,  it  was  from  both 
parents.  The  knowledge  of  this  fact,  may  serve, 
not  only  to  assist  in  calculating  what  are  called  the 
chances  of  lives,  but  it  may  be  made  useful  to  a 
physician.  He  may  learn  from  it  to  cherish  hopes 
of  his  patients  in  chronic,  and  in  some  acute  dis- 
eases, in  proportion  to  the  capacity  of  life  they 
have  derived  from  their  ancestors*. 

*  Dr.  Franklin,  who  died  in  his  84th  year,  was  descend- 
ed from  long-lived  parents.  His  father  died  at  89,  and  his 
mother  at  87.  His  father  had  17  children  by  two  wives. 
The  doctor  informed  me,  that  he  once  sat  down  as  one  of  1 1 
adult  sons  and  daughters  at  his  father's  table.  In  an  excur- 
sion he  once  made  to  that  part  of  England  from  whence  his 


ON    OLD    AGE.  429 

2.  Temperance  in  eating  and  drinking.  To 
this  remark  I  found  several  exceptions.  I  met 
with  one  man  of  84  years  of  age,  who  had  been  in- 
temperate in  eating ;  and  four  or  five  persons  who 
had  been  intemperate  in  drinking  ardent  spirits. 
They  had  all  been  day-labourers,  or  had  deferred 
drinking  until  they  began  to  feel  the  languor  of  old 
age.  I  did  not  meet  with  a  single  person  who  had 
not,  for  the  last  forty  or  fifty  years  of  their  lives, 
used  tea,  coffee,  and  bread  and  butter  twice  a  day 
as  part  of  their  diet.  I  am  disposed  to  believe  that 
those  articles  of  diet  do  not  materially  affect  the 
duration  of  human  life,  although  they  evidently 
impair  the  strength  of  the  system.  The  duration 
©f  life  does  not  appear  to  depend  so  much  upon  the 
strength  of  the  body,  or  upon  the  quantity  of  its 
excitability,  as  upon  an  exact  accommodation  of 
stimuli  to  each  of  them.  A  watch  spring  will  last 
as  long  as  an  anchor,  provided  the  forces  which 
are  capable  of  destroying  both,  are  always  in  an 
exact  ratio  to  their  strength.  The  use  of  tea  and 
coffee  in  diet  seems  to  be  happily  suited  to  the 
change  which  has  taken  place  in  the  human  body, 
by  sedentary  occupations,  by  which  means  less 

family  migrated  to  America,  he  discovered,  in  a  grave-yard, 
the  tombstones  of  several  persons  of  his  name,  who  had  liv-. 
ed  to  be  very  old.  These  persons  he  supposed  to  have  been 
his  ancestors. 


430  ON     OLD    AGE. 

nourishment  and  stimulus  are  required  than  for- 
merly, to  support  animal  life. 

3.  The  moderate  exercise  of  the  understanding. 
It  has  long  been  an  established  truth,  that  literary 
men  (other  circumstances  being  equal)  are  longer 
lived  than  other  people.  But  it  is  not  necessary 
that  the  understanding  should  be  employed  upon 
philosophical  subjects  to  produce  this  influence  up- 
on human  life.  Business,  politics,  and  religion, 
which  are  the  objects  of  attention  of  men  of  all 
classes,  impart  a  vigour  to  the  understanding,  which, 
by  being  conveyed  to  every  part  of  the  body,  tends 
to  produce  health  and  long  life. 

• 

4.  Equanimity  of  temper.  The  violent  and  ir- 
regular action  of  the  passions  tends  to  wear  away 
the  springs  of  life. 

Persons  who  live  upon  annuities  in  Europe  have 
bctii  observed  to  be  longer  lived,  in  equal  circum- 
stances, than  other  people.  This  is  probably  occa- 
sioned by  their  being  exempted,  by  the  certainty  of 
their  subsistence,  from  those  fears  of  want  which 
so  frequently  distract  the  minds,  and  thereby 
weaken  the  bodies  of  old  people.  Life-rents  have 
been  supposed  to  have  the  same  influence  in  pro- 
longing life.     Perhaps  the  desire  of  life,  in  order  to 


ON     OLD    AGE.  431 

enjoy  for  as  long  a  time  as  possible,  that  property 
which  cannot  be  enjoyed  a  second  time  by  a  child 
or  relation,  may  be  another  cause  of  the  longevity 
of  persons  who  live  upon  certain  incomes.  It  is  a 
fact,  that  the  desire  of  life  js  a  very  powerful  stimu- 
lus in  prolonging  it,  especially  when  that  desire  is 
supported  by  hope.  This  is  obvious  to  physicians 
every  day.  Despair  of  recovery,  is  the  beginning 
of  death  in  all  diseases. 

But  obvious  and  reasonable  as  the  effects  of 
equanimity  of  temper  are  upon  human  life,  there 
are  some  exceptions  in  favour  of  passionate  men 
and  women  having  attained  to  a  great  age.  The 
morbid  stimulus  of  anger,  in  these  cases,  was  pro- 
bably obviated  by  less  degrees,  or  less  active  exer- 
cises of  the  understanding,  or  by  the  defect  or 
weakness  of  some  of  the  other  stimuli  which  keep 
up  the  motions  of  life. 

5.  Matrimony,  In  the  course  of  my  inquiries 
I  met  with  only  one  person  beyond  eighty  years 
of  age  who  had  never  been  married.     I  met  with 

several  women  who  had  borne  from  ten  to  twenty 

* 

children,  and  suckled  them  all.  I  met  with  one 
woman,  a  native  of  Herefordshire,  in  England,  who 
was  in  the  100th  year  of  her  age,  who  had  borne 
a  child  at  60,  menstruated  till  80,  and  frequently 


432  ON     OLD    AGE. 

suckled  two  of  her  children  (though  bom  in  succes- 
sion to  each  other)  at  the  same  time.  She  had 
passed  the  greatest  part  of  her  life  over  a  washing- 
tub. 

6.  Emigration.  I  have  observed  many  instances 
of  Europeans  who  have  arrived  in  America  in  the 
decline  of  life,  who  have  acquired  fresh  vigour 
from  the  impression  of  our  climate,  and  of  new  ob- 
jects upon  their  bodies  and  minds  ;  and  whose  lives, 
in  consequence  thereof,  appeared  to  have  been  pro- 
longed for  many  years.  This  influence  of  climate 
upon  longevity  is  not  confined  to  the  United  States. 
Of  100  European  Spaniards,  who  emigrate  to 
South- America  in  early  life,  18  live  to  be  above 
50,  whereas  but  8  or  9  native  Spaniards,  and  but 
7  Indians  of  the  same  number,  exceed  the  50th 
year  of  human  life. 

7.  I  have  not  found  sedentary  employments  to 
prevent  long  life,  where  they  are  not  accompanied 
by  intemperance  in  eating  or  drinking.  This  ob- 
servation is  not  confined  to  literary  men,  nor  to 
women  only,  in  whom  longevity,  without  much 
exercise  of  body,  has  been  frequently  observed.  I 
met  with  one  instance  of  a  weaver ;  a  second  of  a 
silver-smith ;  and  a  third  of  a  shoe-maker,  among 


0N    OLD    AGE.  433 

the  number  of  old  people,  whose  histories  have  sug- 
gested these  observations. 

8.  I  have  not  found  that  acute ,  nor  that  all  chro- 
nic diseases  shorten  human  life.  Dr.  Franklin  had 
two  successive  vomicas  in  his  lungs  before  he  was 
40  years  old.  I  met  with  one  man  beyond  80, 
who  had  survived  a  most  violent  attack  of  the  yel- 
low fever ;  a  second  who  had  had  several  of  his 
bones  fractured  by  falls,  and  in  frays ;  and  many 
who  had  been  frequently  affected  by  intermittent. 
I  met  with  one  man  of  86,  who  had  all  his  life  been 
subject  to  syncope  ;  another  who  had  for  50  years 
been  occasionally  affected  by  a  cough*  ;  and  two 
instances  of  men  who  had  been  afflicted  for  forty 
years  with  obstinate  head-achsf .  I  met  with  only 
one  person  beyond  80,  who  had  ever  been  affected 
by  a  disease  in  the  stomach;  and  in  him  it  arose- 
from  an  occasional  rupture.  Mr.  John  Strange- 
ways  Hutton,  of  this  city,  who  died  in  1793,  in 
the  109th  year  of  his  age,  informed  me,  that  he 

*  This  man's  only  remedy  for  his  cough  was  the  fine 
powder  of  dry  Indian  turnip  and  honey. 

t  Dr.  Thiery  says,  that  he  did  not  find  the  itch,  or  slight 
degrees  of  the  leprosy,  to  prevent  longevity.  Observations 
de  Physique,  et  de  Medecine  faites  en  differens  lieux  de 
L'Espagne.  Vol  II.  p.  17  i. 

VOL.   I.  3   I 


434  ON     OLD    AGE. 

had  never  puked  in  his  life.  This  circumstance  is 
the  more  remarkable,  as  he  passed  several  years  at 
sea  when  a  young  man*.  These  facts  may  serve 
to  extend  our  ideas  of  the  importance  of  a  healthy 
state  of  the  stomach  in  the  animal  economy ;  and 
thereby  to  add  to  our  knowledge  in  the  prognosis 
of  diseases,  and  in  the  chances  of  human  life. 

9.  I  have  not  found  the  loss  of  teeth  to  affect  the 
duration  of  human  life,  so  much  as  might  be  ex- 
pected.    Edward  Drinker,  who  lived  to  be  103 

*  The  venerable  old  man,  whose  history  first  suggested 
this  remark,  was  born  in  New-York  in  the  year  1684.  His 
grandfather  lived  to  be  101,  but  was  unable  to  walk  for  thirty 
years  before  he  died,  from  an  excessive  quantity  of  fat.  His 
mother  died  at  91.  His  constant  drinks  were  water,  beer, 
and  cyder.  He  had  a  fixed  dislike  to  spirits  of  all  kinds. 
His  appetite  was  good,  and  he  ate  plentifully  during  the  last 
years  of  his  life.  He  seldom  drank  any  thing  between  his 
meals.  He  was  never  intoxicated  but  twice  in  his  life,  and 
that  was  when  a  boy,  and  at  sea,  where  he  remembers  per- 
fectly well  to  have  celebrated,  by  a  feu  de  joye,  the  birth-day 
of  queen  Anne.  He  was  formerly  afflicted  with  the  head- 
ach  and  giddiness,  but  never  had  a  fever,  except  from  the 
small- pox,  in  the  course  of  his  life.  His  pulse  was  slow,  but 
regular.  He  had  been  twice  married.  By  his  first  wife  he 
had  eight,  and  by  his  second  seventeen  children.  One  of 
them  lived  to  be  83  years  of  age.  He  was  about  five  feet 
nine  inches  in  height,  of  a  slender  make,  and  carried  an 
erect  head  to  the  last  year  of  his  life. 


ON    OLD    AGE.  435 

years  old,  lost  his  teeth  thirty  years  before  he  died, 
from  drawing  the  hot  smoke  of  tobacco  into  his 
mouth  through  a  short  pipe. 

Dr.  Sayre  of  New-Jersey,  to  whom  I  am  in- 
debted for  several  very  valuable  histories  of  old 
persons,  mentions  one  man  aged  81,  whose  teeth 
began  to  decay  at  15,  and  another  of  90,  who  lost 
his  teeth,  thirty  years  before  he  saw  him.  The 
gums,  by  becoming  hard,  perform,  in  part,  the 
office  of  teeth.  But  may  not  the  gastric  juice  of 
the  stomach,  like  the  tears  and  urine,  become  acrid 
by  age,  and  thereby  supply,  by  a  more  dissolving 
power,  the  defect  of  mastication  from  the  loss  of 
teeth?  Analogies  might  easily  be  adduced  from 
several  operations  of  nature,  which  go  forward  in 
the  animal  economy,  which  render  this  supposition 
highly  probable. 

10.  I  have  not  observed  baldness,  or  grey  hairs, 
occurring  in  early  or  middle  life,  to  prevent  oid 
age.  In  one  of  the  histories  furnished  me  by  Dr. 
Sayre,  I  find  an  account  of  a  man  of  81,  whose 
hair  began  to  assume  a  silver  colour  when  he  was 
but  one  and  twenty  years  of  age. 

11.  More  women  live  to  be  old  than  men,  but 
more  men  live  to  be  very  old,  than  women. 


436  ON    OLD    AGE. 

I  shall  conclude  this  head  by  the  following  re- 
mark : 

Notwithstanding  there  appears  in  the  human 
body  a  certain  capacity  of  long  life,  which  seems 
to  dispose  it  to  preserve  its  existence  in  every  situa- 
tion ;  yet  this  capacity  does  not  always  protect  it 
from  premature  destruction ;  for  among  the  old 
people  whom  I  examined,  I  scarcely  met  with  one 
who  had  not  lost  brothers  or  sisters,  in  early  and 
middle  life,  and  who  were  born  under  circum- 
stances equally  favourable  to  longevity  with  them- 
selves. 

II.  I  now  come  to  mention  some  of  the  pheno- 
mena of  the  body  and  mind  which  occur  in  old  age. 

1.  There  is  a  great  sensibility  to  cold  in  all  old 
people.  I  met  with  an  old  woman  of  84,  who  slept 
constantly  under  three  blankets  and  a  coverlet  du- 
ring the  hottest  summer  months.  The  servant  of 
prince  de  Beaufremont,  who  came  from  Mount 
Jura  to  Paris,  at  the  age  of  121,  to  pay  his  respects 
to  the  first  national  assembly  of  France,  shivered 
with  cold  in  the  middle  of  the  dog  days,  when  he 
was  not  near  a  good  fire.  The  national  assembly 
directed  him  to  sit  with  his  hat  on,  in  order  to  de- 
fend his  head  from  the  cold. 


ON    OLD    AGE.  437 

2.  Impressions  made  upon  the  ears  of  old  peo- 
ple, excite  sensation  and  reflection  much  quicker 
than  when  they  are  made  upon  their  eyes.  Mr. 
Hutton  informed  me,  that  he  had  frequently  met 
his  sons  in  the  street  without  knowing  them,  until 
they  had  spoken  to  him.  Dr.  Franklin  informed 
me,  that  he  recognized  his  friends,  after  a  long  ab- 
sence from  them,  first  by  their  voices.  This  fact 
does  not  contradict  the  common  opinion,  upon  the 
subject  of  memory,  for  the  recollection,  in  these  in- 
stances, is  the  effect  of  what  is  called  reminiscence, 
which  differs  from  memoiy  in  being  excited  only 
by  the  renewal  of  the  impression  which  at  first  pro- 
duced the  idea  which  is  revived. 

3.  The  appetite  for  food  is  generally  increased  in 
old  age.  The  famous  Parr,  who  died  at  152,  ate 
heartily  in  the  last  week  of  his  life.  The  kindness 
of  nature,  in  providing  this  last  portion  of  earthly 
enjoyments  for  old  people,  deserves  to  be  noticed. 
It  is  remarkable,  that  they  have,  like  children,  a 
frequent  recurrence  of  appetite,  and  sustain  with 
great  uneasiness  the  intervals  of  regular  meals. 
The  observation,  therefore,  made  by  Hippocrates, 
that  middle-aged  people  are  more  affected  by  ab- 
stinence than  those  who  are  old,  is  not  true.  This 
might  easily  be  proved  by  many  appeals  to  the  re- 
cords of  medicine;    but  old  people  differ  from 


438  ON    OLD    AGE. 

children,  in  preferring  solid  to  liquid  aliment. 
From  inattention  to  this  fact,  Dr.  Mead  has  done 
great  mischief  by  advising  old  people,  as  their  teeth 
decayed  or  perished,  to  lessen  the  quantity  of 
their  solid,  and  to  increase  the  quantity  of  their 
liquid  food.  This  advice  is  contrary  to  nature 
and  experience,  and  I  have  heard  of  two  old  per- 
sons who  destroyed  themselves  by  following  it. 
The  circulation  of  the  blood  is  supported  in  old 
people  chiefly  by  the  stimulus  of  aliment.  The 
action  of  liquids  of  all  kinds  upon  the  system  is 
weak,  and  of  short  continuance,  compared  with  the 
durable  stimulus  of  solid  food.  There  is  a  grada- 
tion in  the  action  of  this  food  upon  the  body. 
Animal  matters  are  preferred  to  vegetable ;  the 
fat  of  meat  to  the  lean,  and  salted  meat  to  fresh, 
by  most  old  people.  I  have  met  with  but  few  old 
people  who  retained  an  appetite  for  milk.  It  is 
remarkable,  that  a  less  quantity  of  strong  drink 
produces  intoxication  in  old  people  than  in  persons 
in  the  middle  of  life.  This  depends  upon  the  re- 
currence of  the  same  state  of  the  system,  with 
respect  to  excitability,  which  takes  place  in  child- 
hood. Many  old  people,  from  an  ignorance  of 
this  fact,  have  made  shipwreck  of  characters  which 
have  commanded  respect  in  every  previous  stage 
of  their  lives.  From  the  same  recurrence  of  the 
excitability  of  childhood  in  their  systems,    they 


ON    OLD    AGE.  439 

commonly  drink  their  tea  and  coffee  much  weaker 
than  in  early  or  middle  life. 

4.  The  pulse  is  generally  full,  and  frequently 
affected  by  pauses  in  its  pulsations  when  felt  in  the 
wrists  of  old  people.  A  regular  pulse  in  such  per- 
sons indicates  a  disease,  as  it  shows  the  system  to 
be  under  the  impression  of  a  preternatural  stimulus 
of  some  kind.  This  observation  was  suggested  to 
me  above  thirty  years  ago  by  Morgagni,  and  I 
have  often  profited  by  it  in  attending  old  people. 
The  pulse  in  such  patients  is  an  uncertain  mark  of 
the  nature,  or  degree  of  an  acute  disease.  It  sel- 
dom partakes  of  the  quickness  or  convulsive  action 
of  the  arterial  system,  which  attends  fever  in  young 
or  middle-aged  people.  I  once  attended  a  man  of 
77  in  a  fever  of  the  bilious  kind,  which  confined 
him  for  eight  days  to  his  bed,  in  whom  I  could  not 
perceive  the  least  quickness  or  morbid  action  in  his 
pulse  until  four  and  twenty  hours  before  he  died. 

5.  The  marks  of  old  age  appear  earlier,  and  are 
more  numerous  in  persons  who  have  combined 
with  hard  labour,  a  vegetable  or  scanty  diet,  than 
in  persons  who  have  lived  under  opposite  circum- 
stances. I  think  I  have  observed  these  marks  of 
old  age  to  occur  sooner,  and  to  be  more  numerous 
in  the  German,  than  in  the  English  or  Irish  citi- 


440  ON     OLD    A&jE. 

zens  of  Pennsylvania.  They  are  likewise  more 
common  among  the  inhabitants  of  country  places, 
than  of  cities,  and  still  more  so  among  the  Indians 
of  North- America,  than  among  the  inhabitants  of 
civilized  countries. 

6.  Old  men  tread  upon  the  whole  base  of  their 
feet  at  once  in  walking.  This  is  perhaps  one  rea- 
son why  they  wear  out  fewer  shoes,  under  the  same 
circumstances  of  constant  use,  than  young  people, 
who,  by  treading  on  the  posterior,  and  rising  on 
the  anterior  part  of  their  feet,  expose  their  shoes 
to  more  unequal  pressure  and  friction.  The  ad- 
vantage derived  to  old  people  from  this  mode  of 
walking  is  very  obvious.  It  lessens  that  disposi- 
tion to  totter,  which  is  always  connected  with  weak- 
ness :  hence  we  find  the  same  mode  of  walking  is 
adopted  by  habitual  drunkards,  and  is  sometimes 
from  habit  practised  by  them,  when  they  are  not 
under  the  influence  of  strong  drink. 

7.  The  breath  and  perspiration  of  old  people 
have  a  peculiar  acrimony,  and  their  urine,  in  some 
instances,  emits  a  foetor  of  an  offensive  nature. 

8.  The  eyes  of  very  old  people  sometimes  change 
from  a  dark  and  blue,  to  a  light  colour. 


ON     OLD    AGE.  441 

9.  The  memory  is  the  first  faculty  of  the  mind 
which  fails  in  the  decline  of  life.  While  recent 
events  pass  through  the  mind  without  leaving  an 
impression  upon  it,  it  is  remarkable  that  the  long 
forgotten  events  of  childhood  and  youth  are  recalled 
and  distinctly  remembered. 

I  met  with  a  singular  instance  of  a  German  wo* 
man,  who  had  learned  to  speak  the  language  of  our 
country  after  she  was  forty  years  of  age,  who  had 
forgotten  every  word  of  it  after  she  had  passed  her 
80th  year,  but  spoke  the  German  language  as  flu- 
ently as  ever  she  had  done.  The  memory  decays 
soonest  in  hard  drinkers.  I  have  observed  some 
studious  men  to  suffer  a  decay  of  their  memories, 
but  never  of  their  understandings.  Among  these 
was  the  late  Anthony  Benezet  of  this  city.  But 
even  this  infirmity  did  not  abate  the  cheerfulness, 
nor  lessen  the  happiness  of  this  pious  philosopher, 
for  he  once  told  me,  when  I  was  a  young  man, 
that  he  had  a  consolation  in  the  decay  of  his  me- 
mory, which  gave  him  a  great  advantage  over  me. 
"  You  can  read  a  good  book  (said  he)  with  plea- 
"  sure  but  ojice,  but  when  I  read  a  good  book,  I 
"  so  soon  forget  the  contents  of  it,  that  I  have  the 
"  pleasure  of  reading  it  over  and  over ;  and  every 
"  time  I  read  it,  it  is  alike  new  and  delightful  to 
"  me."      The  celebrated  Dr.  Swift  was  one  of 

vol.  i.  3  K 


442  ON    OLD    AGE. 

those  few  studious  men,  who  have  exhibited  marks 
of  a  decay  of  understanding  in  old  age  ;  but  it  is 
judiciously  ascribed  by  Dr.  Johnson  to  two  causes 
which  rescue  books,  and  the  exercise  of  the  think- 
ing faculties  from  having  had  any  share  in  inducing 
that  disease  upon  his  mind.  These  causes  were, 
a  rash  vow  which  he  made  when  a  young  man, 
never  to  use  spectacles,  and  a  sordid  seclusion  of 
himself  from  company,  by  which  means  he  was  cut 
off  from  the  use  of  books,  and  the  benefits  of  con- 
versation, the  absence  of  which  left  his  mind  with- 
out its  usual  stimulus :  hence  it  collapsed  into  a 
state  of  fatuity.  It  is  probably  owing  to  the  con- 
stant exercise  of  the  understanding,  that  literary 
men  possess  that  faculty  of  the  mind  in  a  vigorous 
state  in  extreme  old  age.  The  same  cause  accounts 
for  old  people  preserving  their  intellects  longer  in 
cities,  than  in  country  places.  They  enjoy  society 
upon  such  easy  terms  in  the  former  situation,  that 
their  minds  are  kept  more  constantly  in  an  excited 
state  by  the  acquisition  of  new,  or  the  renovation 
of  old  ideas,  by  means  of  conversation. 

10.  I  did  not  meet  with  a  single  instance  in 
which  the  moral  or  religious  faculties  were  impair- 
ed in  old  people.  I  do  not  believe,  that  these  fa- 
culties of  the  mind  are  preserved  by  any  supernatu- 
ral power,  but  wholly  by  the  constant  and  increasing 


ON    OLD    AGE.  443 

Exercise  of  them  in  the  evening  of  life.  In  the 
course  of  my  inquiries,  I  heard  of  a  man  of  101 
years  of  age,  who  declared  that  he  had  forgotten 
every  thing  he  had  ever  known,  except  his  God. 
I  found  the  moral  faculty,  or  a  disposition  to  do 
kind  offices  to  be  exquisitely  sensible  in  several  old 
people,  in  whom  there  was  scarcely  a  trace  left  of 
memory  or  understanding. 

11.  Dreaming  is  universal  among  old  people. 
It  appears  to  be  brought  on  by  their  imperfect  sleep, 
of  which  I  shall  say  more  hereafter. 

12.  I  mentioned  formerly  the  sign  of  a  second 
ehildhood  in  the  state  of  the  appetite  in  old  people. 
It  appears  further,  1.  In  the  marks  which  slight 
contusions  or  impressions  leave  upon  their  skins. 
2.  In  their  being  soon  fatigued  by  walking  or  exer- 
cise, and  in  being  as  soon  refreshed  by  rest.  3.  In 
their  disposition,  like  children,  to  detail  immediately 
every  thing  they  see  and  hear.  And,  4.  In  their 
aptitude  to  shed  tears ;  hence  they  are  unable  to 
tell  a  story  that  is  in  any  degree  distressing  without 
weeping.  Dr.  Moore  takes  notice  of  this  pecu- 
liarity in  Voltaire,  after  he  had  passed  his  80th 
year.  He  wept  constantly  at  the  recital  of  his 
own  tragedies.  This  feature, in  old  age,  did  not 
escape  Homer.     Old  Menelaus  wept  ten  years  af- 


444  ON    OLD    AGE. 

ter  he  returned  from  the  destruction  of  Troy,  when 
he  spoke  of  the  death  of  the  heroes  who  perished 
before  that  city. 

13.  It  would  be  sufficiently  humbling  to  human 
nature,  if  our  bodies  exhibited  in  old  age  the  marks 
only  of  a  second  childhood  ;  but  human  weakness 
descends  still  lower.  I  met  with  an  instance  of  a 
woman  between  80  and  90,  who  exhibited  the 
marks  of  a  second  infancy ',  by  such  a  total  decay  of 
her  mental  faculties,  as  to  lose  all  consciousness  in 
discharging  her  alvine  and  urinary  excretions.  In 
this  state  of  the  body,  a  disposition  to  sleep,  suc- 
ceeds the  wakefulness  of  the  first  stages  of  old  age. 
Dr.  Haller  mentions  an  instance  of  a  very  old  man 
who  slept  twenty,  out  of  every  twenty-four  hours 
during  the  few  last  years  of  his  life. 

14.  The  disposition  in  the  system  to  renew  cer- 
tain parts  in  extreme  old  age,  has  been  mentioned 
by  several  authors.  Many  instances  are  to  be  met 
with  in  the  records  of  medicine  of  the  sight*  and 


*  There  is  a  remarkable  instance  of  the  sight  having  been 
restored  after  it  had  been  totally  destroyed  in  an  old  man 
near  Reading,  in  Pennsylvania.  My  brother,  Judge  Rush, 
furnished  me  with  the  following  account  of  him  in  a  letter 
trom  Reading,  dated  June  23,  1792. 


•  N    OLD    AGE.  445 

hearing  having  been  restored,  and  even  of  the  teeth 
having  been  renewed  in  old  people  a  few  years  be- 
fore death.  These  phenomena  have  led  me  to  sus- 
pect that  the  antediluvian  age  was  attained  by  the 
frequent  renovation  of  different  parts  of  the  body, 
and  that  when  they  occur,  they  are  an  effort  of  the 
causes  which  support  animal  life,  to  produce  ante- 
diluvian longevity,  by  acting  upon  the  revived  ex- 
citability of  the  system. 

15.  The  fear  of  death  appears  to  be  much  less 
in  old  age,  than  in  early,  or  middle  life.  I  met 
with  many  old  people  who  spoke  of  their  dissolu- 
tion with  composure,  and  with  some  who  expres- 

"  An  old  man,  of  84  years  of  age,  of  the  name  of  Adam. 
Riffle,  near  this  town,  gradually  lost  his  sight  in  the  68th 
year  of  his  age,  and  continued  entirely  blind  for  the  space  of 
twelve  years.  About  four  years  ago  his  sight  returned,  with- 
out making  use  of  any  means  for  the  purpose,  and  without 
any  visible  change  in  the  appearance  of  the  eyes,  and  he  now 
sees  as  well  as  ever  he  did.  I  have  seen  the  man,  and  have 
no  doubt  of  the  fact.  He  is  at  this  time  so  hearty,  as  to  be 
able  to  walk  from  his  house  to  Reading  (about  three  miles), 
which  he  frequently  does  in  order  to  attend  church.  I  should 
observe,  that  during  both  the  gradual  loss,  and  recovery  of 
his  sight,  he  was  no  ways  affected  by  sickness,  but,  on  the 
contrary,  enjoyed  his  usual  health.  I  have  this  account  from 
his  daughter  and  son-in-law,  who  live  within  a  few  doors 
of  me." 


446  ON    OLD    AGE. 

sed  earnest  desires  to  lie  down  in  the  grave.  This 
indifference  to  life,  and  desire  for  death  (whether 
they  arise  from  a  satiety  in  worldly  pursuits  and 
pleasures,  or  from  a  desire  of  being  relieved  from 
pain)  appear  to  be  a  wise  law  in  the  animal  econo- 
my, and  worthy  of  being  classed  with  those  laws 
which  accommodate  the  body  and  mind  of  man  to 
all  the  natural  evils,  to  which,  in  the  common  or- 
der of  things,  they  are  necessarily  exposed. 

III.  I  come  now  briefly  to  enumerate  the  dis- 
eases of  old  age,  and  the  remedies  which  are  most 
proper  to  remove,  or  to  mitigate  them. 

The  diseases  are  chronic  and  acute.  The  chro- 
nic are, 

1.  Weakness  of  the  knees  and  ancles ■,  a  lessened 
ability  to  walk,  and  tremors  in  the  head  and  limbs. 

2.  Pains  in  the  bones,  known  among  nosologi- 
cal writers  by  the  name  of  rheumatalgia. 

3.  Involuntary  flow  of  tears,  and  of  mucus  from 
the  nose. 

4.  Difficulty  of  breathing,  and  a  short  cough, 
with  copious  expectoration.  A  weak,  or  hoarse 
voice  generally  attends  this  cough. 


ON    OLD    AGE.  447 

5.  Costheness. 

6.  An  inability  to  retain  the  urine  as  long  as  in 
early  or  middle  life.  Few  persons  beyond  60  pass 
a  whole  night  without  being  obliged  to  discharge 
their  urine*.  Perhaps  the  stimulus  of  this  liquor 
in  the  bladder  may  be  one  cause  of  the  universality 
of  dreaming  among  old  people.  It  is  certainly  a 
frequent  cause  of  dreaming  in  persons  in  early  and 
middle  life  :  this  I  infer,  from  its  occuring  chiefly 
in  the  morning  when  the  bladder  is  most  distended 
with  urine.  There  is  likewise  an  inability  in  old 
people  to  discharge  their  urine  as  quickly  as  in 
early  life.  I  think  I  have  observed  this  to  be  among 
the  first  symptoms  of  the  declension  of  the  strength 
of  the  body  by  age. 

7.  Wakefulness,  This  is  probably  produced  in 
part  by  the  action  of  the  urine  upon  the  bladder ; 
but  such  is  the  excitability  of  the  system  in  the 
first  stages  of  old  age,  that  there  is  no  pain  so  light, 
no  anxiety  so  trifling,  and  no  sound  so  small,  as  not 
to  produce  wakefulness  in  old  people.  It  is  owing 
to  their  imperfect  sleep,  that  they  are  sometimes  as 

*  I  met  with  an  old  man,  who  informed  me,  that  if  from 
any  accident  he  retained  his  urine  after  he  felt  an  inclination 
to  discharge  it,  he  was  affected  by  a  numbness,  accompanied 
by  an  uneasy  sensation  in  the  palms  of  his  hands. 


448  ON    OLD    AGE, 

unconscious  of  the  moment  of  their  passsing  from  a 
sleeping  to  a  waking  state,  as  young  and  middle- 
aged  people  are  of  the  moment  in  which  they  pass 
from  the  waking  to  a  sleeping  state.  Hence  Ave  so 
often  hear  them  complain  of  passing  sleepless  nights. 
This  is  no  doubt  frequently  the  case,  but  I  am  sa- 
tisfied, from  the  result  of  an  inquiry  made  upon  this 
subject,  that  they  often  sleep  without  knowing  it, 
and  that  their  complaints  in  the  morning,  of  the 
want  of  sleep,  arise  from  ignorance,  without  the 
least  intention  to  deceive. 

8.  Giddiness. 

9.  Deafness, 

10.  Imperfect  vision. 

The  acute  diseases  most  common  among  old 
people,  are, 

1.  Inflammation  of  the  eyes. 

2.  The  pneumonia  notha,  or  bastard  peripneu- 
mony. 

3.  The  colic. 


Off    OLD    AGE.  449 

4.  Palsy  and  apoplexy.- 

5.  The  piles* 

6.  A  difficulty  in  making  water. 

7.  Quartan  fever. 

All  the  diseases  of  old  people,  both  chronic  and 
acute,  originate  in  predisposing  debility.  The  re- 
medies for  the  former,  where  a  feeble  morbid  ac- 
tion takes  place  in  the  system,  are  stimulants.  The 
first  of  these  is, 

I.  Heat.  The  ancient  Romans  prolonged  life 
by  retiring  to  Naples,  as  soon  as  they  felt  the  infir- 
mities of  age  coming  upon  them.  The  aged 
Portuguese  imitate  them,  by  approaching  the  warm 
sun  oi  Brazil,  in  South- America.  But  heat  may 
be  applied  to  the  torpid  bodies  of  old  people  artifi- 
cially. 1st.  By  means  of  the  warm  bath.  Dr. 
Franklin  owed  much  of  the  cheerfulness  and  gene- 
ral vigour  of  body  and  mind  which  characterised 
his  old  age,  to  his  regular  use  of  this  remedy.  It 
disposed  him  to  sleep,  and  even  produced  a  respite 
from  the  pain  of  the  stone,  with  which  he  was  af- 
flicted during  the  last  years  of  his  life. 

vol.  i.  3  L 


450  ON    OLD    AGE. 

2.  Heat  may  be  applied  to  the  bodies  of  old  peo- 
ple by  means  of  stove  rooms.  The  late  Dr.  Dewit, 
of  Germantown,  who  lived  to  be  near  100  years  of 
age,  seldom  breathed  an  air  below  72°,  after  he  be- 
came an  old  man.  He  lived  constantly  in  a  stove- 
room. 

3. Warm  clothing,  more  especially  warm  bed- 
clothes, are  proper  to  preserve  or  increase  the  heat 
of  old  people.  From  the  neglect  of  the  latter,  they 
are  often  found  dead  in  their  beds  in  the  morning, 
after  a  cold  night,  in  all  cold  countries.  The  late 
Dr.  Chovet,  of  this  city,  who  lived  to  be  85,  slept 
in  a  baize  night-gown,  under  eight  blankets,  and  a 
coverlet,  in  a  stove-room,  many  years  before  he 
died.  The  head  should  be  defended  in  old  people, 
by  means  of  woollen,  or  fur  caps,  in  the  night,  and 
by  wigs  and  hats  during  the  day,  in  cold  weather. 
These  artificial  coverings  will  be  the  more  neces- 
sary, where  the  head  has  been  deprived  of  its  na- 
tural covering.  Great  pains  should  be  taken  like- 
wise to  keep  the  feet  dry  and  warm,  by  means  of 
thick  shoes*.      To  these  modes  of  applying  and 

*  I  met  with  one  man  above  80,  who  defended  his  feet 
from  moisture  by  covering  his  shoes  in  wet  weather  with 
melted  wax ;    and  another  who,  for  the  same  purpose,  co- 
vered his  shoes  every  morning  with  a  mixture  composed  of 
the  following  ingredients  melted  together:    lintseed  oil  a 


ON    OLD    AGE.  451 

confining  heat  to  the  bodies  of  old  people,  a  young 
bed-fellow  has  been  added;  but  I  conceive  the 
three  artificial  modes  which  have  been  recommend- 
ed, will  be  sufficient  without  the  use  of  one,  which 
cannot  be  successfully  employed  without  a  breach 
of  delicacy  or  humanity. 

II.  To  keep  up  the  action  of  the  system,  gene- 
rous diet  and  drinks  should  be  given  to  old 
people.  For  a  reason  mentioned  formerly,  they 
should  be  indulged  in  eating  between  the  ordinary 
meals  of  families.  Wine  should  be  given  to  them 
in  moderation.  It  has  been  emphatically  called 
the  milk  of  old  age. 

III.  Young  company  should  be  preferred  by 
old  people  to  the  company  of  persons  of  their  own 
age.  I  think  I  have  observed  old  people  to  enjoy 
better  health  and  spirits,  when  they  have  passed 

pound,  mutton  suet  eight  ounces,  bees-wax  six  ounces,  and 
rosin  four  ounces.  The  mixture  should  be  moderately 
warmed,  and  then  applied  not  only  to  the  upper  leather, 
but  to  the  soles  of  the  shoes.  This  composition,  the  old 
gentleman  informed  me,  was  extracted  from  a  book  entitled, 
"  The  Complete  Fisherman,"  published  in  England,  in  the 
reign  of  queen  Elizabeth.  He  had  used  it  for  twenty  years 
in  cold  and  wet  weather,  with  great  benefit,  and  several  of 
his  friends,  who  had  tried  it,  spoke  of  its  efficacy  in  keeping 
the  feet  dry,  in  high  terms. 


452  ON    OLD    AGE. 

the  evening  of  their  lives  in  the  families  of  their 
children,  where  they  have  been  surrounded  by 
grand- children,  than  when  they  lived  by  them- 
selves. Even  the  solicitude  they  feel  for  the  wel- 
fare of  their  descendants,  contributes  to  invigorate 
the  circulation  of  the  blood,  and  therebv  to  add  fuel 
to  the  lamp  of  life. 

IV.  Gentle  exercise.  This  is  of  great 
consequence  in  promoting  the  health  of  old  people. 
It  should  be  moderate,  regular,  and  always  in  fair 
weather. 

V.  Cleanliness.  This  should  by  no  means 
be  neglected.  The  dress  of  old  people  should  not 
only  be  clean,  but  more  elegant  than  in  youth  or 
middle  life.  It  serves  to  divert  the  eye  of  specta- 
tors from  observing  the  decay  and  deformity  of  the 
body,  to  view  and  admire  that  which  is  always 
agreeable  to  it, 

VI.  To  abate  the  pains  of  the  chronic  rheuma- 
tism, and  the  uneasiness  of  the  old  man's  cough  (as 
it  is  called) ;  also  to  remove  wakefulness,  and  to 
restrain,  during  the  night,  a  troublesome  inclina- 
tion to  make  water,  opium  may  be  given  with 
great  advantage.  Chardin  informs  us,  that  this 
medicine  is  frequently  used  in  the  eastern  countries 


ON    OLD    AGE.  453 

to  abate  the  pains  and  weaknesses  of  old  age,  by 
those  people  who  are  debarred  the  use  of  wine  by 
the  religion  of  Mahomet. 

I  have  nothing  to  say  upon  the  acute  diseases  of 
old  people,  but  what  is  to  be  found  in  most  of  our 
books  of  medicine,  except  to  recommend  bleed- 
ing in  those  of  them  which  are  attended  with  ple- 
thora, and  an  inflammatory  action  in  the  pulse. 
The  degrees  of  appetite  which  belong  to  old  age, 
the  quality  of  the  food  taken,  and  the  sedentary 
life  which  is  generally  connected  with  it,  all  con- 
Cur  to  produce  that  state  of  the  system,  which  re- 
quires the  above  evacuation.  I  am  sure  that  I  have 
seen  many  of  the  chronic  complaints  of  old  people 
mitigated  by  it,  and  I  have  more  than  once  seen  it 
used  with  obvious  advantage  in  their  inflammatory 
diseases.  These  affections  I  have  observed  to  be 
more  fatal  among  old  people  than  is  generally  sup- 
posed. An  inflammation  of  the  lungs,  which  ter- 
minated in  an  abscess,  deprived  the  world  of  Dr. 
Franklin.  Dr.  Chovet  died  of  an  inflammation  in 
his  liver.  The  blood  drawn  from  him  a  few  days 
before  his  death  was  sizy,  and  such  was  the  heat 
of  his  body,  produced  by  his  fever,  that  he  could 
not  bear  more  covering  (notwithstanding  his  for- 
mer habits  of  warm  clothing)  than  a  sheet  in  the 
month  of  January. 


454  ©N    OLD    AGE. 

Death  from  old  age  is  the  effect  of  a  gradual 
palsy.  It  shows  itself  first  in  the  eyes  and  ears,  in 
the  decay  of  sight  and  hearing  ;  it  appears  next  in 
the  urinary  bladder,  in  the  limbs  and  trunk  of  the 
body ;  then  in  the  sphincters  of  the  bladder  and 
rectum ;  and  finally  in  the  nerves  and  brain,  de- 
stroying in  the  last,  the  exercise  of  all  the  faculties 
of  the  mind. 

Few  persons  appear  to  die  of  old  age.  Some 
one  of  the  diseases  which  have  been  mentioned, 
generally  cuts  the  last  thread  of  life. 


END  OF  VOLUME  I.